ONT Product Information Manual R04.06.04

Alcatel-Lucent 7342
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE USER

ONT R04.06.04
ONT PRODUCT INFORMATION MANUAL
3FE 52582 AAAA TCZZA Edition 01
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
This document contains proprietary information of Alcatel-Lucent and is not to be disclosed
or used except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Copyright 2009 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented, which is
subject to change without notice.
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All
other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Copyright 2009 Alcatel-Lucent.
All rights reserved.
Disclaimers
Alcatel-Lucent products are intended for commercial uses. Without the appropriate network design
engineering, they must not be sold, licensed or otherwise distributed for use in any hazardous
environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft
navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, direct life-support machines, or weapons
systems, in which the failure of products could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical
or environmental damage. The customer hereby agrees that the use, sale, license or other distribution
of the products for any such application without the prior written consent of Alcatel-Lucent, shall be at
the customer's sole risk. The customer hereby agrees to defend and hold Alcatel-Lucent harmless from
any claims for loss, cost, damage, expense or liability that may arise out of or in connection with the
use, sale, license or other distribution of the products in such applications.
This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel-Lucent
products. Please note that this information is provided as a courtesy to assist you. While Alcatel-Lucent
tries to ensure that this information accurately reflects information provided by the supplier, please refer
to the materials provided with any non-Alcatel-Lucent product and contact the supplier for
confirmation. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility or liability for incorrect or incomplete
information provided about non-Alcatel-Lucent products.
However, this does not constitute a representation or warranty. The warranties provided for
Alcatel-Lucent products, if any, are set forth in contractual documentation entered into by
Alcatel-Lucent and its customers.
This document was originally written in English. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the
English version and any other version of a document, the English version shall prevail.
When printed by Alcatel-Lucent, this document is printed on recycled paper.
Preface
This preface provides general information about the documentation set for the
7342 ISAM Fiber to the User (7342 ISAM FTTU) optical network terminals
(ONTs).
Scope
This documentation set provides information about safety, features and
functionality, ordering, hardware installation and maintenance, and software
installation procedures for the current release.
Audience
This documentation set is intended for planners, administrators, operators, and
maintenance personnel involved in installing, upgrading, or maintaining the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONTs.
Required knowledge
The reader must be familiar with general telecommunications principles.
Acronyms and initialisms

The expansions and optional descriptions of most acronyms and initialisms appear
in the glossary.
Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.06.04 May 2009

3FE 52582 AAAA TCZZA Edition 01 ONT Product Information Manual
iii
Preface
Assistance and ordering phone numbers

Alcatel-Lucent provides global technical support through regional call centers.
Phone numbers for the regional call centers are available at the following URL:
www1.alcatel-lucent.com/comps/pages/carrier_support.jhtml.
For ordering information, contact your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.
Alcatel-Lucent quality processes

Alcatel-Lucents 7342 ISAM Fiber to the User (7342 ISAM FTTU) optical network
terminals (ONTs) manufacturing, testing, and inspecting practices are in compliance
with GR-1252-CORE and TL 9000 requirements. These requirements are
documented in the Operations Quality Plan 8BD-00023-4204-QRZZA, the Alcatel
North American Quality Manual 8BD-00001-0000-QRZZA, and the Wireline
Network Quality Manual 8AB-83179-0001-QRAAA.
The quality plans and practices adequately ensure that technical requirements and
customer end-point requirements are met. The customer or its representatives may
be allowed to perform on-site quality surveillance audits, as agreed upon during
contract negotiations.
Safety information
For ETSI and ANSI safety information, see the appropriate safety guidelines
chapters.
Special information
The following are examples of how special information is presented in this
document.
Danger Danger indicates that the described activity or situation
may result in serious personal injury or death; for example, high

voltage or electric shock hazards.
Warning Warning indicates that the described activity or situation
may, or will, cause equipment damage or serious performance

problems.
Caution Caution indicates that the described activity or situation
may, or will, cause service interruption.
Note A note provides information that is, or may be, of special
interest.
iv
May 2009 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.06.04

ONT Product Information Manual Edition 01 3FE 52582 AAAA TCZZA
Preface
Procedures with options or substeps

When there are options in a procedure, they are identified by letters. When there are
required substeps in a procedure, they are identified by roman numerals.
Procedure 1 Example of options in a procedure

At step 1, you can choose option a or b. At step 2, you must do what the step indicates.
1
This step offers two options. You must choose one of the following:
a
This is one option.
This is another option.
You must perform this step.
Procedure 2 Example of required substeps in a procedure

At step 1, you must perform a series of substeps within a step. At step 2, you must do
what the step indicates.
1
This step has a series of substeps that you must perform to complete the step. You
must perform the following substeps:
i
This is the first substep.
ii
This is the second substep.
iii
This is the third substep.
You must perform this step.
Multiple PDF document search

You can use Adobe Reader Release 6.0 and later to search multiple PDF files for a
common term. Adobe Reader displays the results in a single display panel. The
results are grouped by PDF file, and you can expand the entry for each file.
Note The PDF files in which you search must be in the same
folder.
Procedure 3 To search multiple PDF files for a common term

1
Open Adobe Acrobat Reader.

Preface
Choose EditSearch from the Acrobat Reader main menu. The Search PDF panel
appears.
Enter the search criteria.
Click on the All PDF Documents In radio button.
Select the folder in which to search using the drop-down menu.
Click on the Search button.

Acrobat Reader displays the search results. You can expand the entries for each
document by clicking on the + symbol.
vi

ANSI ONT safety guidelines
This chapter provides information about the mandatory regulations that govern the
installation and operation of the 7342 ISAM FTTU optical network terminals
(ONTs).
Safety instructions
This section describes the safety instructions that are provided in the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONT customer documentation and on the equipment.
Safety instruction boxes

The safety instruction boxes are provided in the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT customer
documentation. Observe the instructions to meet safety requirements.
The following is an example of the Danger box.
Danger Possibility of personal injury.
The Danger box indicates that the described activity or situation may pose a threat to
personal safety. It calls attention to a situation or procedure which, if not correctly
performed or adhered to, may result in death or serious physical harm.
Do not proceed beyond a Danger box until the indicated conditions are fully
understood and met.
The following is an example of the Warning box.

vii
Warning 1 Possibility of equipment damage.

Warning 2 Possibility of data loss.
The Warning box indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause
equipment damage, loss of data, or serious performance problems. It identifies a
possible equipment-damaging situation or provides essential information to avoid
the degradation of system operations or data.
Do not proceed beyond a warning until the indicated conditions are fully understood
and met.
The following is an example of the Caution box.
Caution 1 Possibility of service interruption.
Caution 2 Service interruption.
The Caution box indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause
service interruption.
Do not proceed beyond a caution until the indicated conditions are fully understood
and met.
The following is an example of the Note box.
Note Information of special interest.
The Note box provides information that assists the personnel working with
7342 ISAM FTTU ONTs. It does not provide safety-related instructions.
Safety-related labels
The ONT equipment is labeled with specific safety compliance information and
instructions that are related to a variant of the ONT. Observe the instructions on the
safety labels.
Table 1 provides examples of the text in the various ONT safety labels.
Table 1 Safety labels
Description
Label text
UL compliance
Communication service equipment US listed. Type 3R enclosure Rainproof.
TUV compliance
Type 3R enclosure - Rainproof.
ESD warning
Caution: This assembly contains electrostatic sensitive device.
(1 of 2)
viii

Description
Label text
Laser classification
Class 1 laser product
Laser product compliance
This laser product conforms to all applicable standards of 21 CFR

1040.10 at date of manufacture.
Laser product compliance
Complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 except for deviations

pursuant to laser notice no. 50, dated July 26, 2001.
FCC standards compliance
Tested to comply with FCC standards for home or office use.
Operation conditions
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is

subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Canadian standard
compliance (modular ONT)
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Canadian standard
compliance (outdoor ONT)
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
CE marking
There are various CE symbols for CE compliance.
(2 of 2)
Figure 1 shows a sample safety label on the ONT equipment.

Figure 1 Safety label on the ONT equipment
Tested to Comply
with FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
COMMUNICATION SERVICE EQUIPMENT

US LISTED
27FY
Type 3R Enclosure - Rainproof
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil
numerique de la class A est conforme a la norme NMB-003 du Canada
CAUTION
This Assembly Contains Electrostatic Sensitive Devices
18533
Safety standards compliance

This section describes the ONT compliance with North American safety standards.

ix
EMC, EMI, and ESD standards compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the following requirements:
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) CFR 47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class
A requirements for OLT equipment
GR-1089-CORE requirements, including:

Section 3 Electromagnetic Interference, Emissions Radiated and Conducted
Section 3 Immunity, Radiated and Conducted
Section 2 ESD Discharge Immunity: System Level Electrostatic Discharge and EFT
Immunity: Electrically Fast Transients
Equipment safety standard compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the requirements of UL60950-1, Safety of
Information Technology Equipment.
Environmental standards compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the following standards:
GR-63-CORE (NEBS): requirements related to operating, storage, humidity,
altitude, earthquake, office vibration, transportation and handling, fire resistance

and spread, airborne contaminants, illumination, and acoustic noise
GR-487-CORE: requirements related to rain, chemical, sand, and dust
GR-487 R3-82: requirements related to condensation
GR-3108: Requirements for Network Equipment in the Outside Plant (OSP)
TP76200: Common Systems Equipment Interconnections Standards
Laser product standards compliance

The ONT equipment complies with 21 CFR 1040.10/21 CFR 1040.11, 21 CFR
utilizing Laser Notice No. 50 or CDRH Laser Notice 42 of the regulations for lasers
and laser products by the U.S. Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH)
of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
Resistibility requirements compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the requirements of ITU Recommendation K.21
for resistibility of telecommunication equipment installed in customer premises to
overvoltage and overcurrents.
Electrical safety guidelines

This section provides the electrical safety guidelines for the ONT equipment.

Note The ONTs comply with the U.S. National Electrical Code.
However, local electrical authorities have jurisdiction when there are
differences between the local and U.S. standards.
Power supplies
The use of any non-Alcatel-Lucent approved power supplies or power adaptors is not
supported or endorsed by Alcatel-Lucent. Such use will void any warranty or support
contract with Alcatel-Lucent. Such use greatly increases the danger of damage to
equipment or property.
Cabling
The following are the guidelines regarding cables used for the ONT equipment:
Use only cables approved by the relevant national electrical code.

Use cables suitable for outdoor use for outdoor installation of ONTs.
The ONTs have been evaluated for use with external POTS wiring without
primary protection that may not exceed 140 ft (43 m) in reach. However, the
power cable must not exceed 100 ft (31 m).
Protective earth
Earthing and bonding of the ONTs must comply with the requirements of NEC
article 250 or local electrical codes.
ESD safety guidelines

The ONT equipment is sensitive to ESD. Operations personnel must observe the
following ESD instructions when they handle the ONT equipment.
Caution This equipment is ESD sensitive. Proper ESD protections
should be used when entering the TELCO Access portion of the ONT.
During installation and maintenance, service personnel must wear wrist straps to
prevent damage caused by ESD.
Alcatel-Lucent recommends that you prepare the site before you install the ONT
equipment. In addition, you must control relative humidity, use static dissipating
material for furniture or flooring, and restrict the use of air conditioning.
Laser safety guidelines

Only qualified service personnel who are extremely familiar with laser radiation
hazards should install or remove the fiber optic cables and units in this system.

xi
Observe the following warnings when you perform installation, operations, and
maintenance tasks on the ONT equipment.
Danger There may be invisible laser radiation at the fiber optic
cable when the cable is removed from the connector. Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
Observe the following danger for a laser hazard. Eyes can be damaged when they are
exposed to a laser beam. Take necessary precautions before you plug in the optical
modules.
Danger Possibility of equipment damage. Risk of eye damage by
laser radiation.
Laser warning labels

The following figures show the labels related to laser product, classification and
warning.
Figure 2 shows a laser product label.
Figure 2 Laser product label
18455
Figure 3 shows a laser classification label. Laser classification labels may be

provided in other languages.
Figure 3 Laser classification label
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
'
PRODUCTO LASER
CLASE 1
'
CLASE
1 DEL LASER
LASER CLASSE 1
18992
xii

Figure 4 shows a laser warning label and an explanatory label for laser products.
Explanatory labels may be provided in other languages. The explanatory label
provides the following information:
a warning that calls attention to the invisible laser radiation

an instruction against staring into the beam or viewing directly with optical
instruments
wavelength
normal output power
maximum output power
Figure 4 Laser warning labels
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION

DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Wavelength(s): xxxx nm
Normal output power: xx m W
Max output power: yyy m W
Laser Warning Label
Laser Warning Label
RAYONNEMENT LASER CLASSE 1

RAYONNEMENT LASER INVISIBLE
EVITER TOUTE EXPOSITION AU FAISCEAU
NE PAS DEMONTER. FAIRE APPEL A UN PERSONNELL QUALIFIE
'
CLASE 1 DEL LASER

RADIACION DE LASER INVISIBLE. EVITAR CUALOUIER EXPOSICION AL
RAYO LASER. NO DESMONTAR. LLAMAR A PERSONAL AUTORIZADO
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION PRESENT AT FIBER OPTIC CABLE
WHEN NOT CONNECTED. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM.
Laser Warning Label
18993
The ONT is classified as a Class 1 laser product based on its transmit optical output.
For Class 1 laser products, lasers are safe under reasonably foreseeable conditions of
operation, including the use of optical instruments for intrabeam viewing.
Figure 5 shows a sample laser product safety label on the ONT equipment.

xiii

Figure 5 Laser product safety label on the ONT equipment

THIS LASER PRODUCT CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE
STANDARDS OF 21 CFR 1040.10 AT DATE OF MANUFACTURE.
MANUFACTURED:
MONTH
YEAR
18532
Transmit optical output

The maximum transmit optical output of an ONT is +5 dBm.
Normal laser operation

In normal operation, fiber cable laser radiation is always off until it receives signal
from the line terminal card.
Operating personnel must observe the instructions on the laser explanatory label
before plugging in the optical module.
Danger Risk of eye damage by laser radiation.
Location class
Use cable supports and guides to protect the receptacles from strain.
Environmental requirements
See the ONT technical specification documentation for temperature ranges for
ONTs.
During operation in the supported temperature range, condensation inside the ONT
caused by humidity is not an issue. To avoid condensation caused by rapid changes
in temperature and humidity, Alcatel-Lucent recommends:
The door of the ONT not be opened until temperature inside and outside the
enclosure has stabilized.
If the door of the ONT must be opened after a rapid change in temperature or
humidity, use a dry cloth to wipe down the metal interior to prevent the risk of
condensation.
When high humidity is present, installation of a cover or tent over the ONT helps
prevent condensation when the door is opened.
xiv

ETSI ONT safety guidelines
This chapter provides information about the mandatory regulations that govern the
installation and operation of the 7342 ISAM FTTU optical network terminals
(ONTs).
Safety instructions
This section describes the safety instructions that are provided in the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONT customer documentation and on the equipment.
Safety instruction boxes

The safety instruction boxes are provided in the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT customer
documentation. Observe the instructions to meet safety requirements.
The following is an example of the Danger box.
Danger Possibility of personal injury.
The Danger box indicates that the described activity or situation may pose a threat to
personal safety. It calls attention to a situation or procedure which, if not correctly
performed or adhered to, may result in death or serious physical harm.
Do not proceed beyond a Danger box until the indicated conditions are fully
understood and met.
The following is an example of the Warning box.

xv
Warning 1 Possibility of equipment damage.

Warning 2 Possibility of data loss.
The Warning box indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause
equipment damage, loss of data, or serious performance problems. It identifies a
possible equipment-damaging situation or provides essential information to avoid
the degradation of system operations or data.
Do not proceed beyond a warning until the indicated conditions are fully understood
and met.
The following is an example of the Caution box.
Caution 1 Possibility of service interruption.
Caution 2 Service interruption.
The Caution box indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause
service interruption.
Do not proceed beyond a caution until the indicated conditions are fully understood
and met.
The following is an example of the Note box.
Note Information of special interest.
The Note box provides information that assists the personnel working with
7342 ISAM FTTU ONTs. It does not provide safety-related instructions.
Safety-related labels
The ONT equipment is labeled with the specific safety instructions and compliance
information that is related to a variant of the ONT. Observe the instructions on the
safety labels.
Table 1 provides sample safety labels on the ONT equipment.
Table 1 Safety labels
Description
Label text
ESD warning
Caution: This assembly contains an electrostatic sensitive device.
Class 1 laser product
(1 of 2)
xvi

Description
Label text
CE marking
CE declaration of conformity
PSE marking
The O-211E-B and O-421E-B ONTs are powered by the Li-Tone (LTE)
12v/24W power adapter or the CyberPower CS24 12v/24W Japan
model battery backup uninterrupted power supply.
These power supplies are Japan PSE certified and compliant with
Japan VCCI emissions standards.
(2 of 2)
Figure 1 shows the CE declaration of conformity for the ONT equipment. Figure 2
shows the PSE certification.

xvii

Figure 1 CE declaration of conformity on the ONT equipment
No1013
xviii


Figure 2 PSE certification
Warning
This is a Class B product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for Interference
from Information Technology Equipment (VCCI). If this is used near a radio or television receiver in
a domestic environment, it may cause radio interference. Install and use the equipment according
to the instruction manual.
19841
Safety standards compliance

This section describes the ONT compliance with the European safety standards.
EMC, EMI, and ESD compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the following EMC, EMI, and ESD
requirements:
EN 300-386 V1.3.2 (2003-05): Electromagnetic Compatibility and Radio

Spectrum Matters (ERM): Telecommunications Network Equipment;
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) requirements; Electrostatic Discharge
(ESD) requirements
EN 55022 (1998): Class B, Information Technology Equipment, Radio
Disturbance Characteristics, limits and methods of measurement
EN 55024 (1998): Information Technology Equipment, Immunity
Characteristics, limits and methods of measurement
Equipment safety standard compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the requirements of EN 60950-1, Safety of
Information Technology Equipment for use in a restricted location (per R-269).
Environmental standard compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the EN 300 019 European environmental
standards.
Laser product standard compliance

The ONT equipment complies with EN 60825-1 and IEC 60825-2 for laser products.

xix
Resistibility requirements compliance

The ONT equipment complies with the requirements of ITU Recommendation K.21
for resistibility of telecommunication equipment installed in customer premises to
overvoltage and overcurrents.
Acoustic noise emission standard compliance

The ONT equipment complies with EN 300 753 acoustic noise emission limit and
test methods.
Electrical safety guidelines

This section provides the electrical safety guidelines for the ONT equipment.
Note 1 The ONTs comply with the U.S. National Electrical Code.
However, local electrical authorities have jurisdiction when there are

differences between the local and U.S. standards.
Note 2 The ONTs comply with BS EN 61140.
Power supplies
The use of any non-Alcatel-Lucent approved power supplies or power adaptors is not
supported or endorsed by Alcatel-Lucent. Such use will void any warranty or support
contract with Alcatel-Lucent. Such use greatly increases the danger of damage to
equipment or property.
Cabling
The following are the guidelines regarding cables used for the ONT equipment:
All cables must be approved by the relevant national electrical code.

The cables for outdoor installation of ONTs must be suitable for outdoor use.
When POTs wiring is run outside the subscriber premises, the maximum length
of the outside run is 140 feet (43 m). If the outside run is longer, NEC requires
primary protection at both the exit and entry points for the wire.
Protective earth
Earthing and bonding of the ONTs must comply with the requirements of local
electrical codes.
ESD safety guidelines

The ONT equipment is sensitive to ESD. Operations personnel must observe the
following ESD instructions when they handle the ONT equipment.
xx

Caution This equipment is ESD sensitive. Proper ESD protections

should be used when you enter the TELCO Access portion of the
ONT.
During installation and maintenance, service personnel must wear wrist straps to
prevent damage caused by ESD.
Laser safety guidelines

Observe the following instructions when you perform installation, operations, and
maintenance tasks on the ONT equipment.
Only qualified service personnel who are extremely familiar with laser radiation
hazards should install or remove the fiber optic cables and units in this system.
Danger There may be invisible laser radiation at the fiber optic
cable when the cable is removed from the connector. Avoid direct
exposure to the laser beam.
Observe the following danger for laser hazard. Eyes can be damaged when they are
exposed to a laser beam. Take necessary precautions before you plug in the optical
modules.
Danger Possibility of equipment damage. Risk of eye damage by
laser radiation.
The ONT is classified as a Class 1 laser product based on its transmit optical output.
Laser warning labels
The following figures show the labels related to laser product, classification and
warning.
Figure 3 shows a laser product label.
Figure 3 Laser product label
18455

xxi
Figure 4 shows a laser classification label. Laser classification labels may be

provided in other languages.
Figure 4 Laser classification label
'
PRODUCTO LASER
CLASE 1
'
CLASE
1 DEL LASER
LASER CLASSE 1
18992
Figure 5 shows a laser warning label and an explanatory label for laser products.
Labels and warning may be provided in other languages. The explanatory label
provides the following information:
a warning that calls attention to the invisible laser radiation

an instruction against staring into the beam or viewing directly with optical
instruments
wavelength
normal output power
maximum output power
xxii


Figure 5 Laser warning labels
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION

DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Wavelength(s): xxxx nm
Normal output power: xx m W
Max output power: yyy m W
Laser Warning Label
Laser Warning Label
RAYONNEMENT LASER CLASSE 1

RAYONNEMENT LASER INVISIBLE
EVITER TOUTE EXPOSITION AU FAISCEAU
NE PAS DEMONTER. FAIRE APPEL A UN PERSONNELL QUALIFIE
'
CLASE 1 DEL LASER

RADIACION DE LASER INVISIBLE. EVITAR CUALOUIER EXPOSICION AL
RAYO LASER. NO DESMONTAR. LLAMAR A PERSONAL AUTORIZADO
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION PRESENT AT FIBER OPTIC CABLE
WHEN NOT CONNECTED. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM.
Laser Warning Label
18993
Transmit optical output

The maximum transmit optical output of an ONT is +5 dBm.
Normal laser operation

In normal operation, fiber cable laser radiation is always off until it receives signal
from the line terminal card.
Eyes can be damaged when they exposed to a laser beam. Operating personnel must
observe the instructions on the laser explanatory label before plugging in the optical
module.
Danger Risk of eye damage by laser radiation.
Location class
Use cable supports and guides to protect the receptacles from strain.

xxiii
See the ONT technical specification documentation for more information about
temperature ranges.
in temperature and humidity, Alcatel-Lucent recommends:
The door of the ONT not be opened until temperature inside and outside the
enclosure has stabilized.
condensation.
xxiv

ETSI environmental and CRoHS guidelines
This chapter provides information about the ETSI environmental China Restriction
of Hazardous Substances (CRoHS) regulations that govern the installation and
operation of the 7342 ISAM FTTU packet optical line termination (P-OLT) and
Optical Network Termination (ONT) systems. This chapter also includes
environmental operation parameters of general interest.
Environmental labels
This section describes the environmental instructions that are provided in the
7342 ISAM FTTU customer documentation, equipment, and location where the
equipment resides.
Overview
CRoHS is applicable to Electronic Information Products (EIP) manufactured or sold
and imported in the territory of the mainland of the Peoples Republic of China. EIP
refers to products and their accessories manufactured by using electronic information
technology, including electronic communications products and such subcomponents
as batteries and cables.
Environmental related labels

Environmental labels are located on appropriate equipment. The following are
sample labels.

xxv
Products below Maximum Concentration Value (MCV) label
Figure 1 shows the label that indicates a product is below the maximum
concentration value, as defined by standard SJ/T11363-2006 (Requirements for
Concentration Limits for Certain Hazardous Substances in Electronic Information
Products). Products with this label are recyclable. The label may be found in this
documentation or on the product.
Figure 1 Products below MCV value label
18986
Products containing hazardous substances above Maximum Concentration

Value (MCV) label
Figure 2 shows the label that indicates a product is above the maximum
concentration value, as defined by standard SJ/T11363-2006 (Requirements for
Concentration Limits for Certain Hazardous Substances in Electronic Information
Products). The number contained inside the label indicates the
Environment-Friendly User Period (EFUP) value. The label may be found in this
documentation or on the product.
xxvi


Figure 2 Products above MCV value label
18985
Together with major international telecommunications equipment companies,

Alcatel-Lucent has determined it is appropriate to use an EFUP of 50 years for
network infrastructure equipment and EFUP of 20 years for handsets and
accessories. These values are based on manufacturers' extensive practical experience
of the design, manufacturing, maintenance, usage conditions, operating
environments and physical condition of infrastructure and handsets after years of
service. The values reflect minimum values and refer to products operated according
to the intended use conditions. See Hazardous Substances Table (HST) for more
information.
Hazardous Substances Table (HST)

This section describes the compliance of the P-OLT and ONT equipment to the
CRoHS standard when the product and subassemblies contain hazardous substances
beyond the MCV value. This information is found in this user documentation where
part numbers for the product and subassemblies are listed. It may be referenced from
ordering information in other P-OLT and ONT documentation.
The HST document, in Chinese, for P-OLT and ONT equipment is available from
the following locations.
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/cn
http://www.alcatel.com.cn/product_solution/China-RoHS-HST-3.1.pdf
http://www.rfsworld.com/userfiles/pdf/china_rohs_hst_rfs_ch_ed3.2.pdf
Other environmental requirements

Observe the following requirements when handling the P-OLT or ONT equipment.

xxvii
ONT environmental requirements

See the ONT technical specification documentation for more information about
temperature ranges.
Storage
According to ETS 300-019-1-1 - Class 1.1, storage of P-OLT equipment must be in
Class 1.1, weather-protected, not temperature-controlled storage locations.
Transportation
According to EN 300-019-1-2 - Class 2.3, transportation of the P-OLT equipment
must be packed, public transportation with no rain on packing allowed.
Stationary use
According to EN 300-019-1-3 - Class 3.1/3.2/3.E, stationary use of P-OLT
equipment must be in a temperature-controlled location, with no rain on packaging
allowed, and with no condensation allowed.
Thermal limitations
When the P-OLT is installed in the CO or CEV, install air filters on the P-OLT. The
thermal limitations for P-OLT operation in a CO or CEV are:
operating temperature: 5C (41F) to 40C (104F)

short-term temperature: 5C (23F) to 50C (122F)
operating relative humidity: 5% to 85%
short-term relative humidity: 5% to 95%, but not to exceed 0.024 kg of water/kg
Material content compliance

European Union (EU) Directive 2002/95/EC, Restriction of the use of certain
Hazardous Substances (RoHS), restricts the use of lead, mercury, cadmium,
hexavalent chromium, and certain flame retardants in electrical and electronic
equipment. This Directive applies to electrical and electronic products placed on the
EU market after 1 July 2006, with various exemptions, including an exemption for
lead solder in network infrastructure equipment. Alcatel-Lucent products shipped to
the EU after 1 July 2006 comply with the EU RoHS Directive.
End-of-life collection and treatment

Electronic products bearing or referencing the symbol shown in Figure 3 when put
on the market within the European Union (EU), shall be collected and treated at the
end of their useful life, in compliance with applicable EU and local legislation. They
shall not be disposed of as part of unsorted municipal waste. Due to materials that
may be contained in the product, such as heavy metals or batteries, the environment
and human health may be negatively impacted as a result of inappropriate displosal.
xxviii

Note In the European Union, a solid bar under the crossed-out

wheeled bin indicates that the product was put on the market after 13
August 2005.
Figure 3 Recycling/take back/disposal of product symbol
At the end of life, the P-OLT products are subject to the applicable local legislations
that implement the European Directive 2002/96EC on waste electrical and electronic
equipment (WEEE).
There can be different requirements for collection and treatment in different member
states of the European Union.
Moreover, in compliance with legal requirements and contractual agreements, where
applicable, Alcatel-Lucent will offer to provide for the collection and treatment of
Alcatel-Lucent products bearing the logo at the end of their useful life, or products
displaced by Alcatel-Lucent equipment offers. For information regarding take-back
of equipment by Alcatel-Lucent, or for more information regarding the requirements
for recycling/disposal of product, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent account
manager or Alcatel-Lucent takeback support at takeback@alcatel-lucent.com.

xxix
xxx

Contents
Preface
iii
Scope
............................................................................................... iii
Audience ............................................................................................... iii
Required knowledge ................................................................................... iii
Acronyms and initialisms ............................................................................. iii
Assistance and ordering phone numbers ........................................................... iv
Alcatel-Lucent quality processes .................................................................... iv
Safety information ..................................................................................... iv
Special information.................................................................................... iv
Procedures with options or substeps ................................................. v
Procedure 1 Example of options in a procedure................................... v
Procedure 2 Example of required substeps in a procedure ...................... v
Multiple PDF document search........................................................................ v
Procedure 3 To search multiple PDF files for a common term .................. v
vii
Safety instructions .................................................................................... vii

Safety instruction boxes ............................................................. vii
Safety-related labels .................................................................viii
Safety standards compliance......................................................................... ix
EMC, EMI, and ESD standards compliance ........................................... x
Equipment safety standard compliance ............................................. x
Environmental standards compliance ................................................ x
Laser product standards compliance ................................................. x
Resistibility requirements compliance ............................................... x

xxxi
Contents
Electrical safety guidelines............................................................................ x

Power supplies.......................................................................... xi
Cabling ................................................................................... xi
Protective earth ........................................................................ xi
ESD safety guidelines.................................................................................. xi
Laser safety guidelines................................................................................ xi
Laser warning labels .................................................................. xii
Laser classification................................................................... xiii
Transmit optical output ..............................................................xiv
Normal laser operation ...............................................................xiv
Location class ..........................................................................xiv
Environmental requirements ........................................................................xiv
xv
Safety instructions .................................................................................... xv

Safety instruction boxes ............................................................. xv
Safety-related labels .................................................................xvi
Safety standards compliance........................................................................xix
EMC, EMI, and ESD compliance......................................................xix
Equipment safety standard compliance ...........................................xix
Environmental standard compliance ...............................................xix
Laser product standard compliance ................................................xix
Resistibility requirements compliance ............................................. xx
Acoustic noise emission standard compliance .................................... xx
Electrical safety guidelines.......................................................................... xx
Power supplies......................................................................... xx
Cabling .................................................................................. xx
Protective earth ....................................................................... xx
ESD safety guidelines................................................................................. xx
Laser safety guidelines...............................................................................xxi
Laser classification....................................................................xxi
Transmit optical output ............................................................ xxiii
Normal laser operation ............................................................. xxiii
Location class ........................................................................ xxiii
Environmental requirements ...................................................................... xxiv
xxv
Environmental labels ................................................................................ xxv

Overview .............................................................................. xxv
Environmental related labels....................................................... xxv
Hazardous Substances Table (HST)...............................................................xxvii
Other environmental requirements ..............................................................xxvii
ONT environmental requirements ............................................... xxviii
Storage............................................................................... xxviii
Transportation ...................................................................... xxviii
Stationary use ...................................................................... xxviii
Thermal limitations ................................................................ xxviii
xxxii

Contents
Material content compliance ..................................................... xxviii

End-of-life collection and treatment ........................................... xxviii
General system description

1
ONT overview
1.1
1.2
1.3
About this document ................................................................... 1-2

ONT general description ............................................................... 1-2
P-OLTs and V-OLTs ................................................................... 1-3
ONTs.................................................................................... 1-3
EMS .................................................................................... 1-11
ONT product identification ........................................................... 1-11
Application notes
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
2-1
Overview ................................................................................. 2-2

ONT Release 04.04.xx application notes ............................................ 2-2
ONT Release 4.3.5 application notes ................................................ 2-2
ONT Release 2.0 application notes ................................................... 2-3
ONT software and security features

3.1
1-1
3-1
Overview ................................................................................. 3-2

Software architecture levels ....................................................... 3-2
GPON transmission support ............................................................ 3-3
FEC ..................................................................................... 3-3
Fragmentation ........................................................................ 3-4
AES ..................................................................................... 3-4
ONT activation methods ............................................................... 3-4
SLID entry via craft terminal ....................................................... 3-4
SLID entry via Ethernet port........................................................ 3-5
SLID entry via first POTS port ...................................................... 3-5
NTP server authentication ............................................................. 3-5
Physical ONT security .................................................................. 3-5
Rogue ONT defence..................................................................... 3-5
Laser stuck on ........................................................................ 3-6
Duplicate serial numbers............................................................ 3-7
Receive and transmit errors ........................................................ 3-7
802.1x authentication .................................................................. 3-7
Port-based authentication .......................................................... 3-8
802.1x support assumptions ........................................................ 3-8
User session disconnection by system............................................. 3-9
Re-authentication .................................................................... 3-9
Anti-spoofing mechanism ............................................................. 3-10
Gratuitous ARP discard ............................................................. 3-10
Source address anti-spoofing ...................................................... 3-10
Per-service anti-spoofing .......................................................... 3-12

xxxiii
Contents
Current Generation ONT functional blocks

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
6.3
6.4
5-1
Overview ................................................................................. 5-2

Next Generation ONT SoC technology ............................................... 5-2
Single-residence MoCA Next Generation ONTs ..................................... 5-3
LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT hardware functional

blocks
6.1
6.2
xxxiv
Overview ................................................................................. 4-2

Current Generation ONT SoC technology............................................ 4-2
Current Generation ONT functional blocks ......................................... 4-4
Current Generation ONT functionality and service connections.............. 4-4
Voice subsystem ...................................................................... 4-4
Data and IP video subsystems over Ethernet interface ........................ 4-5
Time calibration...................................................................... 4-6
Current Generation ONTs with RF video subsystem ............................... 4-6
Current Generation ONTs with MoCA subsystem ................................... 4-6
Current Generation ONTs with four 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports ....... 4-9
Current Generation ONTs with eight POTS ports................................... 4-9
Current Generation ONTs with CES DS1/E1 interfaces ........................... 4-10
Clocking, network synchronization, and time calibration for CES........... 4-11
Next Generation ONT functional blocks

5.1
5.2
5.3
4-1
6-1
Overview ................................................................................. 6-2

LP MDU ONT functional blocks ........................................................ 6-2
Optical functional block............................................................. 6-4
GPON MAC FPGA...................................................................... 6-4
Gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch................................................ 6-5
On-board controller.................................................................. 6-5
Test and diagnostic functions ...................................................... 6-6
Complex programmable logic device ............................................. 6-7
Network synchronization............................................................ 6-7
Time calibration...................................................................... 6-7
Alexandria FPGA...................................................................... 6-7
VDSL2 subsystem ..................................................................... 6-7
Voice subsystem ...................................................................... 6-8
Ethernet subsystem .................................................................. 6-9
RF video amplifier ................................................................... 6-9
SWRD .................................................................................. 6-10
MDU ONT functional blocks ........................................................... 6-10
O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional blocks ......................................... 6-11
O-0881V-A MDU ONT functional blocks .......................................... 6-11
MDU functional block descriptions ............................................... 6-12
Modular ONT and plug-in unit functional blocks .................................. 6-15
Local switching ...................................................................... 6-15
Control and management .......................................................... 6-17
Plug-in service units ................................................................ 6-17
Network synchronization........................................................... 6-19
Connections .......................................................................... 6-19
Time calibration..................................................................... 6-20
Contents
ONT equipment layout

7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
7.10
7.11
Overview ................................................................................. 7-2

Equipment options ...................................................................... 7-2
Connections .............................................................................. 7-2
Indoor ONT connections and physical components ................................ 7-4
I-010G-A connections and components ........................................... 7-4
I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G connections and
components ..................................................................... 7-5
I-221E-A and I-220E-A connections and components ........................... 7-6
I-241G-A and I-240G-A connections and components........................... 7-9
I-040G-A connections and components ........................................... 7-9
I-211M-E connections and components .......................................... 7-10
I-211M-D connections and components .......................................... 7-12
I-211M-H connections and components .......................................... 7-14
I-211M-G connections and components .......................................... 7-15
I-211M-K connections and components .......................................... 7-17
Outdoor ONT connections and components ........................................ 7-17
O-211M-H connections and components ......................................... 7-25
O-211M-R connections and components ......................................... 7-27
LP MDU outdoor ONT connections and components .............................. 7-28
O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A connections and components .................. 7-28
O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A connections and components .................. 7-30
SWRD mounted with an LP MDU connections and components .............. 7-31
MDU ONT connections and components ............................................ 7-32
O-00240V-A ONT connections and components................................. 7-32
O-0881V-A MDU ONT connections and components ............................ 7-33
Modular ONT and plug-in unit connections and components .................... 7-35
Business and SOHO ONT connections and components........................... 7-40
B-0404-A connections............................................................... 7-42
B-8112-A and B-8102-A connections.............................................. 7-43
O-821G-D and O-820G-D connections ............................................ 7-45
O-821M-E connections .............................................................. 7-48
Cable storage compartments......................................................... 7-50
3EM 17661 AB compartment ....................................................... 7-50
3EM 17661 AC compartment....................................................... 7-51
3EM 20293 AA compartment....................................................... 7-51
Location options........................................................................ 7-53
UPS LEDs
8.1
8.2
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
8-1
Overview ................................................................................. 8-2

UPS LEDs.................................................................................. 8-3
ONT LEDs
9.1
7-1
9-1
Overview ................................................................................. 9-2

SLID and LED behavior............................................................... 9-3
Outdoor ONT LEDs ...................................................................... 9-4
Indoor (I-series) ONT LEDs ............................................................ 9-12
Modular ONT and service unit LEDs ................................................. 9-24
Business ONT and SOHO ONT LEDs .................................................. 9-26

xxxv
Contents
10 ONT technical specifications

10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
xxxvi
10-1
Overview ................................................................................ 10-2

Physical specifications ................................................................ 10-2
LP MDU ONT .......................................................................... 10-2
MDU outdoor ONT ................................................................... 10-3
Outdoor ONT ......................................................................... 10-4
Indoor ONT (I-010G-A) .............................................................. 10-4
Indoor ONT (I-221E-A and I-220E-A) .............................................. 10-5
Indoor ONT (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H) .................... 10-5
Indoor ONT (I-040G-A) .............................................................. 10-5
Indoor ONT (I-241G-A and I-240G-A) ............................................. 10-6
Indoor ONT (I-211M-E) .............................................................. 10-6
Indoor ONT (I-211M-D).............................................................. 10-6
Indoor ONT (I-211M-G) ............................................................. 10-7
Indoor ONT (I-211M-H).............................................................. 10-8
Indoor ONT (I-211M-K).............................................................. 10-8
Modular ONTs (M-300-A) ........................................................... 10-8
Business and SOHO ONTs ........................................................... 10-9
Environmental requirements ....................................................... 10-10
Temperature and humidity range .............................................. 10-10
Environmental considerations for rack installed ONTs ...................... 10-14
System and service capacity specifications ...................................... 10-14
Service capacity ................................................................... 10-14
P-OLT performance and distance ............................................... 10-15
PON bandwidth .................................................................... 10-15
Ethernet interface specifications.................................................. 10-15
POTS interface specifications ...................................................... 10-15
VDSL2 interface specifications ..................................................... 10-16
DS1/E1 interface specifications.................................................... 10-17
RF video interface specifications .................................................. 10-18
Coaxial connectivity in the home and design guidelines.................... 10-18
Configuration recommendations ................................................ 10-20
14 dBmV RF video receivers ..................................................... 10-21
SWRD interface specifications ..................................................... 10-24
MoCA interface specifications...................................................... 10-25
Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter interface
specifications .................................................................. 10-26
ONT optical budget .................................................................. 10-26
Power consumption .................................................................. 10-28
Outdoor ONTs ...................................................................... 10-28
SOHO outdoor ONT................................................................ 10-29
Indoor ONT ......................................................................... 10-29
Business ONTs...................................................................... 10-30
LP MDU ONT ........................................................................ 10-30
MDU ONTs .......................................................................... 10-31
Modular ONT and plug in unit ................................................... 10-31

Contents
11 ONT statistics and performance monitoring

11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11-1
Overview ................................................................................ 11-2

ONT performance monitoring ........................................................ 11-2
ONT performance monitoring functions ............................................ 11-2
ONT performance monitoring data .................................................. 11-3
Counters .............................................................................. 11-3
Supported ONT counters ........................................................... 11-4
ONT performance reporting .......................................................... 11-9
ONT statistical viewing ............................................................. 11-9
TCA counters and alarms......................................................... 11-10
Status reporting ................................................................... 11-11
Diagnostic data capturing........................................................ 11-12
ONT unit data sheets

12 Index of ONT unit data sheets
12.1
12.2
Overview ................................................................................ 12-2

Unit data sheet overview ............................................................. 12-2
13 B-8102-A and B-8112-A unit data sheet

13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
15-1
Identification ........................................................................... 15-2

General description.................................................................... 15-2
ONT hardware and software features............................................... 15-2
Special considerations................................................................. 15-4
16 I-020E-B and I-020E-H unit data sheet

16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
14-1
Identification ........................................................................... 14-2

Features and application notes ...................................................... 14-2
15 I-010G-A unit data sheet

15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4
13-1
Identification ........................................................................... 13-2

Hardware and software features .................................................... 13-2
14 B-0404-A unit data sheet

14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5
12-1
16-1
Identification ........................................................................... 16-2


xxxvii
Contents
17 I-020G-F unit data sheet

17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
Identification ........................................................................... 17-2

18 I-020G-G unit data sheet

18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
xxxviii
22-1
Identification ........................................................................... 22-2

23 I-211M-H unit data sheet

23.1
23.2
23.3
23.4
21-1
Identification ........................................................................... 21-2

22 I-211M-G unit data sheet

22.1
22.2
22.3
22.4
20-1
Identification ........................................................................... 20-2

21 I-211M-E unit data sheet

21.1
21.2
21.3
21.4
19-1
Identification ........................................................................... 19-2

VLAN tagging behavior ............................................................. 19-5
20 I-211M-D unit data sheet

20.1
20.2
20.3
20.4
18-1
Identification ........................................................................... 18-2


19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
17-1
23-1
Identification ........................................................................... 23-2


Contents
24 I-211M-K unit data sheet

24.1
24.2
24.3
24.4
Identification ........................................................................... 24-2

25 I-221E-A and I-220E-A unit data sheet

25.1
25.2
25.3
25.4
29-1
Identification ........................................................................... 29-2

30 O-211M-H unit data sheet

30.1
30.2
30.3
30.4
28-1
Identification ........................................................................... 28-2

ONT hardware and software feature................................................ 28-3
29 O-211M-C, O-211M-E, and O-211M-G unit data sheet

29.1
29.2
29.3
29.4
27-1
Identification ........................................................................... 27-2

28 O-210E-B and O-211E-B unit data sheet

28.1
28.2
28.3
28.4
26-1
Identification ........................................................................... 26-2

VLAN tagging behavior ............................................................. 26-5
27 M-300-A and S-840V-A unit data sheet

27.1
27.2
27.3
27.4
25-1
Identification ........................................................................... 25-2

26 I-241G-A and I-240G-A unit data sheet

26.1
26.2
26.3
26.4
24-1
30-1
Identification ........................................................................... 30-2


xxxix
Contents
31 O-211M-R unit data sheet

31.1
31.2
31.3
31.4
Identification ........................................................................... 31-2


32.1
32.2
32.3
32.4
xl
37-1
Identification ........................................................................... 37-2

38 O-0881V-A unit data sheet

38.1
38.2
36-1
Identification ........................................................................... 36-2


37.1
37.2
37.3
37.4
35-1
Identification ........................................................................... 35-2

36 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A unit data sheet

36.1
36.2
36.3
36.4
34-1
Identification ........................................................................... 34-2

35 O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A unit data sheet

35.1
35.2
35.3
35.4
33-1
Identification ........................................................................... 33-2

34 O-821M-E unit data sheet

34.1
34.2
34.3
34.4
32-1
Identification ........................................................................... 32-2

33 O-820G-D and O-821G-D unit data sheet

33.1
33.2
33.3
33.4
31-1
38-1
Identification ........................................................................... 38-2

Contents
38.3
38.4

UPS unit data sheets

39 Alpha 30 W DC power connector unit data sheet
39.1
39.2
39.3
39.4
39.5
39.6
39.7
Identification ........................................................................... 39-2

LEDs ...................................................................................... 39-2
Alarms.................................................................................... 39-2
Connections ............................................................................. 39-3
Specifications ........................................................................... 39-3
Physical description................................................................. 39-3
Power ................................................................................. 39-3
Environmental ....................................................................... 39-4
40 Alpha BBPSU unit data sheet

40.1
40.2
40.3
40.4
40.5
40.6
40.7
40.8
41.5
41.6
41.7
41.8
41-1
Identification ........................................................................... 41-2

Operating modes and LEDs ........................................................... 41-3
Current UPS model (ANSI).......................................................... 41-3
UPS model prior to FGH 1.0.5 (ANSI)............................................. 41-4
Alarms.................................................................................... 41-5
Connectors .............................................................................. 41-5
Environmental requirements ......................................................... 41-6
Physical measurements ............................................................... 41-6
42 APC 150 W 48 V dc UPS unit data sheet

42.1
42.2
40-1
Identification ........................................................................... 40-2

Operating modes ....................................................................... 40-3
Status LEDs and user controls ........................................................ 40-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 40-3
Connections ............................................................................. 40-4
Specifications ........................................................................... 40-4
Power ................................................................................. 40-4
Environmental ....................................................................... 40-4

41.1
41.2
41.3
41.4
39-1
42-1
Identification ........................................................................... 42-2


xli
Contents
42.3
42.4
42.5
42.6
42.7
42.8

Operating modes ....................................................................... 42-3
Status LEDs .............................................................................. 42-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 42-4
Connections ............................................................................. 42-4
Specifications ........................................................................... 42-5
Power ................................................................................. 42-5
Environmental ....................................................................... 42-6
43 APC UPS cable assembly with beeper unit data sheet

43.1
43.2
43.3
43.4
43.5
43.6
Identification ........................................................................... 43-2

Output connections on the PowerShield............................................ 43-3
Alarm descriptions ..................................................................... 43-3
Interface details........................................................................ 43-4
44 CyberPower BBPSU unit data sheet

44.1
44.2
44.3
44.4
44.5
44.6
44.7
44.8
xlii
45-1
Identification ........................................................................... 45-2

Status LEDs .............................................................................. 45-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 45-3
Connections ............................................................................. 45-4
Specifications ........................................................................... 45-5
Power ................................................................................. 45-5
Environmental ....................................................................... 45-5
46 CyberPower CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU unit data

sheet
46.1
46.2
46.3
44-1
Identification ........................................................................... 44-2

Operating modes ....................................................................... 44-2
Alarms.................................................................................... 44-4
Connections ............................................................................. 44-4
Specifications ........................................................................... 44-4
Power ................................................................................. 44-5
Environmental ....................................................................... 44-5
45 CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS unit data sheet

45.1
45.2
45.3
45.4
45.5
45.6
45.7
43-1
46-1
Identification ........................................................................... 46-2

Contents
46.4
46.5
46.6
46.7

Alarms.................................................................................... 46-4
Connections ............................................................................. 46-5
Specifications ........................................................................... 46-6
Power ................................................................................. 46-6
Environmental ....................................................................... 46-7

47.1
47.2
47.3
47.4
47.5
47.6
47.7
Identification ........................................................................... 47-2

Status LEDs .............................................................................. 47-2
Alarms.................................................................................... 47-3
Connections ............................................................................. 47-4
Specifications ........................................................................... 47-4
Power ................................................................................. 47-5
Environmental ....................................................................... 47-5
48 CyberPower CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS unit data

sheet
48.1
48.2
48.3
48.4
48.5
48.6
48.7
49-1
Identification ........................................................................... 49-2

Status LED ............................................................................... 49-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 49-3
Connections ............................................................................. 49-3
Specifications ........................................................................... 49-4
Power ................................................................................. 49-4
Environmental ....................................................................... 49-5
50 Delta OPSU/BBU unit data sheet

50.1
50.2
48-1
Identification ........................................................................... 48-2

Alarms.................................................................................... 48-4
Connections ............................................................................. 48-4
Specifications ........................................................................... 48-4
Power ................................................................................. 48-5
Environmental ....................................................................... 48-5
49 Delta AC/DC power converter unit data sheet

49.1
49.2
49.3
49.4
49.5
49.6
49.7
47-1
50-1
Identification ........................................................................... 50-2


xliii
Contents
50.3
50.4
50.5
50.6
50.7
50.8

Operating modes ....................................................................... 50-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 50-5
Connections ............................................................................. 50-6
Specifications ........................................................................... 50-7
Power ................................................................................. 50-8
Environmental ....................................................................... 50-9
51 Delta DMDU-4850R UPS unit data sheet

51.1
51.2
51.3
51.4
51.5
51.6
51.7
51.8
Identification ........................................................................... 51-2

Operating modes ....................................................................... 51-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 51-5
Connections ............................................................................. 51-5
Specifications ........................................................................... 51-6
Power ................................................................................. 51-6
Environmental ....................................................................... 51-7
52 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS unit data sheet

52.1
52.2
52.3
52.4
52.5
52.6
52.7
52.8
xliv
52-1
Identification ........................................................................... 52-2

Operating modes ....................................................................... 52-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 52-5
Connections ............................................................................. 52-5
Specifications ........................................................................... 52-7
Power ................................................................................. 52-7
Environmental ....................................................................... 52-8
53 Delta DUPS-1232V UPS unit data sheet

53.1
53.2
53.3
53.4
53.5
53.6
53.7
53.8
51-1
53-1
Identification ........................................................................... 53-2

Operating modes ....................................................................... 53-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 53-5
Connections ............................................................................. 53-5
Specifications ........................................................................... 53-6
Power ................................................................................. 53-7
Environmental ....................................................................... 53-7

Contents
54 Delta DUPS-1215 UPS unit data sheet

54.1
54.2
54.3
54.4
54.5
54.6
54.7
54.8
54-1
Identification ........................................................................... 54-2

Operating modes ....................................................................... 54-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 54-4
Connections ............................................................................. 54-4
Specifications ........................................................................... 54-5
Power ................................................................................. 54-6
Environmental ....................................................................... 54-6
55 Elpac Power Supplies AC power adapter unit data sheet 55-1

55.1
55.2
55.3
55.4
55.5
55.6
55.7
Identification ........................................................................... 55-2

Status LED ............................................................................... 55-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 55-3
Connections ............................................................................. 55-3
Specifications ........................................................................... 55-4
Power ................................................................................. 55-4
Environmental ....................................................................... 55-5
56 Emerson 16 W AC/DC switching power adapter unit data

sheet
56-1
56.1
56.2
56.3
56.4
56.5
56.6
56.7
Identification ........................................................................... 56-2

Status LED ............................................................................... 56-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 56-3
Connections ............................................................................. 56-3
Specifications ........................................................................... 56-4
Power ................................................................................. 56-4
Environmental ....................................................................... 56-4
57 Emerson 24 W AC/DC switching power adapter unit data

sheet
57-1
57.1
57.2
57.3
57.4
57.5
57.6
Identification ........................................................................... 57-2

Status LED ............................................................................... 57-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 57-3
Connections ............................................................................. 57-4

xlv
Contents
57.7
Specifications ........................................................................... 57-4

Power ................................................................................. 57-5
Environmental ....................................................................... 57-5
58 FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS unit data sheet

58.1
58.2
58.3
58.4
58.5
58.6
58.7
58.8
Identification ........................................................................... 58-2

Operating modes ....................................................................... 58-3
Status LEDs .............................................................................. 58-4
Alarms.................................................................................... 58-4
Connections ............................................................................. 58-5
Specifications ........................................................................... 58-6
Power ................................................................................. 58-6
Environmental ....................................................................... 58-7
59 Li Tone Electronics AC/DC switching power adapter

unit data sheet
59.1
59.2
59.3
59.4
59.5
59.6
59.7
59-1
Identification ........................................................................... 59-2

Status LED ............................................................................... 59-2
Alarms.................................................................................... 59-3
Connections ............................................................................. 59-3
Specifications ........................................................................... 59-3
Power ................................................................................. 59-4
Environmental ....................................................................... 59-4
60 PowerShield CP50B48 UPS unit data sheet

60.1
60.2
60.3
60.4
60.5
60.6
60.7
60.8
58-1
60-1
Identification ........................................................................... 60-2

Operating modes ....................................................................... 60-3
Status LEDs .............................................................................. 60-3
Alarms.................................................................................... 60-4
Connections ............................................................................. 60-4
Specifications ........................................................................... 60-5
Power ................................................................................. 60-6
Environmental ....................................................................... 60-6
Glossary
xlvi

Contents
Index

xlvii
Contents
List of figures
Figure 1 Safety label on the ONT equipment ..................................................... ix
Figure 2 Laser product label ....................................................................... xii
Figure 3 Laser classification label ................................................................. xii
Figure 4 Laser warning labels ..................................................................... xiii
Figure 5 Laser product safety label on the ONT equipment...................................xiv
Figure 1 CE declaration of conformity on the ONT equipment ............................. xviii
Figure 2 PSE certification ...........................................................................xix
Figure 3 Laser product label .......................................................................xxi
Figure 4 Laser classification label ................................................................ xxii
Figure 5 Laser warning labels .................................................................... xxiii
Figure 1 Products below MCV value label ...................................................... xxvi
Figure 2 Products above MCV value label ......................................................xxvii
Figure 3 Recycling/take back/disposal of product symbol .................................. xxix
Figure 1-1 7342 ISAM FTTU network.............................................................. 1-3
Figure 3-1 Software architecture levels ......................................................... 3-2
Figure 3-2 Rogue ONT failure conditions ........................................................ 3-6
Figure 3-3 ONT packet authorization ........................................................... 3-10
Figure 4-1 Current Generation ONT hardware block .......................................... 4-3
Figure 4-2 Current Generation ONT with a diplexer........................................... 4-4
Figure 4-3 Current Generation ONT with a triplexer .......................................... 4-6
Figure 4-4 Current Generation ONT with one Ethernet port and MoCA adapter .......... 4-7
Figure 4-5 SOHO ONT with two Ethernet ports and one MoCA adapter..................... 4-7
Figure 4-6 Current Generation ONT with one Ethernet port, one MoCA adapter,
and one RF-optical return adapter ............................................ 4-8
Figure 4-7 Four 10/100/100 Base-T Ethernet port ONTs...................................... 4-9
Figure 4-8 SoC with external DSP for SOHO and BONT ONTs ................................ 4-10
Figure 4-9 Business ONT functional block diagram ........................................... 4-10
Figure 4-10 B-0404-A business ONT functional block diagram .............................. 4-11
Figure 5-1 Next Generation ONT hardware block .............................................. 5-2
Figure 5-2 Single-residence MoCA ONT .......................................................... 5-4
Figure 6-1 VDSL2 LP MDU ONT functional blocks............................................... 6-3
Figure 6-2 GE LP MDU ONT functional blocks ................................................... 6-4
Figure 6-3 SWRD functional blocks .............................................................. 6-10
Figure 6-4 O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional blocks........................................... 6-11
Figure 6-5 O-0881V-A MDU ONT functional blocks ............................................ 6-12
Figure 6-6 Modular ONT functional blocks ..................................................... 6-15
Figure 6-7 Service unit functional blocks....................................................... 6-18
Figure 7-1 I-010G-A indoor ONT connections ................................................... 7-5
Figure 7-2 I-020E-B and I-020E-H connections .................................................. 7-5
Figure 7-3 I-020F-G and I-020G-G connections ................................................. 7-6
Figure 7-4 I-221E-A indoor ONT connections.................................................... 7-7
Figure 7-5 Fiber storage tray and internal SP/APC connector ............................... 7-8
Figure 7-6 I-241G-A indoor ONT connections ................................................... 7-9
Figure 7-7 I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections........................................ 7-10
Figure 7-8 I-211M-E with inner cover closed ................................................... 7-11
Figure 7-9 I-211M-E indoor ONT connections .................................................. 7-12
Figure 7-10 Connectors on an I-211M-D......................................................... 7-13
Figure 7-11 Connectors on an I-211M-H indoor ONT .......................................... 7-14
Figure 7-12 Connectors on an I-211M-G ........................................................ 7-16
xlviii

Contents
Figure 7-13 Connectors on an I-211M-K ONT................................................... 7-17

Figure 7-14 O-421E with inner cover closed ................................................... 7-18
Figure 7-15 Connectors on an O-421E........................................................... 7-19
Figure 7-16 Gemtek dongle....................................................................... 7-20
Figure 7-17 Mounted Gemtek dongle with cables............................................. 7-20
Figure 7-18 Connectors on a O-211E ............................................................ 7-21
Figure 7-19 Connectors on an O-211M-G (AE variant) ........................................ 7-23
Figure 7-20 Connectors on an O-211M-G (BE variant) ........................................ 7-24
Figure 7-21 Connectors on an O-211M-H outdoor ONT ....................................... 7-26
Figure 7-22 Connectors on an O-211M-R outdoor ONT ....................................... 7-27
Figure 7-23 Connectors on an O-24121V-A ..................................................... 7-28
Figure 7-24 O-24121V-A Outdoor ONT installed in an outdoor enclosure ................. 7-29
Figure 7-25 Connectors on an O-24121G-A outdoor ONT .................................... 7-30
Figure 7-26 SWRD LP MDU ONT connections ................................................... 7-32
Figure 7-27 Physical connections on an O-00240V-A MDU ONT ............................. 7-33
Figure 7-28 Connectors on an O-0881V-A MDU ONT .......................................... 7-34
Figure 7-29 M-300-A interfaces, connections, and LEDs ..................................... 7-36
Figure 7-30 Modular ONT enclosure (external view).......................................... 7-38
Figure 7-31 Modular ONT enclosure (internal view) .......................................... 7-39
Figure 7-32 S-840V-A .............................................................................. 7-40
Figure 7-33 Closed SOHO or business ONT ..................................................... 7-41
Figure 7-34 Soho or business ONT showing inner covers ..................................... 7-42
Figure 7-35 B-0404-A business ONT connections .............................................. 7-43
Figure 7-36 Connectors on a B-8211-A .......................................................... 7-44
Figure 7-37 Connectors on an O-821G-D SOHO outdoor ONT................................ 7-46
Figure 7-38 Connectors on an O-820G-D SOHO outdoor ONT................................ 7-47
Figure 7-39 Connectors on an O-821M-E SOHO outdoor ONT ................................ 7-49
Figure 7-40 Cable storage compartment (3EM 17661 AB).................................... 7-50
Figure 7-41 Cable storage compartment (3EM 17661 AC).................................... 7-51
Figure 7-42 Cable storage compartment (3EM 20293 AA).................................... 7-52
Figure 7-43 Cable storage compartment with storage box mounting bracket............ 7-53
Figure 8-1 APC UPS LED icons for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business
ONT ................................................................................. 8-3
Figure 8-2 FlexNet UPS icons for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only ...................... 8-4
Figure 8-3 Delta DMDU-4850R LEDs and user control button ................................. 8-4
Figure 8-4 Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and icons ..................................................... 8-5
Figure 8-5 Delta DUPS-1215 LEDs ................................................................. 8-6
Figure 8-6 Delta DUPS-1232V LEDs and user control button.................................. 8-7
Figure 8-7 CyberPower BBPSU LEDs and user control button ................................ 8-8
Figure 8-8 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs.................................................... 8-9
Figure 8-9 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS LEDs and user control buttons.................... 8-10
Figure 8-10 PowerShield CP50B48 UPS icons and meanings ................................. 8-10
Figure 9-1 Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-421E-B, O-420E-B, O-210E-B, and O-211E-B) ........... 9-5
Figure 9-2 LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs ............................................................ 9-6
Figure 9-3 O-00240V-A MDU ONT LEDs ........................................................... 9-7
Figure 9-4 O-0881V-A MDU ONT LEDs ............................................................ 9-7
Figure 9-5 I-010G-A indoor ONT LEDs ........................................................... 9-13
Figure 9-6 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-221E-A and I-220E-A) ......................................... 9-14
Figure 9-7 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G)................ 9-14
Figure 9-8 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-240G-A and I-241G-A)......................................... 9-15
Figure 9-9 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A) ......................................................... 9-15
Figure 9-10 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-K)........................................................ 9-16
xlix
Contents
Figure 9-11 Modular ONT LEDs ................................................................... 9-24

Figure 9-12 Modular ONT service plug-in unit LEDs........................................... 9-25
Figure 9-13 Business ONT and SOHO LEDs (B-8102-A, B-8112-A, O-821G-D,
O-820G-D, O-821M-E) ........................................................... 9-27
Figure 9-14 B-0404-A business ONT LEDs ....................................................... 9-28
Figure 10-1 RF video overlay design and deployment example with a + 14 dBmV
receiver ......................................................................... 10-19
Figure 10-2 Class 1 laser product warning label............................................. 10-26
Figure 19-1 Ethernet switch ...................................................................... 19-4
Figure 26-1 Ethernet switch ...................................................................... 26-4
Figure 32-1 Mapping of dongle VLANs........................................................... 32-5
Figure 39-1 Alpha DC power converter ......................................................... 39-3
Figure 41-1 UPS icons and description .......................................................... 41-4
Figure 42-1 UPS icons and meanings ............................................................ 42-3
Figure 42-2 APC UPS connector .................................................................. 42-5
Figure 43-1 APC cable assembly with beeper.................................................. 43-2
Figure 43-2 Alarm disable push button for cable beeper .................................... 43-3
Figure 43-3 Schematic for typical PowerShield alarm signal ................................ 43-4
Figure 44-1 CyberPower BBPSU LEDs and user control button .............................. 44-3
Figure 46-1 PSU/BBU LEDs and user control buttons ......................................... 46-3
Figure 48-1 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS LEDs and user control buttons .................. 48-3
Figure 49-1 Delta Electronics ac/dc power converter........................................ 49-4
Figure 50-1 OPSU/BBU LEDs and icons .......................................................... 50-4
Figure 50-2 BBU power and alarm connections................................................ 50-5
Figure 50-3 BBU output power and alarm connector ......................................... 50-7
Figure 51-1 Delta DMDU-4850R LEDs and user control button .............................. 51-4
Figure 52-1 Delta DUPS-1232A LEDs and user control button ............................... 52-4
Figure 52-2 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS output power and alarm connector .................. 52-6
Figure 52-3 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS auxiliary power connector ............................. 52-6
Figure 53-1 Delta DUPS-1232V LEDs and user control button ............................... 53-4
Figure 53-2 Delta DUPS-1232V UPS output power and alarm connector .................. 53-6
Figure 54-1 Delta DUPS-1215 LEDs .............................................................. 54-3
Figure 54-2 Delta DUPS-1215 UPS output and input connectors ............................ 54-5
Figure 55-1 Elpac Power Supplies AC power adapter......................................... 55-4
Figure 56-1 Emerson power adapter LED ....................................................... 56-3
Figure 57-1 Emerson 24 W power adapter LED ................................................ 57-3
Figure 57-2 Molex 8-pin power cable connector .............................................. 57-4
Figure 58-2 FlexNet FMPS-150 W UPS alarm IDC connector and power terminals ....... 58-5
Figure 59-1 Li Tone Electronics power adapter LED .......................................... 59-3
Figure 60-2 APC UPS connector .................................................................. 60-5
List of tables
Table 1 Safety labels ................................................................................viii
Table 1 Safety labels ................................................................................xvi
Table 1-1 ONT product identification ........................................................... 1-11
Table 1-2 Designation for indoor ONT, outdoor ONT, and service plug-in unit ........... 1-12
l

Contents
Table 1-3 Designation for MDU ONTs ............................................................ 1-12

Table 1-4 Designation for the modular ONTs ................................................... 1-13
Table 1-5 Designation for business ONTs ........................................................ 1-14
Table 2-1 Application notes for ONT 04.04.xx .................................................. 2-2
Table 2-2 Application notes for ONT 4.3.5....................................................... 2-3
Table 2-3 Application notes for ONT 2.0 ......................................................... 2-3
Table 3-1 Anti-spoofing control types and traffic exemptions............................... 3-11
Table 4-1 Current Generation ONT interfaces .................................................. 4-2
Table 5-1 Next Generation ONT interfaces ...................................................... 5-2
Table 6-1 ONT system architecture and supported interfaces................................ 6-2
Table 6-2 Optical functions of the LP MDU ONT motherboard................................ 6-4
Table 6-3 GPON MAC FPGA features .............................................................. 6-5
Table 6-4 Gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch features ........................................ 6-5
Table 6-5 OBC interfaces ........................................................................... 6-6
Table 6-6 OBC functions ............................................................................ 6-6
Table 6-7 Test and diagnostic functions ......................................................... 6-6
Table 6-8 VDSL2 subsystem functions ............................................................ 6-8
Table 6-9 Optic functions of the MDU ONT ..................................................... 6-13
Table 6-10 OBC interfaces......................................................................... 6-13
Table 6-11 OBC functions.......................................................................... 6-13
Table 6-12 GPON MAC features ................................................................... 6-14
Table 6-13 Ethernet switch features............................................................. 6-14
Table 6-14 Optical functions ...................................................................... 6-16
Table 6-15 Modular ONT MAC FPGA and standards ............................................ 6-16
Table 6-16 GE multilayer switch features....................................................... 6-16
Table 6-17 OBC functions.......................................................................... 6-17
Table 6-18 OBC interfaces......................................................................... 6-19
Table 7-1 ONT connection capacity............................................................... 7-2
Table 7-2 Maximum ONT connections per PON.................................................. 7-4
Table 7-3 I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H indoor ONT connections ........... 7-6
Table 7-4 I-221E-A and I-220E-A indoor ONT connections ..................................... 7-8
Table 7-5 I-241G-A and I-240G-A indoor ONT connections .................................... 7-9
Table 7-6 I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections ......................................... 7-10
Table 7-7 In-wall MoCA indoor ONT connectors................................................ 7-12
Table 7-8 I-211M-D ONT connectors ............................................................. 7-13
Table 7-9 I-211M-H ONT connectors ............................................................. 7-15
Table 7-10 I-211M-G ONT connectors ............................................................ 7-16
Table 7-11 I-211M-K ONT connectors ............................................................ 7-17
Table 7-12 Gemtek dongle connectors .......................................................... 7-21
Table 7-13 Outdoor ONT connections............................................................ 7-22
Table 7-14 Outdoor ONT O-211M-G (AE) connections ......................................... 7-23
Table 7-15 Outdoor ONT O-211M-G (BE) connections ......................................... 7-25
Table 7-16 O-211M-H outdoor ONT connections ............................................... 7-26
Table 7-17 O-211M-R outdoor ONT connections ............................................... 7-27
Table 7-18 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A outdoor ONT physical connectors ............... 7-29
Table 7-19 O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor ONT physical connectors ............... 7-31
Table 7-20 SWRD interfaces ....................................................................... 7-32
Table 7-21 O-00240V-A MDU ONT physical connections ...................................... 7-33
Table 7-22 O-0881V-A MDU ONT connections................................................... 7-34
Table 7-23 Modular ONT connections ............................................................ 7-36
Table 7-24 B-0404-A business ONT connections................................................ 7-43
Table 7-25 B-8102-A and B-8112-A business ONT connections ............................... 7-44
li
Contents
Table 7-26 SOHO ONT connections............................................................... 7-47

Table 7-27 O-821M-E SOHO ONT connections .................................................. 7-49
Table 8-1 Figure list for LEDs ...................................................................... 8-2
Table 8-2 Table list for LEDs ....................................................................... 8-2
Table 8-3 APC UPS LEDs for indoor, Version D SOHO outdoor, business, and
modular ONTs ..................................................................... 8-3
Table 8-4 APC UPS LEDs for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business ONT ....... 8-3
Table 8-5 FlexNet UPS LEDs for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only ........................ 8-4
Table 8-6 Delta DMDU-4850R UPS status LED indicators ....................................... 8-5
Table 8-7 Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and audible alarms ........................................... 8-5
Table 8-8 Delta DUPS-1215 UPS status LED indicators ......................................... 8-6
Table 8-9 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS status LEDs ................................................... 8-7
Table 8-10 Delta DUPS-1232V UPS status LED indicators ...................................... 8-7
Table 8-11 CyberPower BBPSU status LED indicators .......................................... 8-8
Table 8-12 CyberShield CS 24 UPS LEDs for indoor and outdoor ONTs ...................... 8-8
Table 8-13 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs for ONTS ........................................ 8-9
Table 8-14 CyberShield CS 50 UPS LEDs for ONTs............................................... 8-9
Table 8-15 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS status LED indicators ............................... 8-10
Table 8-16 PowerShield CP50B48 UPS LEDs ..................................................... 8-11
Table 9-1 Figure list ................................................................................. 9-2
Table 9-2 Table list .................................................................................. 9-2
Table 9-3 Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, O-421E-B,
O-211M-E, O-211M-G, O-211M-H, and O-211M-R) ........................... 9-8
Table 9-4 Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter LED (O-211M-R)............... 9-8
Table 9-5 Gemtek dongle LEDs .................................................................... 9-9
Table 9-6 Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, and
O-421E-B) .......................................................................... 9-9
Table 9-7 Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-211M-E, O-211M-G, and O-211M-R)................. 9-9
Table 9-8 LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs ............................................................ 9-10
Table 9-9 SWRD LEDs ............................................................................... 9-10
Table 9-10 LP MDU ONT RJ-45 LEDs.............................................................. 9-11
Table 9-11 O-00240V-A MDU ONT LEDs .......................................................... 9-11
Table 9-12 O-0881V-A MDU ONT LEDs ........................................................... 9-12
Table 9-13 Outdoor MDU ONT RJ-45 LEDs....................................................... 9-12
Table 9-14 I-010G-A indoor ONT LEDs ........................................................... 9-16
Table 9-15 I-010G-A indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs.................................................... 9-17
Table 9-16 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-220A, and I-221-A) ............................................ 9-17
Table 9-17 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H)................ 9-18
Table 9-18 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-C, I-211M-D, I-211M-E, I-211M-G, and
I-211M-H) ......................................................................... 9-19
Table 9-19 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-K) ......................................................... 9-20
Table 9-20 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-241G-A and I-240G-A)......................................... 9-21
Table 9-21 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A) ......................................................... 9-22
Table 9-22 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-221E-A, I-220E-A, I-020G-F, I-020G-G,
I-211M-D, I-211M-E, I-241G-A, I-240G-A, and I-040G-A) ................... 9-22
Table 9-23 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-020E-B and I-020E-H) .................................. 9-23
Table 9-24 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-211M-C).................................................. 9-23
Table 9-25 Power supply LEDs and audible alarms (I-211M-D)............................... 9-23
Table 9-26 User control buttons (I-211M-D) .................................................... 9-24
Table 9-27 Modular ONT LEDs..................................................................... 9-25
Table 9-28 Service plug-in unit LEDs............................................................. 9-26
lii

Contents
Table 9-29 Business ONT and SOHO LEDs (B-8102-A, B-8112-A, O-821G-D,
O-820G-D, O-821M-E) ........................................................... 9-28
Table 9-30 B-0404-A Business ONT LEDs......................................................... 9-29
Table 9-31 Business and SOHO ONT RJ-45 LEDs ................................................ 9-30
Table 10-1 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A LP MDU ONT physical specifications ............ 10-2
Table 10-2 O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A LP MDU outdoor ONT physical
specifications .................................................................... 10-3
Table 10-3 O-00240V-A MDU ONT physical specifications .................................... 10-3
Table 10-4 O-0881V-A MDU ONT physical specifications...................................... 10-4
Table 10-5 Outdoor ONT physical specifications excluding SOHO........................... 10-4
Table 10-6 I-010G-A indoor ONT physical specifications...................................... 10-5
Table 10-7 Indoor ONT physical specifications (I-221E-A and I-220E-A) .................... 10-5
Table 10-8 Physical specifications for the I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and
I-020E-H........................................................................... 10-5
Table 10-9 Physical specification for the I-040G-A ONT ...................................... 10-6
Table 10-10 Physical specification for the I-241G-A and I-240G-A ONT .................... 10-6
Table 10-11 I-211M-E MoCA indoor ONT physical specifications ............................. 10-6
Table 10-12 Physical specifications for the I-211M-D ONT with OPSU, skirt, and
cable storage tray ............................................................... 10-7
Table 10-13 Physical specifications for the I-211M-D ONT without OPSU, skirt,
and cable storage tray.......................................................... 10-7
Table 10-14 Physical specifications for the I-211M-G ONT with OPSU, skirt, and
cable storage tray ............................................................... 10-7
Table 10-15 Physical specifications for the I-211M-G ONT without OPSU, skirt,
and cable storage tray.......................................................... 10-8
Table 10-16 I-211M-H indoor ONT physical specifications .................................... 10-8
Table 10-17 Physical specifications for the I-211M-K ONT ................................... 10-8
Table 10-18 Modular ONT (M-300-A) physical specifications ................................. 10-9
Table 10-19 Business and SOHO ONT physical specifications ................................ 10-9
Table 10-20 B-0404 Business ONT physical specifications .................................... 10-9
Table 10-21 ONT environmental requirements............................................... 10-10
Table 10-22 Service capacity ................................................................... 10-14
Table 10-23 Voice service specifications...................................................... 10-15
Table 10-24 ITU-T standards supported ....................................................... 10-17
Table 10-25 DS1/E1 interface specifications ................................................. 10-17
Table 10-26 Typical cable attenuation loss value based on frequency................... 10-19
Table 10-27 RF video service specifications for ONTs with 14 dBmV receivers ......... 10-21
Table 10-30 SWRD electrical specifications................................................... 10-24
Table 10-31 MoCA ONT transmit output power variance ................................... 10-25
Table 10-32 ONT optical budget................................................................ 10-27
Table 10-33 Power consumption specifications for outdoor ONTs ........................ 10-28
Table 10-34 Power consumption specifications for SOHO ONTs ........................... 10-29
Table 10-35 Power consumption specifications for indoor ONTs .......................... 10-29
Table 10-36 Power consumption specifications for business ONTs........................ 10-30
Table 10-37 Power consumption specifications for LP MDU ONTs......................... 10-30
Table 10-38 Power consumption specifications for MDU ONTs ............................ 10-31
Table 10-39 Power consumption specifications for modular ONTs........................ 10-31
Table 11-1 Performance monitoring statistics supported for the indoor and
outdoor ONTs .................................................................... 11-4

liii
Contents
Table 11-2 Performance monitoring statistics for the business, modular, LP MDU,
and MDU ONTs ................................................................... 11-6
Table 11-3 15-min ONT counters ............................................................... 11-10
Table 11-4 Rolling counters ..................................................................... 11-10
Table 12-1 Overview of unit data sheets for the 7342 ISAM FTTU .......................... 12-2
Table 13-1 Identification of business ONT ...................................................... 13-2
Table 13-2 ONT hardware features (B-8102-A and B-8112-A)................................ 13-3
Table 13-3 ONT management and security features (B-8102-A and B-8112-A)............ 13-4
Table 14-1 Identification of B-0404-A business ONT .......................................... 14-2
Table 14-2 ONT hardware features (B-0404-A)................................................. 14-3
Table 14-3 ONT management and security features (B-0404-A)............................. 14-4
Table 15-1 Identification of I-010G-A ONT...................................................... 15-2
Table 15-2 ONT hardware features (I-010G-A) ................................................. 15-3
Table 15-3 ONT management and security features (I-010G-A .............................. 15-4
Table 16-1 Identification of the indoor ONT.................................................... 16-2
Table 16-2 ONT hardware features (I-020E-B and I-020E-H) ................................. 16-3
Table 16-3 ONT management and security features (I-020E-B and I-020E-H) ............. 16-4
Table 17-1 Identification of indoor ONT ........................................................ 17-2
Table 17-2 ONT hardware features (I-020G-F) ................................................. 17-2
Table 17-3 ONT management and security features (I-020G-F) ............................. 17-3
Table 18-1 Identification of indoor ONT ........................................................ 18-2
Table 18-2 ONT hardware features (I-020G-G) ................................................. 18-2
Table 18-3 ONT management and security features (I-020G-G) ............................. 18-3
Table 19-1 Identification of the I-040G-A indoor ONT ........................................ 19-2
Table 19-2 Hardware features .................................................................... 19-2
Table 19-3 ONT management and security features .......................................... 19-3
Table 19-4 Default DSCP to P-bit mapping...................................................... 19-5
Table 19-5 Upstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior............................... 19-6
Table 19-6 Downstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior ........................... 19-6
Table 19-7 Upstream VLAN translation mode .................................................. 19-7
Table 19-8 DownstreamVLAN translation behavior ............................................ 19-7
Table 20-1 Identification information about I-211M-D ONT .................................. 20-2
Table 20-2 Hardware features (I-211M-D)....................................................... 20-3
Table 20-3 ONT management and security features (I-211M-D) ............................. 20-4
Table 21-1 Identification of indoor ONTs ....................................................... 21-2
Table 23-1 Identification of the I-211M-H indoor ONT ........................................ 23-2
Table 24-1 Identification of an I-211M-K indoor ONT ......................................... 24-2
liv

Contents
Table 26-4 Default DSCP to P-bit mapping...................................................... 26-6

Table 26-5 Upstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior............................... 26-6
Table 26-6 Downstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior ........................... 26-7
Table 26-7 Upstream VLAN translation mode .................................................. 26-7
Table 26-8 Downstream VLAN translation behavior ........................................... 26-8
Table 27-1 Identification of modular ONTs ..................................................... 27-2
Table 28-1 Identification of outdoor ONTs...................................................... 28-2
Table 28-2 ONT hardware features .............................................................. 28-3
Table 29-1 Identification of outdoor ONT....................................................... 29-2
Table 30-1 Identification of the O-211M-H outdoor ONT ..................................... 30-2
Table 31-1 Identification of outdoor ONT....................................................... 31-2
Table 32-1 Identification of outdoor ONTs...................................................... 32-2
Table 33-1 Identification of SOHO outdoor ONTs .............................................. 33-2
Table 34-1 Identification of SOHO outdoor ONT ............................................... 34-2
Table 35-1 Identification of O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONT ............. 35-2
Table 36-1 Identification of O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONTs ............ 36-2
Table 37-1 Identification of the 7352 ISAM FTTB ONT ........................................ 37-2
Table 37-4 Line status summary .................................................................. 37-4
Table 38-1 Identification of the 7352 ISAM FTTB ONTs ....................................... 38-2
Table 39-1 Identification of the Alpha power connector ..................................... 39-2
Table 39-2 Alpha adaptor power wiring chart.................................................. 39-3
Table 39-3 Alpha power connector environmental conditions............................... 39-4
Table 40-1 Identification of the Alpha BBPSU .................................................. 40-2
Table 40-2 Alpha BBPSU status LED indicators ................................................. 40-3
Table 40-3 Alpha BBPSU alarm condition ....................................................... 40-3
Table 41-1 Identification of the APC UPS ....................................................... 41-2
Table 41-2 UPS LEDs for current UPS model .................................................... 41-3
Table 41-3 UPS LEDs for model prior to FGH 1.0.5 ............................................ 41-4
Table 41-4 UPS output pinouts.................................................................... 41-5
lv
Contents
Table 41-5 UPS physical measurements ......................................................... 41-6

Table 42-1 Identification of the APC UPS for the modular ONT ............................. 42-2
Table 42-2 LEDs ..................................................................................... 42-3
Table 43-1 Identification of cable beeper assembly .......................................... 43-2
Table 43-2 Audible alarms for cable beeper.................................................... 43-3
Table 43-3 Alarm connector pinouts ............................................................. 43-3
Table 43-4 Alarm descriptions .................................................................... 43-4
Table 44-1 Identification of the CyberPower BBPSU .......................................... 44-2
Table 44-2 CyberPower BBPSU status LED indicators ......................................... 44-3
Table 44-3 User control button ................................................................... 44-4
Table 44-4 Battery backup audio alarm and condition........................................ 44-4
Table 45-1 Identification of the UPS............................................................. 45-2
Table 45-2 CyberShield CS 24 UPS LEDs for ONTs.............................................. 45-3
Table 45-3 Alarm signal and output levels ...................................................... 45-3
Table 45-4 Buzzer On/Off switch................................................................. 45-4
Table 45-5 CyberShield CS 24 power wiring chart ............................................. 45-4
Table 45-6 CyberShield CS 24 UPS environmental conditions................................ 45-6
Table 46-1 Identification of the OPSU/BBU..................................................... 46-2
Table 46-2 LEDs and audible alarms ............................................................. 46-3
Table 46-3 BBU user controls ..................................................................... 46-4
Table 46-5 PSU output pinouts.................................................................... 46-5
Table 46-6 BBU output pinouts ................................................................... 46-5
Table 46-7 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU environmental conditions ......................... 46-7
Table 47-1 Identification of the UPS............................................................. 47-2
Table 47-2 CyberShield CS 50 UPS LEDs for ONTs.............................................. 47-3
Table 47-4 Buzzer On/Off switch................................................................. 47-4
Table 47-5 CyberShield CS 50 power wiring chart ............................................. 47-4
Table 47-6 CyberShield CS 50 UPS environmental conditions................................ 47-5
Table 48-1 Identification of the CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS................................ 48-2
Table 48-2 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS status LED indicators ............................... 48-3
Table 48-3 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS user control buttons................................ 48-4
Table 48-5 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS environmental conditions ......................... 48-5
Table 49-1 Identification of the Delta Electronics ac/dc power converter................ 49-2
Table 49-2 Delta ac/dc power converter power wiring chart................................ 49-3
Table 49-3 Delta ac/dc power converter environmental conditions........................ 49-5
Table 50-1 Identification of the OPSU/BBU..................................................... 50-2
Table 50-2 LEDs and audible alarms ............................................................. 50-4
Table 50-3 BBU user controls ..................................................................... 50-5
Table 50-5 OPSU output pinouts.................................................................. 50-6
Table 50-6 BBU output pinouts ................................................................... 50-7
Table 50-7 Constant power runtime ............................................................. 50-9
Table 51-1 Identification of the Delta DMDU-4850R UPS ..................................... 51-2
Table 51-2 Delta DMDU-4850R UPS status LED indicators .................................... 51-4
Table 51-3 Delta DMDU-4850R user control buttons........................................... 51-4
Table 51-5 Output connector for the Delta DMDU-4850 UPS................................. 51-5
Table 52-1 Identification of the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS ...................................... 52-2
lvi

Contents
Table 52-2 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS status LED indicators ..................................... 52-4
Table 52-3 User control button ................................................................... 52-5
Table 52-5 Pin assignments for the DUPS-1232A UPS ......................................... 52-6
Table 53-1 Identification of the Delta DUPS-1232V UPS ...................................... 53-2
Table 53-2 Delta DUPS-1232V UPS status LED indicators ..................................... 53-4
Table 53-3 User control buttons .................................................................. 53-4
Table 53-5 Pin assignments for the DUPS-1232A UPS ......................................... 53-6
Table 54-1 Identification of the Delta DUPS-1215 UPS........................................ 54-2
Table 54-2 Delta DUPS-1215 UPS status LED indicators ....................................... 54-4
Table 54-4 Pin assignments for the DUPS-1215 UPS ........................................... 54-5
Table 55-1 Identification of the Elpac power adapter ........................................ 55-2
Table 55-2 Elpac power adapter power wiring chart.......................................... 55-3
Table 55-3 Elpac power adapter environmental conditions.................................. 55-5
Table 56-1 Identification of the power adapter ............................................... 56-2
Table 56-2 Emerson power adapter LED ........................................................ 56-3
Table 56-3 Emerson adaptor power wiring chart .............................................. 56-3
Table 56-4 Emerson power adapter environmental conditions .............................. 56-4
Table 57-1 Identification of the Emerson power adapter .................................... 57-2
Table 57-2 Emerson power adapter LED ........................................................ 57-3
Table 57-3 Pin assignments for the output Molex connectorS ............................... 57-4
Table 57-4 Emerson power adapter environmental conditions .............................. 57-5
Table 58-1 Identification of the FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS .................................... 58-2
Table 58-2 LEDs ..................................................................................... 58-4
Table 58-3 UPS alarm connector pin assignments ............................................. 58-5
Table 59-1 Identification of the power adapter ............................................... 59-2
Table 59-2 Li Tone Electronics power adapter LED............................................ 59-3
Table 59-3 Li Tone power adapter power wiring chart ....................................... 59-3
Table 59-4 Li Tone power adapter environmental conditions ............................... 59-4
Table 60-1 Identification of the APC UPS ....................................................... 60-2
Table 60-2 LEDs ..................................................................................... 60-4

lvii
Contents
lviii

General system description
1 ONT overview
2 Application notes
3 ONT software and security features
4 Current Generation ONT functional blocks
5 Next Generation ONT functional blocks
6 LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT hardware functional blocks
7 ONT equipment layout
8 UPS LEDs
9 ONT LEDs


ONT overview
1.1 About this document
1-2
1.2 ONT general description

1.3 ONT product identification
1-2
1-11

1-1
1 ONT overview
1.1
About this document

This document provides information about the 7342 ISAM FTTU optical network
terminals (ONTs), including unit data sheets, optical budgets, planning and ordering,
and hardware installation and maintenance procedures.
1.2
ONT general description

The ONT is part of the 7342 ISAM FTTU family of products that provide a last
mile broadband access solution. The 7342 ISAM FTTU products work seamlessly
together to form a fiber access network capable of delivering high quality voice,
video, and data services to both single-family and multi-dwelling residential
subscribers.
The 7342 ISAM FTTU product family consists of the following key members:
Optical Line Terminations (OLTs), including: Packet Optical Line Terminations

(P-OLTs) and Video Optical Line Terminations (V-OLTs)
ONTs, including the:
indoor (I-series) ONT

outdoor (O-series) ONT
LP MDU outdoor ONT
MDU outdoor ONT
modular ONT and service plug-in units
business ONT
Element Management System (EMS), including: a simple web-based

management system and a sophisticated network management system
Figure 1-1 shows the network topology of the 7342 ISAM FTTU.
1-2

1 ONT overview
Figure 1-1 7342 ISAM FTTU network
Network
Central office or
remote terminal
Fiber
distribution
Passive
outside
plan
ONTs
End user
Optical link length 2
1 Optional RF
overlay
1,550 nm
EDFA
Ethernet
IPTV
MDU
WDM
Internet
Edge switch
router
1,490 nm
1,550 nm
2.4 Gb/s
1,310 nm
1.2 Gb/s
P-OLT
PSTN
Voice
gateway
V-OLT 1
EMS/NMS
Class 5
switch
Softswitch
1 Network can contain EDFA or V-OLT, not both

2 The maximum optical link length depends on the specific equipment and deployment conditions
19684
P-OLTs and V-OLTs

The P-OLT and V-OLT reside in the central office (CO) or controlled environment
vault (CEV) and provide interfaces between the network and the gigabit passive
optical network (GPON).
ONTs
The Alcatel-Lucent ONT products are edge devices that use GPON technology to
extend a fiber optic cable from a P-OLT shelf at a CO to a subscriber residence,
including single-family residences, multi-dwelling residences such as an apartment
building, and small office home office applications.

1-3
1 ONT overview
The Alcatel-Lucent ONT products provide the following functions and services:
network demarcation for all services

voice interworking function from the analog POTS lines to the VoIP/Ethernet
layers
interworking functions between the GEM and Ethernet layers

interworking functions between the GEM and MoCA layers
interworking functions between the PON optical overlay and the RF video
interface
CES encapsulation of DS1/E1 using the MEF-8 packetization format for
transport across the layer 2 Ethernet PON
mux and demux functions to the PON
optical to electrical conversion
All Alcatel-Lucent ONTs were developed using the following GPON ITU-T
standards:
G.984.1 (GPON Service requirements)

G.984.2 (GPON PDM layer)
G.984.2 (GPON PDM layer) amendment 1
G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer)
G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer) amendment 1 and 2
G.984.4 (GPON OMCI)
G.984.4 (GPON OMCI) amendments 1 and 2
Indoor ONT
The indoor ONT terminates services at the subscribers premises and is used for
subscribers living in single-family residences. The indoor ONT is suitable for
installation on a desktop or for attaching to an interior wall.
1-4

1 ONT overview
The indoor ONTs support the following main GPON features:
GEM mode support for efficient IP/Ethernet service traffic transport

2.488 Gb/s line rate downstream and 1.244 Gb/s line rate upstream
Class B+ optics with 28 dB optical link loss
integrated diplexer for ONTs supporting POTS and data
integrated triplexer for ONTs supporting POTS, data, and the optional RF video
and/or MoCA service
1490 nm wavelength downstream, 1310 nm wavelength upstream, and optional
1550 nm downstream for RF video overlay
single mode fiber and use 2x5 SFF SC/APC optical port
optical budget of 28 dB (without FEC) and an Rx optical sensitivity of -27 dB
PON reach capacity of 18.6 miles (30 km)
G.984.3-compliant Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation (DBA)
G.984.3-compliant Advanced Encryption System (AES) with operator
enable/disable per port-ID level
G.984.3-compliant Forward Error Correction (FEC) for longer reach upstream
and downstream
G984.4, G.983.2 revised compliant OMCI interface for ONT management and
provisioning
Outdoor ONT
The outdoor ONT terminates services at the subscribers premises and is suitable for
single residences and small office home office (SOHO) applications. The single
residence and SOHO outdoor ONTs have environmentally hardened enclosures that
you can install outside the subscribers premises.

1-5
1 ONT overview
Single-residence and SOHO outdoor ONT variants support the following:

one GPON interface capable of 1.244 Gb/s upstream and 2.488 GB/s downstream
line rates as per G.984.3 using an SC/APC or OptiTap connector

and/or MoCA service
up to two 10/100BASE-T or 10/100/1000BASE-T GPON MAC interfaces
supporting GMII/RGMII for IPTV, data, or VoIP services
up to eight POTS lines for connecting phones to VoIP services
one optional RF video coaxial port with optional MoCA support for CATV,
VOD, or interactive video services (not supported on the SOHO)
one RF-optical return coaxial port for return path RF services (support on the
O-211M-R ONT only)
serial RS-232 craft interface (not supported on all units)
external power and alarms
full 100BASE-T throughput upstream and downstream simultaneously
packet fragmentation support for packet sizes above 1500 MTU
and downstream
provisioning
LP MDU outdoor ONT
The LP MDU outdoor ONT terminates services at the subscribers premises and is
suitable for multi dwelling unit (MDU) applications. The LP MDU outdoor ONT
must be installed in a cabinet, closet, CO, outdoor enclosure, or other
environmentally-protected area. The LP MDU ONT can also be configured in a
small Alcatel-Lucent enclosure for outdoor or indoor deployment. There are two
types of LP MDU outdoor ONT: the VDSL LP MDU ONT (O-24121V-A and
O-24120V-A) and the GE LP MDU ONT (O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A).
1-6

1 ONT overview
LP MDU ONTs support the following features:

an FSAN compliant 12 living unit GPON ONT
12 GE ports and 24 POTS ports (GE LP MDU ONT only)
12 VDSL2 (30 MHz) ports and 24 POTS ports (VDSL LP MDU only)
two GMII ports are supported by the MAC
one RF video coaxial port (optional)
one PON interface capable of 1.244 Gb/s upstream and 2.488 Gb/s downstream
line rates as per G.984.3
1000 ft (305 m) target loop length (VDSL2)
locally powered (-48V) with battery backup
Class 1 power wiring support
Class 2 alarm wiring support
each VDSL port uses up to 4 Alloc-IDs and 8 GEM Port-IDs
a PON interface that supports a sustained link-layer throughput of 1.2 Gb/s
downstream and upstream simultaneously
customer demarcation interfaces are external to the MDU enclosure
an advanced encryption system (AES) as per G.984.3 for secured
communications over the GPON
deployment scenarios are wall mounting, 19/23data rack mounting, and cabinet
mounting
button on the front panel (but also accessible from a network manager) that
activates a script for collecting relevant data and transferring it into a reserved
area of flash memory
maximum of 8 Cos per GE port (per 802.1 p mapping)
Lifetime POTS service using single Alloc-ID and two Port-IDs per Service
Provider (one GEM port-ID for bearer traffic and another for Signaling/Control)
MDU outdoor ONT
The O-00240V-A and O-0881V-A MDU ONTs terminate GPON layer services and
are suitable for multi dwelling unit (MDU) applications. The MDU ONTs support
VDSL2 interfaces that are terminated at the customers premises using a VDSL2
modem.

1-7
1 ONT overview
The O-00240V-A MDU ONT supports the following features:
an FSAN compliant 24 living unit GPON standards-compliant ONU

24 VDSL2 (30MHz) ports
2.4 Gb/s downstream and 1.2 Gb/s upstream GPON line rate
one PON interface capable of a sustained link-layered throughput of 2.4 Gb/s
downstream and 1.2 Gb/s upstream simultaneously
1640 ft. (500 m) target loop length
VDSL service using up to 2 Alloc-IDs and 5 Port-IDs per VDSL port (assuming
equal distribution across all 24 VDSL ports)
deployment scenarios are 19 data rack mounting, and cabinet mounting
Save Data button on the front panel (but also accessible from a network manager)
that activates a script for collecting relevant data and transferring it into a reserved
maximum of 8 Cos per VDSL2 port (per 802.1 p mapping)
The O-0881V-A MDU ONT supports the following features:
FSAN GPON standards-compliant ONT for MDU

8 configurable VDSL2 interfaces on a 24-pin AMP connector
2.488 Gb/s downstream and 1.244 Gb/s upstream GPON line rate
1490 nm wavelength downstream and 1310 nm wavelength upstream
single mode fiber (SC/APC connector)
8 Fast Ethernet 10/100 Base-T ports compliant with IEEE 802.3
deployment in an enclosure that wall mounts on a mounting bracket
Save Data button on the front panel (but also accessible from a network manager)
that activates a script for collecting relevant data and transferring it into a reserved
one coaxial port with an operating wavelength range of 1550 nm to 1560 nm
Modular ONT and service plug-in units
The modular ONT is used for subscribers living in multi-dwelling residences, such
as an apartment building. The modular ONT contains service plug-in units, which
provide combinations of voice, data, and video services to subscribers and also
integrate VDSL and POTS interfaces. The modular ONT enclosure is
environmentally hardened and installs outside the multi-dwelling residence.
1-8

1 ONT overview
The modular ONT:

line rates as per G.984.3 using an SC/APC or OptiTap connector
operates on the same PON with up to eight other modular ONT units.
offers voice and data carried over the PON between the LT and the modular ONT
on a 1490 nm downstream and 1310 nm upstream link
provides asymmetric optical traffic (2.4 Gb/s downstream and

1.2 Gb/s upstream)
is externally hardened for mounting the unit outdoors
is locally powered with battery backup UPS
supports optional removable fiber splice tray for splicing SC connectors onto the
fiber optic cable or OptiTap type preterminated SC connectors
The service plug-in unit provides:
customer interfaces for voice and data services

layers
interworking function from the VDSL layer and the Ethernet layer
temperature hardened service plug-in unit
Currently, the modular ONT is only available for the ANSI market.
Business ONTs
All business ONTs are suitable for small business applications and provides voice,
data and IP video, and optional RF video services to subscribers and supports CES
DS1 or E1 connections at the business premises.

1-9
1 ONT overview
The B-8102-A and B-8112-A business ONTs provide a single entry point for voice,
data, and video services at the subscribers premises and multiplexes DS1 and E1
traffic with Ethernet data using MEF-8 for transport across the GPON. Each of these
business ONTs support the following:

line rates as per G.984.3 using an SC/APC connector
1-10

and/or MoCA service
one 10/100/1000BASE-T MACs with GMII/RGMII interface providing Ethernet
services for IPTV, data, and VoIP
eight POTS lines for connecting phones to VoIP services
one RF video coaxial interface (not supported on all units)
two DS1 or E1 interfaces supporting structured, unstructured, or fractional
services
serial RS-232 craft interface
external power and alarms
full 100BASE-T throughput upstream and downstream simultaneously
packet fragmentation support for packet sizes above 1500 MTU
loop start
and downstream
provisioning

1 ONT overview
The B-0404-A business ONT also provides a single entry point for voice, data, and
video services at the subscribers premises and multiplexes E1 traffic with Ethernet
data across the GPON. This business ONT supports the following:
four configurable 802.3 compliant 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet interfaces

using RJ-45 ports
four E1/T1 interfaces using RJ-48C ports

1.244 Gb/s line rate upstream and 2.488 GB/s line rate downstream with a Class
B+ Optics featuring 28 dB link loss and nominal 20 km reach
support for two optical wavelengths at the GPON port:

1310 nm upstream
1490 nm downstream
G.984.3-compliant dynamic bandwidth reporting
enable/disable on per port-ID level

G.984.3-compliant Forward Error Correction (FEC) in both upstream and
downstream directions
GEM mode support for IP/Ethernet service traffic transport
Alcatel-Lucent 5520 AMS Network Management System support
MEF-8 packetization for TDM transport over GPON
subscriber location ID (SLID)
IP video with multistage IGMPv3 or IGMPv2 snooping
G.984.3-compliant multicast using a single GEM Port-ID for all video traffic
up to 64 video multicast streams shared by 4 GbE ports
Warning Do not submerge the B-0404-A business ONT. The ONT
cannot withstand water submersion caused by flooding. Equipment
damage will occur.
EMS
The EMS software system use GUI interfaces to provide element management
functions for the OLTs and ONTs.
1.3
ONT product identification

Table 1-1 provides the identification information for the ONT product series.
Table 1-1 ONT product identification
Series
Description
I-series
Indoor ONTs
O-series
Outdoor ONTs
(1 of 2)

1-11
1 ONT overview
Series
Description
M-series
Modular ONTs
S-series
Service plug-in units for modular ONTs
B-series
Business ONTs
(2 of 2)
In a product series, each ONT model can be further identified by a designation that
defines the characteristics of the particular model, such as the number of voice, data,
and video interfaces.
Table 1-2 provides the designation for the different models of indoor ONT, outdoor
ONTs, and the service plug-in unit.
Table 1-2 Designation for indoor ONT, outdoor ONT, and service plug-in unit
Position in mnemonic
Description
Beginning character
Indicates the series the product belongs to
First digit after the dash
Refers to the number of POTS interfaces
Second digit after the dash
Refers to the number of data interfaces
Third digit after the dash
Refers to the number of video/MoCA interfaces
Character after the third

digit
Refers to the type of data service supported. The codes for the
supported types are:
Ending character
E for 10/100BASE-T Ethernet

G for 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet (Gigabit Ethernet)
V for VDSL
M for MoCA and 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet (Gigabit Ethernet)
Refers to the variant
For example, O-210E-B identifies the following characteristics:
O an outdoor ONT
2 two POTS interfaces
1 one data interface
0 no RF video interface
E 10/100 Ethernet
B the variant
Table 1-3 provides the designation for the different models of MDU ONTs.
Table 1-3 Designation for MDU ONTs
Description
Beginning character
(1)
(1 of 2)
1-12

1 ONT overview
Description
Second digit after the

dash (2)
Third digit after the

dash (3)
Refers to the number of VDSL interfaces
Fourth digit after the

dash (4)
Refers to the number of RF video interfaces
Character after the last

digit
Refers to the type of data service supported. The codes for the
supported types are:
Ending character
E for 10/100BASE-T Ethernet

G for 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet (Gigabit Ethernet)
V for VDSL
M for MoCA and 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet (Gigabit Ethernet)
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1)
For the O-2412xV-A and O-2412xG-A MDU ONTs, the first and second digits after the dash are the
number of POTS interfaces.
(2)
For the O-2412xV-A and O-2412xG-A MDU ONTs, the third and fourth digits after the dash are the
number of data interfaces.
(3)
For the O-00240V-A MDU ONT, the third and fourth digits after the dash are the number of VDSL2
interfaces.
(4)
For the O-2412xV-A, O-2412xG-A, and O-00240V-A MDU ONTs, the fifth digit after the dash is the
number of RF video interfaces.
For example, O-0881V-A identifies the following characteristics:
O an outdoor ONT
0 no POTS interfaces
8 eight data interfaces
8 eight VDSL interfaces
1 one RF video interface
V VDSL
A the variant
Table 1-4 provides the designation for the modular ONTs.

Table 1-4 Designation for the modular ONTs
Description
Beginning character
Refers to the number of service plug-in unit slots available on the

modular ONT
Second and third digits

after the dash
Indicates whether the video functionality is supported:
Ending character
00 represents a modular ONT with no video

01 represents a modular ONT with RF video

1-13
1 ONT overview
For example, M-300-A identifies the following characteristics:
M a modular ONT
3 three service plug-in unit slots
A the variant
Table 1-5 provides the designation for the business ONTs.

Table 1-5 Designation for business ONTs
Description
Beginning character
Second digit after the dash
Third digit after the dash
Refers to the number of video/MoCA interfaces
Fourth digit after the

dash (1)
Refers to the number of DS1/E1 interfaces
Ending character
Note
(1)
The B-8102-A supports the 10/100/1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet) data service despite not
featuring an uppercase G following the fourth digit in the mnemonic.
For example, B-8102-A identifies the following characteristics:
1-14
B a business ONT
8 eight POTS interfaces
1 one data interface
2 two DS1/E1 interfaces
A the variant

Application notes
2.1 Overview
2-2
2.2 ONT Release 04.04.xx application notes

2.3 ONT Release 4.3.5 application notes
2.4 ONT Release 2.0 application notes

2-2
2-2
2-3
2-1
2 Application notes
2.1
Overview
This chapter provides application notes of interest to ONT users. These application
notes were first reported in the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Customer Release Notes for
the ONT release. See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual for
application notes of interest for the P-OLT.
2.2
ONT Release 04.04.xx application notes

Table 2-1 describes the application notes for ONT Release 04.04.xx
Table 2-1 Application notes for ONT 04.04.xx
Application note
Details
Reference
CPE limitations for packet size
During interoperability testing with several MOCA CPEs, it

was discovered that some CPEs do not support Ethernet
packet lengths greater than 1518 bytes. This is due to
driver limitations on those CPEs.
Loss of connectivity due to fiber

pull
After a loss of network connectivity caused by pulling out

Ethernet cables, LT card resets, or pulling out PON fiber,
it may take a few minutes for the G6 voice gateway and
the ONT VoIP client to re-establish connections and
recover dial tones.
The aggregate throughput for the four Ethernet ports and

the VoIP ports cannot exceed 1 Gb wire speed per
integrated ONT card.
The O-821M-E is factory default configured with 2 POTS,

1 GigE, and 1 MoCA interface. When switching between
HSI service delivery over both GigE ports to one GigE port
or vice versa, you must configure the interfaces via TL1
or the network manager according to the CRN.
See the ONT Customer

Release Notes for the
applicable release.
Provisioning
LP MDU
O-24121G-A
MoCA SOHO
O-821M-E
2.3
ONT Release 4.3.5 application notes

Table 2-2 describes the application notes for ONT Release 4.3.5
2-2

2 Application notes
Table 2-2 Application notes for ONT 4.3.5
Application note
Details
Reference
If a traffic load above 72 Mbps

with a 64-byte packet size is
present in the upstream
direction before ONT startup
completes, the ONT may not
start properly.
Before the ONT startup completes, remove the traffic

source or reduce the data rate in the upstream direction
to below 72 Mbps.
NTP packets received at the

ONT are terminated.
The ONT does not replicate NTP packets downstream to

CPE devices.
The M-300-A does not support

NTP
Ensure NTP is not enabled on the M-300-A.
The PM_ONTENET_SQE
performance monitor counter is
not supported.
Provisioning
The VLAN translation feature

has an impact on how P-bits are
handled by the ONT.
2.4
Consider the following:
P-bits are maintained in the upstream direction.

In the downstream direction, P-bits are maintained
from the OLT to the ONT; however, the P-bit sent to
the user from the ONT is always the higher P-bit value
associated with that service.
See the QoS chapter in the

7342 ISAM FTTU Product
Information Manual
ONT Release 2.0 application notes

Table 2-3 describes the application notes for ONT Release 2.0.
Table 2-3 Application notes for ONT 2.0
Application note
Details
Reference
Hardware considerations
CES encapsulation of
structured, unstructured, and
fractional DS1 or E1
The business ONT provides two RJ-48C ports supporting

structured, unstructured, and fractional CES
encapsulation of DS1 (100 ) or E1 (120 or 75 )
subscriber connections for transport across the GPON.
Initialization
No support of concurrent SFTP
transfers
The P-OLT supports a single SFTP transfer at a time. Do

not perform concurrent transfers.
See the alarms chapter in

the 7340 FTTU ONT
Troubleshooting Guide
Provisioning
Alarm application notes
the SWVER and SWDLIP alarms are raised when an

ONT is provisioned with a SWVERPLND that differs
from the SWVERACT and SWVERPSV
to avoid excessive P-OLT loading, clear all
extraneous ONT alarms by setting inactive ONTs
out-of-service
(1 of 2)

2-3
2 Application notes
Application note
Details
Reference
Actions when maximum number

of unicast MAC addresses
reached
When the MAXMACNUM value is reached, the LT receives

messages indicating that the maximum number of unicast
MAC addresses has been exceeded for the ONT.
See the appropriate

service provisioning DLP in
the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT
Software Installation
Procedures guide
This causes anti-spoofing mechanisms to disable the port.

The port recovers automatically when the P-OLT detects
no further messages from the additional MAC address.
Other
Statistics application notes
The ONT inactive condition due to removal of power

(dying gasp) is only reported from ICS-02 ONT -B
variants
IMTE and IMCE Ethernet performance statistics are
not supported for ONTs
(2 of 2)
2-4

3.1 Overview
3-2
3.2 GPON transmission support

3.3 ONT activation methods
3-3
3-4
3.4 NTP server authentication

3.5 Physical ONT security
3.6 Rogue ONT defence
3-5
3-5
3-5
3.7 802.1x authentication

3.8 Anti-spoofing mechanism
3-7
3-10

3-1
3.1
Overview
This chapter provides a functional description of ONT software and security features
with reference to ONT hardware functional blocks.
Software and security features are developed for each Alcatel-Lucent ONT. The
software comes preinstalled in the ONT system memory when the ONT is first
delivered. Software updates and upgrades can also be installed via EMS or TL1. For
more information on installing and upgrading ONT software, see the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Software Installation Procedures.
Software architecture levels

Figure 3-1 provides a depiction of each level of software used to support the ONT
hardware.
Figure 3-1 Software architecture levels
Service Management Applications

File storage
Database
Protocols
Embedded Linux Operating System

Low Level Device Drivers
Hardware Functional Blocks
19422
The following list provides a description of the hardware and software functions
supported for all ONTs.
1
The hardware functional blocks are described in chapter 4 and chapter 6.
Low level device drivers control elements of each functional block on an ONT.
The embedded Linux kernel provides the operating system for the ONT.
Each ONT supports the following protocols:
3-2
TCP/IP
ICMP
IGMP version 2 and 3
FTP
DHCP
ARP
VoIP (including SIP mode 1 and 2, H.248 (Megaco), etc...)
PPPoE
UDP

SOC-based ONTs rate-limit the number of control packets for protocols IGMP,
DHCP, and ARP to 10 control packets per second by ONT UNI port. IGMP is
not rate-limited for an ONT UNI port if an IGMP channel is provisioned for the
port.
ONTs provide a file storage database (flash or SDRAM).
ONTs provide service management applications including the following:
ONT management control interface (OMCI) manager

VoIP manager
VDSL2 manager
802.1x manager
DS1/E1 manager
MoCA manager
Ethernet manager
Craft manager
Filter manager (DOS, rate limiting, OAM, MAC, DHCP, anti-spoofing etc...)
DHCP client
IGMP video manager
GPON/Port-ID, QoS, and VLAN tagging manager
GPON manager
Equipment manager
Software download manager
MLT/Diagnostics manager
Note 1 Not all software management applications are present on
every ONT since not all ONTs have the same functional hardware
blocks.
Note 2 For more information on the service management
applications, see the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual.

This hardware and software architecture supports all the ONT based features
described in this chapter and in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual.
3.2
GPON transmission support

The GPON transmission layer supports GEM based packets as well as the following
features also described in G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer) ITU specification.
FEC
Forward Error Correction (FEC) is used by the GEM transport layer between the
ONTs and an P-OLT, and is based on transmitting the data in an encoded format. The
encoding introduces redundancy, which allows the decoder to detect and correct the
transmission errors.

3-3
Fragmentation
Fragmentation occurs when a packet received at the ONT is larger than the maximum
transmission grant size. The ONT segments the packet and sends the segments in
multiple GEM frames over the GPON to the LT card at the P-OLT. The packets are
then reassembled at the LT card. Fragmentation occurs between the ONT and the
P-OLT in the upstream direction.
AES
The SSH transport layer provides authentication, encryption, and integrity.
Encryption is provided by a public-private key exchange to negotiate a shared
session secret between the ONT and the P-OLT: the symmetric key for AES. The
connection layer provides multiplexing of different streams over the transport layer.
AES is enabled on a per-service level during service configuration using TL1. See
the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1
and CLI for more information.
3.3
ONT activation methods

For the P-OLT to communicate with an ONT, the ONT must be connected to the
PON and the P-OLT must know either the serial number of the ONT, or the
subscriber location ID (SLID) of the ONT.
A serial number is hard coded into ONTs. The ONT serial number can be entered
into the P-OLT using the ENT-ONT TL1 command before or after the ONT is
installed at the customer site. The installer must install the ONT with the
corresponding serial number at the customer site.
The SLID is a decimal number, a hexadecimal number, or an alphanumeric string
that uniquely identifies an ONT on a PON. For the P-OLT to know an ONT by a
SLID, the SLID must be entered in two places:
at the P-OLT using the TL1 command ENT-ONT before or after the ONT is
connected to the PON
at the ONT before the ONT is connected to the PON, using one of the SLID entry
methods described in the following sections. The installer can use any ONT for a
customer, but the same SLID must be used. When the ONT is polled, the P-OLT and
the ONT SLIDs are compared. If the SLIDs match, the serial number is retrieved
from the installed ONT and registered at the P-OLT.
The following sections describe SLID entry methods supported by some

Alcatel-Lucent ONTs. The procedures for entering the SLID using these methods are
described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide
using TL1 and CLI.
SLID entry via craft terminal

The SLID can be entered with a laptop connected to the craft port on the ONT. This
method is only supported on ONTs that have a craft port.
3-4

SLID entry via Ethernet port

The SLID can be entered with a laptop connected to an Ethernet port on the ONT.
This method is only supported on ONTs that have Ethernet connections.
SLID entry via first POTS port

The SLID can be entered with a buttset connected to the first POTS port on an ONT
supporting this SLID entry method.
3.4
NTP server authentication

ONTs authenticate NTP servers using a provisionable security key before
communicating with NTP servers to derive accurate time settings. If the P-OLT is
used to derive time settings, communication is secured using SSHv2. See the
7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and
CLI for more information.
3.5
Physical ONT security

Physical ONT security is provided to limit unauthorized access to remote or outdoor
units.
Tamper-resistant seals and bolts are used to secure the TELCO access cover to the
ONT and to prevent easy access to the enclosure. Specialized security wrenches are
required to open the pin-in Allen-type tamper-resistant screws.
Certain models of indoor ONTs cannot be opened.
3.6
Rogue ONT defence

Fault or error conditions on a single ONT may disrupt the PON for other ONTs on
the same PON. Figure 3-2 shows some possible failure conditions.

3-5

Figure 3-2 Rogue ONT failure conditions
2)
ONT
serial # 123abc
serial # 123abc
PON
LT
7342
2) If 2 ONTS report
identical serial #s,
both ONTS are disabled
ONT deactivates
Increasing
becdown
counters?
ONT
1) Watching timer
to ensure laser is
not stuck on or
no laser until
ONT s/w is ready
ONT
X
3) Bandwidth map
CRC failure
18997
The following conditions on a single ONT may have effects on other ONTs using the
same PON:
an ONT continuously sends light up the fiber because a laser is stuck on, which
may render the PON unusable

two ONTs with the same serial number prevents correct ranging of both ONTs
an ONT misinterprets the bandwidth map, causing the ONT to transmit for the
wrong time slot allocation, disrupting the PON for another ONT that is trying to
use its correctly allocated time slot
an ONT signal is outside its timing window, affecting the start of another ONT
time slot
an ONT signal is too low or too high, causing bit rate errors or a ranging failure
The system is designed to automatically identify these ONT fault or error conditions
using alarms, statistics, or automatic action. This tells operators of a problem or
disables the ONT so a single rogue ONT cannot affect the entire PON. See the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Troubleshooting Guide for more information.
Laser stuck on
ONTs use watchdog timers to stop errors that cause light to be continuously sent up
the fiber. These watchdog timers are maintained by the software. When a watchdog
timer fails, the hardware triggers a reset. When a reset is triggered, the laser is
disabled. Before the laser retransmits, the ONT software must pass power on and self
tests.
3-6

Duplicate serial numbers

An ONT is automatically disabled when:
A ranged ONT sends a broadcast PONID within a serial number PLOAM

message. This indicates the ONT may not be aware of its ranged state or that a
second ONT using the same serial number is on the PON.
An ONT sends a serial number PLOAM message that does not match its assigned
ID.
An ONT sends a serial number PLOAM message but the ONT has not been
assigned a PONID.
A deactivate PLOAM message has been sent to the ONT three times and the ONT
has not deactivated. The ONT is then sent a disable PLOAM message.
Receive and transmit errors

There are two ways to identify marginal receive problems:
1
Self correcting CRC check for the time slot; if the time slot allocation fails a CRC
check, the ONU does not transmit in that time slot.
Increasing rate of becdown (Bit Error Rate Count Downstream) statistics.
There is one way to identify marginal transmission timing and level problems. If a
marginally transmitting (due to timing or optical signal levels) ONT does range,
upstream data from that ONT and possibly other ONTs on the PON will be
corrupted. Increasing rates of becup (Bit Error Count Upstream) statistics are seen.
The becup counters of the marginally transmitting ONT increase the fastest. Other
ONTs may see smaller increases.
3.7
802.1x authentication
The P-OLT maintains the 802.1x authentication state by terminating the 802.1x
protocol and authenticates end users using the RADIUS server. The ONT provides
the filters for blocking and unblocking a local area network (LAN) port on the ONT.
After the system authenticates a port using 802.1x, the user can use DHCP or PPP.
Note The 802.1x protocol is only applicable to iBridge mode. In
iBridge mode, VLAN-tagged frames are not supported for 802.1x.
The 802.1x protocol can be enabled or disabled for each 7342 ISAM FTTU system
or for each ONT user-network interface (LAN port).

3-7
Port-based authentication
There are two MAC configuration scenarios for authentication:
When MAXMAC is 1, the first MAC address to be authenticated is learned on the

bridge port for the duration of session timeout (not the FDB aging timeout). The
MAC address is learned on all VLANs configured on the bridge port. No other
MAC addresses are learned.
When MAXMAC is greater than 1, MAC learning occurs after authentication is
successful. All MAC addresses are learned dynamically and age out using the
FDB aging timer. The system responds with EAP-Success message if other users
on the port try to authenticate after the port is authorized for traffic.
When the authenticated user logs out, the system performs the following actions:
closes the port for traffic

stops accounting for the port
sends an identity request as multicast over the port to invite any potential users of
the port for authentication

opens the port for traffic again only after a successful authentication
sends new identity requests only after the held period expires if the authentication
fails
sends periodic identity request messages until the port is authenticated
does not require re-authentication
flushes the FDB entries that correspond to the port
When the maximum MAC value on a bridge port is changed by the operator to a
lower value, the system performs the following actions:
flushes all the forward database (FDB) entries on the port

closes the associated ONT UNI for data traffic
sends identity request as multicast over the port in order to invite any potential
users of the port for authentication
opens the port for traffic after successful authentication

802.1x support assumptions
The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports 802.1x authentication based on the following
assumptions:
Authentication is supported only on LAN ports at the ONT and not for the plain
old telephone system (POTS) lines.
Authentication is performed on an ONT UNI basis. The highest priority GPON

encapsulation module (GEM) port ID that is configured on the user network
interface (UNI) is used for authentication.
There is no local authentication for 802.1x when the RADIUS server fails.
3-8

User session disconnection by system

The following three types of user disconnections are supported:
When the RADIUS requests disconnection, the system does not send an
accounting stop message. The system sends a failure message to the first
authenticated user on the port and initiates the authentication of other users on the
port.
When the maximum session duration is expired. The system sends a failure
message to the first authenticated user on the port and initiates other users on the
port to start authentication.
When there is a request to disable or delete a user port, the system gracefully
terminates the user sessions on the port before the port is disabled or deleted. User
session accounting data is sent to the RADIUS accounting servers when the
session is terminated.
Re-authentication
To ensure that there is no service interruption during re-authentication, it is required
re-authentication of the supplicant must occur before the session expires. The
supplicant does not cause any service interruption during re-authentication. New
accounting-stop or accounting-start messages are not sent due to re-authentication.
The P-OLT supports the re-authentication state. The configuration of the
re-authentication function is made on a port basis and includes enabling or disabling
re-authentication and setting the re-authentication period.
The RADIUS Termination Action attribute is supported. If a Termination Action is
received, re-authentication is performed only at the request of the RADIUS server.
The RADIUS server overrides local configuration of re-authentication in the P-OLT.
If re-authentication is enabled on a port, the Session Timeout value returned by
RADIUS service is used as the re-authentication period. If the RADIUS server does
not return a Session Timeout value, the re-authentication timer for the port that is
configured by the management system is used.
If there is no response from an RADIUS server for re-authentication due to an NT
card switchover, the P-OLT treats the re-authentication as a successful one for 30
min.
If re-authentication is disabled for a port, the Session Timeout value returned by
RADIUS server is used to terminate the sessions. Re-authentication initiated by the
management system is not required.
During re-authentication, traffic to and from the user is not interrupted. The port
forwards bidirectional traffic until re-authentication is completed. If
re-authentication fails, the port is changed to unauthorized state.
An EAP Request Identity message is sent to the port when the re-authentication timer
expires.

3-9
3.8
Anti-spoofing mechanism
The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports two features to protect against spoofing:
gratuitous ARP discard

source address anti-spoofing
Gratuitous ARP discard
A gratuitous ARP request is an ARP packet where the sender IP address and the
target IP address are the same. Attackers can use gratuitous ARP requests to corrupt
the ARP cache of a router by sending out a gratuitous ARP request that claims to be
the default router.
The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports a discard mechanism that filters incoming traffic for
gratuitous ARP requests. When gratuitous ARP discard is enabled, incoming
gratuitous ARP requests are discarded.
Gratuitous ARP discard is implemented on a per ONT UNI port basis. See
7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and
CLI for configuration information.
Note Gratuitous ARP discard only applies for residential bridge
VLANs; in VLAN cross-connect mode, gratuitous ARP requests are
always forwarded.
Source address anti-spoofing

Source address spoofing is an attempt to gain entry to a system by posing as a trusted
source. Although the packet cannot be routed back to the initial source, source
address spoofing can lead to unnecessary network congestion and to possible denial
of service.
To block unauthorized traffic, the 7342 ISAM FTTU supports an anti-spoofing
mechanism that limits source address spoofing. Upstream traffic arriving at the ONT
is validated for source address. Authorized packets are forwarded and non-validated
packets are discarded, as illustrated in Figure 3-3.
Figure 3-3 ONT packet authorization
ONT
Forward authorized packets
Upstream packets
Authorize
packets
Discard
unauthorized
packets
Authorized
source addresses
19075
3-10

Source address anti-spoofing is implemented in either static or dynamic mode.
Static mode enables the table of authorized source addresses to be provisioned

statically by an operator for one of the following anti-spoofing control types:
MAC only
IP-only
MAC and IP
Dynamic mode enables the table of authorized source addresses to be provisioned
both statically by an operator and dynamically through DHCP, and supports the
anti-spoofing control type IP-only.
Source address anti-spoofing filters are applied as follows:
For IP-only anti-spoofing, packets that match a configured source address are
forwarded, and non matching packets are dropped.
For MAC and IP anti-spoofing, packets that match a configured pair of MAC
source address and IP source address are forwarded, and non-matching packets
are dropped.
MAC-only anti-spoofing can be implemented in one of two modes:
Inclusive mode forwards packets that match a configured MAC source address, and
drops non matching packets.
Exclusive mode forwards packets that do not match a configured MAC source
address, and drops matching packets.
Exclusive mode is used when you want to protect the 7342 ISAM FTTU against
virus-infected computers that send traffic using the MAC address of the default
router, which is in the computers ARP cache table.
Not all anti-spoofing control types apply to all traffic. Table 3-1 identifies the
anti-spoofing control types and any traffic exemptions by source address
anti-spoofing mode.
Table 3-1 Anti-spoofing control types and traffic exemptions
Source address
anti-spoofing mode
Anti-spoofing control type
Traffic exemptions
Static
MAC-only anti-spoofing
Is applied to all data traffic
IP-only anti-spoofing
Is not applied to non-IP traffic,

such as:
MAC and IP anti-spoofing

Dynamic
IP-only anti-spoofing
PPPoE
ARP
EAPOL, EAP
Is not applied to DHCP packets to

allow a subscriber to obtain a
DHCP lease.
The anti-spoofing control type limits the number of authorized source address
entries.

3-11
When static or dynamic source address anti-spoofing is enabled, the LT card

downloads the static entries provisioned for an ONT UNI port to the ONT by way of
OMCI. When a static entry is removed or anti-spoofing is disabled, the LT card
notifies the ONT to remove the corresponding anti-spoofing filter(s).
When dynamic anti-spoofing is enabled, the LT card forwards the currently leased
IP addresses to the ONT by way of OMCI after an IP address is leased, or a DHCP
lease expires or is released. When a UNI port has reached its maximum allowed
number of IP source addresses, the LT card drops any subsequent DHCP ACKs with
a leased IP address that is not in the lease table. IP source addresses that are added
dynamically through DHCP survive ONT restarts, LT restarts, and NT switchovers.
See 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1
and CLI for configuration information.
Per-service anti-spoofing
This feature allows the operator to set up dynamic or static IP anti-spoofing on a
per-service basis, for example, the HSI service. The dynamic IP anti-spoofing allows
up to eight IP addresses to be learned. The static IP anti-spoofing allows up to eight
IP addresses to be specified by the operator.
3-12

Current Generation ONT functional

blocks
4.1 Overview
4-2
4.2 Current Generation ONT SoC technology

4.3 Current Generation ONT functional blocks
4-2
4-4
4.4 Current Generation ONTs with RF video subsystem

4.5 Current Generation ONTs with MoCA subsystem
4-6
4-6
4.6 Current Generation ONTs with four 10/100/1000Base-T

Ethernet ports
4-9
4.7 Current Generation ONTs with eight POTS ports
4-9
4.8 Current Generation ONTs with CES DS1/E1 interfaces

4-10
4-1
4.1
Overview
This chapter provides a functional description of 7342 ISAM FTTU Current
Generation ONTs that use System on a Chip (SoC) technology.
Table 4-1 describes the supported interfaces for Current Generation ONTs.
Table 4-1 Current Generation ONT interfaces
ONT category description
Maximum interface capacity

POTS ports
Ethernet
ports
RF video /
MoCA
connectors
POTS/ VDSL2 /
10/100/1000B
ASE-T
Ethernet
connectors
DS1/E1
Single-residence ONTs (indoor

or outdoor)
1/1
Small office home office

(SOHO) or business ONT
1/0
Business ONT (B-0404-A)
The following sections in this chapter describe the functional blocks for Current
Generation ONTs.
4.2
Current Generation ONT SoC technology

The Current Generation ONT SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for
all Current Generation ONTs; see Figure 4-1.
4-2


Figure 4-1 Current Generation ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control
processor
SoC
DSP
SoC Bridge
Ethernet
MACs
GPON
MAC
Ethernet ports
GPON
19421
The Current Generation ONT SoC technology consists of five key elements:
GPON MAC
The GPON MAC element on the SoC provides the GPON interface to the TC
layer via the optical diplexer or triplexer (if using RF video). This interface
supports the FSAN standards compliant GEM mode transport and provides AES,
FEC, and data fragmentation functionality over the GPON as described in
G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer) ITU specification.
Ethernet MAC
The SoC provides an Ethernet PHY device (either 10/100BaseT or
10/100/1000BaseT) between the GMII interface and the RJ-45 port.
Digital Signal Processor (DSP) interface
The DSP provides voice processing and has a TDM interface to the
CODEC/SLIC devices.
control processor
The control processor manages functions related to OMCI, IGMP, VoIP, and
Ethernet services.
SoC bridge
The SoC bridge provides an integrated data channel between the Ethernet MAC,
the GPON MAC, the DSP, the control processor, and the other integrated
elements such as flash memory, SDRAM, the local bus controller, and the
DUART interface to the craft port if used.
Current Generation ONTs can also interact with additional hardware components to
support functionality not provided by SoC technology. For example, MoCA and
CES functionality require additional hardware support. These, and other additional
elements are described in the following sections along with the SoC-based ONT
functions.

4-3
4.3

Current Generation ONTs have the following functional blocks:
GPON and service connections

data and IP video subsystem
voice subsystem
time calibration
Current Generation ONT functionality and service connections

The Current Generation ONT SoC technology is an integrated system that provides
the GPON, voice, and data (including IP video) subsystems. It provides two key
connection functions: connecting the ONT to the GPON and the connecting the ONT
to subscriber equipment. The voice subsystem supports RJ-11 ports, and the data and
IP video subsystems support RJ-45 ports. The ONT connects to the GPON using a
optical connector.
The GPON connection performs a GPON transmission convergence (TC) layer
function. The GPON signal from the P-OLT terminates at a diplexer. The diplexer is
an optical module that performs optical and electrical conversion. The diplexer
interfaces with the GPON MAC on the SoC. Figure 4-2 shows a Current Generation
ONT with a diplexer, four POTS, and two Ethernet ports.
Figure 4-2 Current Generation ONT with a diplexer
Power
Converter
GPON
Diplexer
POTS (4)
RJ-11
Ethernet (2)
RJ-45
SOC
18783
Voice subsystem
The Current Generation ONT SoC-based technology provides a maximum of four
POTS lines for voice services and can support either H.248 (Megaco) or session
initiation protocol (SIP) signaling protocols. All POTS ports on an ONT must be
configured to use the same signaling protocol. Signaling protocols can not be mixed.
Current Generation ONTs support the following:
for ONTs with four POTS lines, two lines can have both 3-way and 2-way call
support, but the remaining two lines can support only 2-way calls
support for G.711, G.726, and G.729 CODEC; the support for G.729 requires
reduced channel number with software upgrade
fax per T.38 on POTS lines
4-4

Current Generation ONTs are compatible with all existing subscriber voice
equipment including analog phones with tone or rotary dial capabilities, cordless
phones, modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and Type III).
Data and IP video subsystems over Ethernet interface

Data and IP video services are delivered through the Ethernet cable interface. The
Ethernet interface connects the subscriber premises equipment to the GPON.
A set-top box is required for the IP video service. The requirement for the television
set associated with the set-top box is that it must be able to receive and display analog
broadcasts on channel 3 or 4.
The Ethernet port can be set to the following:
10/100/1000BASE-T auto negotiation

10/100/1000BASE-T half duplex
10/100/1000BASE-T full duplex
10BASE-T auto-sensing
10BASE-T half duplex
10BASE-T full duplex
Current Generation ONTs support IP video service using the Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP). The IGMP snooping function supports:
the ability to enable and disable IGMP per Ethernet and MoCA port
the ability to age out multicast MAC addresses in the IGMP table
G.984.3 compliant multicast using a single GEM port-ID for all video traffic (as
mandated by G.984.3)
up to of 64 video multicast streams per ONT
Note 1 For Current Generation ONTs that have SoC technology
on-board, only one Ethernet UNI port at a time can be configured for
IPTV and multicast streams.
Note 2 For Current Generation ONTs that have a MoCA
connection and an Ethernet port, the Ethernet port or the MoCA

connector can be used for data and IP video, but both cannot be used
at the same time.

4-5
Time calibration
The Current Generation ONT derives accurate time calibration from a series of NTP
servers. The ONT communicates with the NTP servers using the NTP protocol and
authenticates NTP servers with a provisionable security key.
If NTP is not used, the ONT receives time calibration from the OLT.
4.4
Current Generation ONTs with RF video subsystem

For Current Generation SoC-based ONTs that support RF video, the diplexer is
replaced with a triplexer. The triplexer is an optical module that performs optical and
electrical conversion and interfaces with the GPON MAC on the SoC. The triplexer
also forwards video overlay signals to an RF video amplifier that is enabled or
disabled by the SoC control processor. The RF video service is connected to the
subscriber equipment using an F-type coaxial connector.
The video overlay function operates in the 1550 nm optical band. Signals sent over
the overlay network are presented to the subscriber as RF signals from a video F
connector in the ONT.The RF video service supports most available cable television
(CATV) services, including video-on-demand (VOD), interactive video (games),
and standard and premium analog and digital channels.
Figure 4-3 shows a Current Generation ONT with a triplexer, four POTS, two
Ethernet ports, and one optional RF video port.
Figure 4-3 Current Generation ONT with a triplexer
Power
Converter
GPON
Triplexer
POTS (4)
RJ-11
Ethernet (2)
RJ-45
SOC
Video amplifier
18781
The video amplifier produces the required RF output for the subscriber video
equipment. The RF subsystem monitors the levels of optical and RF signals in
support of the performance management functions.
4.5
Current Generation ONTs with MoCA subsystem

The Current Generation ONT SoC-based functional block can also work in
conjunction with a MoCA adapter that converts Ethernet packets into MoCA packets
capable transmission over a coaxial cable.
4-6

Data packets are forwarded through the SoC to the Ethernet MAC described in
section 4.3. The data packets are sent over the GMII to a multimedia over coaxial
(MoCA) adapter. The MoCA adapter converts the data packets into MoCA packets
and forwards them over the same coaxial interface used for RF video. The MoCA
adapter is enabled or disabled by the SoC control processor.
Figure 4-4 shows a Current Generation ONT with one Ethernet port and one MoCA
adapter.
Figure 4-4 Current Generation ONT with one Ethernet port and MoCA adapter
Power
Converter
GPON
Triplexer
POTS (4)
RJ-11
Ethernet (1)
RJ-45
SOC
Video amplifier
MoCA Adapter
18782
Current Generation SoC-based ONTs that provide one Ethernet connection and one
shared RF video and MoCA coaxial connection support data on the Ethernet
connection and the MoCA connection simultaneously. IP video traffic cannot run on
both the coaxial and Ethernet connections at the same time.
Figure 4-5 shows a SOHO ONT with two Ethernet ports and one MoCA adapter.
Figure 4-5 SOHO ONT with two Ethernet ports and one MoCA adapter
Power
Converter
External
DSP
GPON
Triplexer
POTS (8)
RJ-11
Ethernet (2)
RJ-45
MOCA Adapter
F-type
coaxial
SOC
Video amplifier
19444

4-7
Current Generation SoC-based ONTs that provide two Ethernet connections and one
shared RF video and MoCA coaxial connection support data on the first Ethernet
connection and the second Ethernet connection or MoCA connection
simultaneously. The MoCA connection and the second Ethernet connection may not
be used at the same time. IP video traffic can only run on one connection at a time.
Figure 4-6 shows a Current Generation ONT with one Ethernet port, as well as one
MoCA and RF-optical return adapter.
Figure 4-6 Current Generation ONT with one Ethernet port, one MoCA adapter, and one
RF-optical return adapter
Power
Converter
GPON
Triplexer
POTS (2)
RJ-11
Ethernet (1)
RJ-45
SOC
Video amplifier
F
MoCA Adapter
RF
RF-optical
return
RF return
adapter
19812
Current Generation SoC-based ONTs that provide one Ethernet connection, one
shared RF video and MoCA coaxial connection, and one RF-optical return coaxial
connection. IP video traffic cannot run on both the coaxial and Ethernet connections
at the same time. The RF-optical return connection supports data on the Ethernet
connection and MoCA connection simultaneously as well as on a return path over a
passive fiber optic distribution network.
The MoCA data channel shares the coaxial cable medium with the RF video signals.
The MoCA data channel is 50 MHz wide in the frequency range of 800 to 1500 MHz,
while the RF video channel is 6 MHz wide carrying downstream video signals in the
frequency range of 54 MHz to 860 MHz.
A set-top box is required for the video and MoCA services. The box is a device that
uses a television set as a user interface to the Internet and also provides RJ-45 ports
for data service. The requirement for the television set associated with the set-top box
is that it must be able to receive and display analog broadcasts on channel 3 or 4.
Picture quality and options can be enhanced if the television set supports digital
broadcasts.
4-8

The Current Generation ONT supports IP video service using the Internet group
management protocol (IGMP). The IGMP snooping function supports:
the ability to enable and disable IGMP per Ethernet or MoCA port
the ability to age out multicast MAC addresses in the IGMP table
G.984.3 compliant multicast using a single GEM port-ID for all video traffic (as
mandated by G.984.3)
up to of 64 video multicast streams per ONT

IPoE and PPPoE packets
4.6
Current Generation ONTs with four 10/100/1000Base-T

Ethernet ports
In order to support four 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet ports, an Ethernet switch is
connected to the two GMII from the Ethernet MACs on the SoC. The Ethernet switch
provides IGMP packet replication and internal VLAN tagging to direct traffic to the
proper Ethernet port; see Figure 4-7.
Figure 4-7 Four 10/100/100 Base-T Ethernet port ONTs
Power
Converter
GPON
Triplexer
POTS
RJ-11
Ethernet
switch
RJ-45
SOC
Video amplifier
19394
Note The RF video amplifier is integrated with the triplexer. It is

shown split-out in Figure 4-7 to illustrate the functionality.
4.7
Current Generation ONTs with eight POTS ports

Both the SOHO and business ONTs provide up to 8 POTS connections. To support
these additional POTS interfaces, the DSP within the SoC is disabled, and all VoIP
traffic goes to an external DSP; see Figure 4-8.

4-9

Figure 4-8 SoC with external DSP for SOHO and BONT ONTs
Power
Converter
External
DSP
GPON
Triplexer
POTS (8)
RJ-11
Ethernet (2)
RJ-45
SOC
F-type
coaxial
Video amplifier
19420
4.8
Current Generation ONTs with CES DS1/E1 interfaces

Micro span is a product on the Litespan system, used to provide wideband services
over an Ethernet link. These services are carried across the Ethernet network. The
network aggregates the traffic, both Ethernet and PON. The CES traffic is
transmitted across a CES VLAN that is created between the 7342 ISAM FTTU and
the 7450 ESS.
Business ONTs (B-8102-A and B-8112-A) support connections for DS1 or E1
services. The CES IWF interface provides MEF-8 packetization of DS1 or E1 traffic
from the DS1/ E1 interface, which provides two RJ-48C ports. Figure 4-9 shows the
functional block diagram for these business ONTs.
Figure 4-9 Business ONT functional block diagram
Power
Converter
External
DSP
GPON
Triplexer
POTS (8)
RJ-11
Ethernet (1)
RJ-45
DS1/E1 (2)
RJ-48C
SOC
CES
IWF
Video amplifier
F-type
coaxial
18883
4-10

Business ONTs can terminate up to two DS1 or E1 links at the subscribers premises,
and performs layer 2 Ethernet packetization and de-packetization using MEF-8 and
pseudo-wire PWE3 technology. TDM traffic is encapsulated using MEF-8
packetization before being transported across the GPON as layer 2 Ethernet.
Structured, unstructured, and fractional DS1 or E1 are supported.
The CES IWF packetizes DS1 or E1 traffic received at the RJ-48C port before it is
multiplexed with other Ethernet layer 2 data packets for transport upstream on the
GPON. MEF-8 is the packet payload format used. The packetization is removed
before downstream DS1 or E1 traffic from the GPON is sent to the DS1 or E1 lines
at the subscriber side.
The B-0404-A business ONT also supports connections for E1 services and works in
the same manner as the business ONTs. The CES IWF interface provides MEF-8
packetization of E1 traffic from the E1/T1 interface, which provides four RJ-48C
ports. Figure 4-10 shows the B-0404-A business ONT functional block diagram.
Figure 4-10 B-0404-A business ONT functional block diagram
Power
Converter
Ethernet (4)
GPON
Diplexer
RJ-45
SOC
CES
IWF
E1/ET (4)
RJ-48C
20164
Clocking, network synchronization, and time calibration for CES

All business ONTs can use one of two clocking sources for CES: a derived GPON
clock or a local oscillator. When the system clock for CES is derived from the
GPON, the upstream P-OLT locks to the BIT clock and supplies the ONT with an
Ethernet clock that is traceable to a network timing reference. The supplied Ethernet
clock is used for differential clock recovery and for timing the upstream pseudo-wire
MEF-8 packet streams in the absence of a valid TDM recovery clock. The local
oscillator is only used if adaptive mode is selected.
The downstream TDM streams may be timed from one of two clocking sources: an
adaptive clock received from the MEF-8 packet stream, or a differential clock
recovered from the MEF-8 packet stream.
The business ONT calibrates its time of day from a series of network time protocol
(NTP) servers. The ONT communicates with the NTP servers using the NTP
protocol and authenticate NTP servers with a provisionable security key. During a
loss of service (LOS) state on the GPON interface, a minimum 32 ppm clock is
maintained.

4-11
4-12

Next Generation ONT functional

blocks
5.1 Overview
5-2
5.2 Next Generation ONT SoC technology
5-2
5.3 Single-residence MoCA Next Generation ONTs

5-3
5-1
5.1
Overview
This chapter provides a description of 7342 ISAM FTTU Next Generation ONTs
that use a new and highly integrated System on a Chip (SoC) technology.
Table 5-1 describes the supported interfaces for Next Generation ONTs.
Table 5-1 Next Generation ONT interfaces
Single-residence MoCA ONTs

(I-211M-H and I-211M-K indoor
ONTs and O-211M-K outdoor
ONT)
Interface capacity
POTS ports
Gigabit
Ethernet ports
MoCA
interface
RF Video
interface
The following sections in this chapter describe the functional blocks for Next
Generation ONTs.
5.2
Next Generation ONT SoC technology

The Next Generation ONT SoC technology serves as the main hardware block for all
Next Generation ONTs; see Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-1 Next Generation ONT hardware block
POTS ports
Control
processor
SoC
DSP
Switch matrix
Ethernet
MACs
MOCA
MAC
GPON
MAC
Ethernet ports
F-type connector
GPON
20241
5-2

The Next Generation ONT SoC technology consists of six key elements:
GPON MAC
The Gigabit Passive Optical Network Media Access Control (GPON MAC)
element on the SoC terminates the GPON interface using an optical diplexer. This
interface supports GPON as described in G.984.3 (GPON TC Layer) ITU
specification.
Ethernet MAC
The SoC provides up to four GE MACs.
MoCA MAC
The Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA) MAC supports the MoCA v1.1
specification set.
DSP interface
The Digital Signal Processor (DSP) provides voice processing for 2 POTS lines
with the 3-way calling. The DSP has a dedicated 64 kbyte instruction cache and
shares a 32 kbyte data cache with the Control Processor.
Control Processor
The Control Processor features an integral memory management unit that
supports a dedicated 64 kbyte instruction cache and shares a single 32 kbyte data
cache with the DSP. The Control Processor and DSP also include a single channel
Data Management Application (DMA) controller with a 4 kbyte read ahead
low-latency Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM) access port. The
processors typically run at 400 MHz.
Switch matrix
The Switch matrix provides an integrated data channel between the four GE
MACs, the GPON MAC, the MoCA MAC, the DSP, the control processor, and
the other integrated elements such as flash memory, DRAM, and the local bus
controller.
The Next Generation ONTs can also interact with additional hardware components
to support functionality not provided by the SoC technology.
5.3
Single-residence MoCA Next Generation ONTs

The single-residence MoCA ONT represents the first released version of the Next
Generation ONT. The Next Generation ONT SoC-based functional block can also
work in conjunction with a MoCA adapter that converts Ethernet packets into MoCA
packets capable transmission over a coaxial cable.
Data packets are forwarded through the SoC to the Ethernet MAC described in
section 5.2. The data packets are sent to a multimedia over coaxial (MoCA) adapter.
The MoCA adapter converts the data packets into MoCA packets and forwards them
over the same coaxial interface used for RF video. The MoCA adapter is enabled or
disabled by the SoC control processor.
Figure 5-2 shows a Next Generation ONT with a diplexer for the MoCA connection,
two POTS ports, one Ethernet port as well as a power converter.

5-3

Figure 5-2 Single-residence MoCA ONT
Power Converter
Battery Charger
GPON
Optical
block
SOC
Power connector
Battery
POTS (2)
RJ-11
Ethernet (1)
RJ-45
MoCA AFE
RF Video
Amp
Diplexer
F-type connector
20324
5-4

LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT

hardware functional blocks
6.1 Overview
6-2
6.2 LP MDU ONT functional blocks

6.3 MDU ONT functional blocks
6-2
6-10
6.4 Modular ONT and plug-in unit functional blocks

6-15
6-1
6.1
Overview
This chapter provides a description of LP MDU, MDU, and modular ONT functional
hardware blocks.
Table 6-1 describes the system architecture and supported interfaces on the LP
MDU, MDU, and the modular ONTs.
Table 6-1 ONT system architecture and supported interfaces
System
architecture
Maximum interface capacity

POTS ports
Ethernet
ports
RF video /
MoCA
connectors
VDSL2
DS1/E1
Modular ONT (M-300-A)
GPON FPGA /
switch
24
12
LP VDSL MDU ONT

(O-24120V-A and
O-24121V-A)
GPON FPGA /
switch/ SWRD
24
1 or 0
12
LP GE MDU ONT
(O-24120G-A and
O-24121G-A)
GPON FPGA /
switch/ SWRD
24
12
1 or 0
7352 ISAM FTTB ONT

(O-00240V-A MDU)
GPON FPGA /
switch
24
7352 ISAM FTTB ONT

(O-0881V-A MDU)
GPON FPGA /
switch
The following sections in this chapter describe the functional blocks for ONTs based
on system architecture and supported interfaces.
6.2
LP MDU ONT functional blocks

The LP MDU ONT is based on a hybrid architecture consisting of a motherboard and
a service board. The motherboard contains all optical, power, and common circuitry
required to support the service board. The service board provides the connections to
the customer interfaces. The motherboard and the service board are integrated into
the LP MDU ONT and cannot be removed.
There are two variants of the LP MDU ONT motherboard, one for the VSDL LP
MDU ONT (O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A) and the GE LP MDU ONT
(O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A). For the GE LP MDU ONT, the VDSL2 circuits
along with the associated splitter design of the VDSL LP MDU ONT has been
removed. The FPGAs move from the motherboard to the service board and are
updated to support 12 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet interfaces.
6-2

The LP MDU ONT motherboard and service board contain the following functional
blocks:
optical functional block

GPON MAC FPGA
gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch
on-board controller
test and diagnostic functions
complex programmable logic device
network synchronization
time calibration
voice subsystem
RF video amplifier
The VDSL2 LP MDU ONT motherboard contains the following functional blocks
that are contained on the service board of the GE LP MDU ONT:
VoIP DSP devices

Alexandria FPGA
gigabit Ethernet physical layer interface (PHY)
Figure 6-1 illustrates the motherboard and service board functional blocks for the
VDSL2 LP MDU ONT.
Figure 6-1 VDSL2 LP MDU ONT functional blocks
TDM
-48 V power
Converter
Control
Bus
Optical
functional block
Triplexer
CDR/BMLD
LVDS
RF video
Clock
Type F
connector
DSP 8
channel
OBC
PCI
Bus
Control
Bus
SERDES
GE
GPON
FPGA GMII multilayer
switch
MII
CODEC/SLIC
CODEC/SLIC
CODEC/SLIC
CODEC/SLIC
8
POTS
Ports
Alexandria
FPGA
POTS NTR
Alexandria FPGA
configuration
SS SMII
VDSL VDSL VDSL

BME
AFE
IFE
LD 2
CH
LD 2
CH
4
VDSL
Ports
18964
Figure 6-2 illustrates the motherboard and service board functional blocks for the GE
LP MDU ONT.

6-3

Figure 6-2 GE LP MDU ONT functional blocks
TDM
-48 V power
Converter
Control
Bus
Optical
functional block
Triplexer
CDR/BMLD
RF video
DSP 8
channel
OBC
Data
Clock
PCI
Bus
Control
Bus
SERDES
GE
GPON
FPGA GMII multilayer
switch
CODEC/SLIC
CODEC/SLIC
CODEC/SLIC
CODEC/SLIC
MII
Up to 24
POTS
interfaces
Alexandria
FPGA
Type F
connector
MII
GE
PHY
GE
PHY
Motherboard
Up to 12
10/100/1000 Base-T
Ethernet interfaces
Service board
19128
Optical functional block

The optical functional block contains two key groups of functions: the optical
functions and the signaling functions.
Table 6-2 describes the optical functions of the LP MDU ONT motherboard.
Table 6-2 Optical functions of the LP MDU ONT motherboard
Optical function
Description
Optical diplexer or triplexer
Optical-to-electrical conversion. A triplexer is used for LP MDU

ONTs with RF video and a diplexer is used for LP MDU ONTs
without RF video.
Clock data recovery (CDR)
Data quantization, signal-level detection, clock recovery, and

data retiming
Burst mode laser driver (BMLD)
Conversion of the digital stream bursts of data from the GPON

MAC field programmable gate array (FPGA) into the
appropriate current levels for driving the laser diode
RF video amplifier
Receives an RF video signal from the triplexer and produces

the required RF output for the subscriber video equipment.
The RF subsystem monitors the levels of optical and RF signals
in support of the performance management functions.
GPON MAC FPGA

The GPON MAC FPGA interacts with the optical functions and provides GPON
MAC functions. Table 6-3 describes the features of the GPON MAC FPGA.
6-4


Table 6-3 GPON MAC FPGA features
Feature
Description
Interfaces
Supports two GMII to the gigabit Ethernet multilayer switches as well

as the GPON interface.
Upstream and downstream

FEC
Supports upstream and downstream FEC. FEC is a data encoding

format used with data transmissions in the transport layer between
the LP MDU ONT and an P-OLT. The encoding introduces redundancy,
which allows the decoder to detect and correct the transmission
errors.
AES support
AES algorithm, is a symmetric block cipher that can encrypt and

decrypt information. AES algorithm supports key sizes of 128 bits,
192 bits, and 256 bits.
Internal MDU VLAN tagging
Supports VLAN tag extraction and insertion functions for internal

traffic grooming and the FCS check/calculate function.
Network timing reference

(NTR)
Supports synchronization for subsystems that need to be referenced

to network synchronization sources.
Gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch

The gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch provides a data path between the optical
functional block and the service board. The switch also supports a PCI bus to the
on-board controller function.
Table 6-4 describes the switch features.
Table 6-4 Gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch features
Feature
Description
VLAN cross-connect
Cross-connection between VLAN and Ethernet
IGMP mirror
Enables IGMP snooping. The IGMP mirror function extracts a packet

from the data stream from the OBC while simultaneously sending it
towards the GPON interface and service board.
IPMC
Used to enable video stream multicasting and replication towards the

respective service interfaces
Priority level mapping
Eight priority levels of IEEE 802.1P/Q mapped to eight priority queues

for each Ethernet port. Priority queues are configurable for each
Ethernet port.
Line rate switching
Applicable to all packet sizes
Double VLAN tagging
Supports two VLAN tagged Ethernet frames with an Ethernet packet

size of 2000 bytes
On-chip data packet

memory
Supports 1 Mb of on-chip data packet memory
On-board controller
The OBC provides the communication control processing functions to the multilayer
switch and the service board.

6-5
Table 6-5 describes the OBC interfaces.

Table 6-5 OBC interfaces
Interface
Description
Micro wire
Used to connect to the remote inventories and temperature sensors

on the LP MDU ONT motherboard and service board
PCI
Used to connect the OBC to the Gigabit Ethernet multilayer switch
Local bus
Used to connect to the LP MDU ONT subsystems for control,

provisioning, and status monitoring activities
Craft port (if enabled)
Used by service personnel to access the LP MDU ONT for

administration and maintenance purposes
Table 6-6 describes the OBC functions.

Table 6-6 OBC functions
Function
Description
LP MDU ONT testing
Can initialize and perform a self-test of the LP MDU ONT
DHCP
Allows the LP MDU ONT subsystems to obtain their configurations,

such as IP addresses when they start up
IGMP snooping
Monitors IGMP message flows to maintain a local multicast filter and

forwarding database
VoIP
Derived service that supports interoperability with a G6 voice

gateway or a softswitch
VDSL2 management
Supports the VDSL2 management function
Ping and trace route
Supports the ping and trace route function
Supports 802.1x authentication
Test and diagnostic functions

The motherboard provides the testing and diagnostic functions as described in
Table 6-7.
Table 6-7 Test and diagnostic functions
6-6
Function
Description
Craft port
Provided through a serial user interface (RS-232) to the OBC. Access is through
a DB-9 connector. This port is also available as a local craft interface for the
installation and trouble-shooting application of the LP MDU ONT.
Loopback
Multilayer switch - MAC loopback that allows the MAC to get into an internal
loopback and transmit 100 packets for verification. The loopback is intended
for hardware lab testing only.
Temperature
sensor
Interfaces with the OBC.

Complex programmable logic device

The LP MDU ONT uses the CPLD to decode the address of the control bus interface
and for chip select generation. The CPLD can also be used to provide network timing
referencing (NTR) for Ethernet UNI interfaces.
Network synchronization
The LP MDU ONT subsystems, such as the voice and VDSL2 subsystems, require
voice network synchronization clocks. The NTR is normally derived from the
recovered GPON clock. During a LOS state on the GPON interface, a minimum
32 ppm clock is maintained.
The Alexandria FPGA is responsible for generating the VoIP subsystem and VDSL2
subsystem NTR clock. All other voice network synchronization clocks are locally
generated on the service board.
Time calibration
The LP MDU ONT derives accurate time calibration from a series of NTP servers.
The ONT communicates with the NTP servers using the NTP protocol and
authenticates NTP servers with a provisionable security key.
Alexandria FPGA
For the GE LP MDU ONT, one of the three blocks found in the service board rather
than the motherboard as with the VDSL2 variant, is the Alexandria FPGA. In the GE
LP MDU ONT, communication between the motherboard and service board,
including the sending of configuration signals, is sent from the motherboard through
the SU connector to the FPGAs in the service board. These FPGAs support POTS
and 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet connections.
The VDSL2 LP MDU ONT supports three Alexandria FPGAs. The FPGA is a six
port Ethernet switch that controls functions such as buses, bridges, and interfaces to
the VDSL2 and VoIP DSPs on the service board, and the LEDs on the LP MDU
ONT. Each FPGA supports up to 8 POTS and 4 VDSL2 connections.
For upstream traffic, the FPGA either adds, translates, or replaces VLAN tags based
on the QoS tagging mode specification. For downstream traffic, the FPGA either
strips, translates, or allows to pass through VLAN tags travelling toward UNI ports.
The FPGA supports eight CoS queues for the source synchronous serial MII
(SS-SMII) interfaces respectively associated with a UNI port.
The FPGA performs switching between the VoIP MII interface, the UNI interface,
and the GE port. The FPGA supports egress shaping in the downstream direction
toward the VDSL2 subsystem.
The FPGA is configurable through a serial configuration interface from the PON
motherboard and a JTAG boundary scan interface, which is used for production.
VDSL2 subsystem
The service board provides the VDSL2 subsystem functions as described in
Table 6-8.
6-7

Table 6-8 VDSL2 subsystem functions
Function
Description
VDSL2 8 port
burst mode
engine (BME)
(only 4 ports
used)
A data pump that uses discrete multi-tone (DMT) modulation. Each VDSL2 BME
uses only four of the eight ports. The BME receives Ethernet packets from the
Alexandria FPGA on the motherboard over a quad-port SS-SMII interface
operating at 125 MHz and also receives an 8 bit memory mapped microprocessor
interface (MPI) from the Alexandria FPGA used for program downloads, control,
and monitoring functions. The BME interfaces with the AFE.
VDSL2 quad port

analog front end
(AFE)
Interfaces with the BME and the IFE and provides converters and on chip digital
signal processing
VDSL2 quad port

integrated front
end (IFE)
An integrated circuit that connects to the line driver and integrates all
commonly used filters for worldwide deployment
VDSL2 line driver

(LD)
A two-port differential device that provides the functionality required to

implement a line interface for concentrators (CO) & DSLAMs. A transformer
connects each port of the line driver with the line. On the network side, it is
connected to the IFE.
998E30 Bandplan
The total frequency spectrum partitioned for upstream and downstream

transmission.
Custom RFI
notching (1)
Reduce the power spectral density within certain frequency bands to reduce
egress into other areas.
Note
(1)
Sixteen Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) bands can be configured for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. Not
every RFI band listed in International Telecommunication Union (ITU) specification ITU-R PN.525-2
can be configured. For more information on supported RFI bands, contact your Alcatel-Lucent
support representative.
Voice subsystem
The LP MDU ONT provides voice service using VoIP technology. Voice services
are delivered through an RJ-21 connector.
The LP MDU ONT supports an interworking function from the analog POTS lines
to the VoIP or Ethernet layers. Each LP MDU outdoor ONT provides the following:
up to 24 combination POTS/VDSL2 lines (12 POTS lines and 12 more POTS

lines that can be shared with VDSL2 lines on the VDSL2 LP MDU ONT while
the GE LP MDU ONT features 24 POTS-only lines with no combination lines)
support for G.711 and G.729 CODEC; the support for G.729 requires reduced
channel number with a software upgrade
fax per T.38 on POTS lines
The VoIP DSP supports up to eight POTS channels. Three DSPs reside on the
motherboard and interface with dual CODEC/SLIC devices on the service board
using TDM.
The DSP provides an Ethernet MII and a host interface in support of RTP data and
control data. The DSP supports VLAN tagging for RTP data transfers.
Each DSP located on the motherboard connects to four dual CODEC and dual SLIC
voice port devices on the service board, which provide up to eight POTS channels.
6-8

The Alexandria FPGA provides control through the MPI of the CODEC.
Ethernet subsystem
Data and IP video services are delivered through either a RJ-21 connector for the
VDSL2 LP MDU ONT or MRJ-21 for the GE LP MDU ONT. The delivery of IP
video services is enabled through the IP multicast service.
The Ethernet subsystem consists of Quad PHYs (BCM5464), each associated with
an Alexandria FPGA, that provide up to twelve 10/100/1000BASE-T interfaces used
by the ONT. These interfaces interconnect the Ethernet service between functional
blocks on the motherboard of the GE LP MDU ONT.
A set-top box is required for the IP video service. The box is a device that uses a
television set as a user interface to the Internet. The requirement for the television set
associated with the set-top box is that it must be able to receive and display analog
broadcasts on channel 3 or 4.
RF video amplifier
The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports video overlay over the GPON that terminates at the
LP MDU triplexer. The video overlay signals are sent to an amplifier that converts
the video overlay signals into RF video signals. The function operates in the 1550 nm
optical band. Signals sent over the overlay network are forwarded to the subscriber
through an F-type connector attached to a coaxial cable on the LP MDU ONT.
The RF video service supports most available cable television (CATV) services,
including video-on-demand (VOD), interactive video (games), and standard and
premium analog and digital channels.
Consider the following when planning video deployments:
MDU ONTs support up to 12 living units, each of which, in turn, can support
video distribution with a 1:4 split ratio
The maximum supported length of RG-6 coax cable is 100 ft (30.48 m)
LP MDU ONTs using SWRD
For LP MDU ONTs using a single wire return device (SWRD):
RF channel output power +32 dBvM @ 55 MHz using a per-channel

measurement at the ONT output
RF channel input power + 33 dBvM @ 450 MHz
RF slope correction (tilt) 3 to 8 dB from 50 to 870 MHz
SWRD specific RF specifications:
Forward insertion loss in the 46 to 870 MHz range: less than 1.5 dB
Frequency response +- 0.75 dB
Reverse insertion loss at 18.5 MHz: less than 3.5 dB
Reverse input level + 31 to +51 dBmV

6-9
Assumptions for the RF measurements:
Channel load = 80 analog and 33 QAM

Digital channel backoff = 6 dB
Video TX OMI = ~3.4%
RF optical range = + 1.0 dB to - 6.0 dB
SWRD
Figure 6-3 illustrates the SWRD functional blocks.
Figure 6-3 SWRD functional blocks
GPON
OBC
MPC 8347
PCI
ODB
BCM 5696
12G PORTS
GPON
MAC
PHY
MII
BCM 5464
QUAD PHY
SWRD
UNI
SWRD Upstream data path

19588
Use of a Single Wire Return Device (SWRD) is recommended when a customer with
LP MDU ONTs featuring RF video requires upstream connectivity to implement a
video return channel.
The SWRD has two 10/100 Ethernet ports and 2 RF ports. The SWRD is powered
from the ONT by an Ethernet cable once the SWRD is installed and an Ethernet UNI
is provisioned. An Ethernet UNI connection provided by the optional SWRD is used
for the video return channel. Used in conjunction with an SWRD, the STB
communicates upstream using traditional QPSK RFV transmission instead of
sending all upstream communication using an Ethernet transport.
A single CATV-compatible RF interface is used to provide CATV service. For
CATV service, an RF video signal is passed in the downstream direction to external
video distribution equipment. In the upstream direction, the return channel is carried
over an Ethernet port to the ONT.
6.3
MDU ONT functional blocks

The MDU ONT employs an architecture that is based on the first generation modular
GPON MDU reusing some of the primary core blocks. The use of the Ethernet switch
to perform packet forwarding between the GPON MAC and the Ikanos transceiver
chip set for VDSL2 service is the major difference between the MDU ONT and
earlier GPON MDU implementations.
There are two variants of the MDU ONT, the O-24121V-A and O-0881V-A.
6-10

O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional blocks

The O-00240V-A MDU ONT consists of a single board that provides 24 VDSL2
ports supporting all ETSI 17a/30a VDSL2 band plans.
A GPON Media Access Controller (MAC) receives GPON frames from the optics
and performs the GPON PHY and Transmission Convergence (TC) layer functions
including Physical Layer OAM (PLOAM). The GPON MAC passes Ethernet frames
to the Ethernet switch for routing and switching to the appropriate VDSL customers.
The O-00240V-A MDU ONT board contains the following functional blocks:
OBC
GPON optics (Luminent diplexer)
GPON MAC
Ethernet switch
Figure 6-4 illustrates the functional block for the O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT.
For details about the functional blocks in the figure, see MDU functional block
descriptions.
Figure 6-4 O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional blocks
-48 V power
Converter
OBC
Control
Bus
Diplexer
Deserializer
Serializer
Data
Clock
Data
GPON
MAC
PCI
Bus
HiGL 2.5G
Ethernet
switch
ENET 2.5G
SS SMII
LD 2
CH
VDSL VDSL VDSL
BME
AFE
IFE
LD 2
(8 CH) (2x4 CH) (2x4 CH) CH
24
VDSL2
Ports
19659
O-0881V-A MDU ONT functional blocks

The O-0881V-A MDU ONT consists of a single board that provides 8 VDSL2 ports
supporting all ETSI 17a/30a VDSL2 band plans and 8 Fast Ethernet ports that
provide the fabric switching for control and data.
A GPON Media Access Controller (MAC) receives GPON frames from the optics
and performs the GPON PHY and Transmission Convergence (TC) layer functions
including Physical Layer OAM (PLOAM). The GPON MAC passes Ethernet frames
to the Ethernet switch for routing and switching to the appropriate VDSL customers.

6-11
The O-0881V-A MDU ONT board contains the following functional blocks:
OBC
GPON optics (Luminent triplexer)
GPON MAC
Ethernet switch
Figure 6-5 illustrates the functional block for the O-0881V-A MDU outdoor ONT.
For details about the functional blocks in the figure, see MDU functional block
descriptions.
Figure 6-5 O-0881V-A MDU ONT functional blocks
-12 V power
connector
OBC
Control
Bus
GPON optics
Triplexer
2.49 Gb/s
Serializer
1.24 Gb/s
SERDES
GPON
MAC
PCI
Bus
Serial links
3.125 Gb/s
Ethernet 8 SS SMII
switch
PHY
Up to 4 10/100 Base-T
Ethernet interfaces
PHY
Up to 4 10/100 Base-T
Ethernet interfaces
8 SS SMII
LD 2
CH
VDSL VDSL VDSL
BME
AFE
IFE
LD 2
(8 CH) (2x4 CH) (2x4 CH) CH
8
VDSL2
interfaces
20085
MDU functional block descriptions

The key functional blocks for MDU ONTs are described below.
GPON optics
The GPON optics functional block contains two key groups of functions: the optical
functions and the signaling functions.
Table 6-9 describes the optical functions of the MDU ONT.
6-12


Table 6-9 Optic functions of the MDU ONT
Optical function
Description
Optical diplexer or triplexer
Optical-to-electrical conversion. A triplexer is used for MDU

ONTs with RF video (O-0881V-A) and a diplexer is used for MDU
ONTs without RF video (O-00240V-A).
The triplexer supports a second downstream wavelength for RF
video. This wavelength carries both analog and digital video
channels in the 40MHz to 870MHz range.

data retiming

MAC into the appropriate current levels for driving the laser
diode
RF video amplifier
Receives an RF video signal from the triplexer and produces

the required RF output for the subscriber video equipment.
The RF subsystem monitors the levels of optical and RF signals
in support of the performance management functions.
OBC
The OBC provides the communication control processing functions to the Ethernet
switch and the board.
Table 6-10 describes the OBC interfaces.
Interface
Description
Micro wire
Used to connect to the remote inventories, flash memory, RS-232

signals, and temperature sensors on the MDU ONT board
PCI
Used to connect the OBC to the Ethernet switch
Local bus
Used to connect to the MDU ONT subsystems for control,

provisioning, and status monitoring activities
Craft port (if enabled)
Used by service personnel to access the MDU ONT for administration

and maintenance purposes
Table 6-11 describes the OBC functions.

Function
Description
MDU ONT testing
Can initialize and perform a self-test of the MDU ONT
DHCP
Allows the MDU ONT subsystems to obtain their configurations, such

as IP addresses when they start up
IGMP snooping
Monitors IGMP message flows to maintain a local multicast filter and

forwarding database
(1 of 2)

6-13
Function
Description
VDSL2 management
Supports the VDSL2 management function
Supports the ping and trace route function
Supports 802.1x authentication
(2 of 2)
GPON MAC
Table 6-12 describes the features of the GPON MAC.

Table 6-12 GPON MAC features
Feature
Description
Interfaces
The O-00240V-A MDU ONT supports two 2.5 Gigabits per second
interfaces toward to the Ethernet switch as well as the GPON
interface.
O-0881V-A MDU ONTs support two bi-directional 3.125 Gigabits per
second interfaces between the GPON MAC and the Ethernet switch.
Upstream and downstream

Forward Error Correction
(FEC)
Supports 1.24 Gigabits per second upstream and 2.49 Gigabits per
second downstream FEC. FEC is a data encoding format used with
data transmissions in the transport layer between the MDU ONT and
an P-OLT. The encoding introduces redundancy, which allows the
decoder to detect and correct the transmission errors.
Advanced Encryption
Standard (AES) support
AES algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can encrypt and

decrypt information. AES algorithm supports key sizes of 128 bits,
192 bits, and 256 bits.
Internal MDU VLAN tagging
Supports VLAN tag extraction and insertion functions for internal

traffic grooming and the Frame Check Sequence (FCS)
check/calculate function.
Network timing reference

(NTR)
Supports synchronization for subsystems that need to be referenced

to network synchronization sources.
Ethernet switch
The Ethernet switch provides a data path between the board and VDSL2 interface.
The switch also supports a PCI bus to the on-board controller function.
Table 6-13 describes the switch features.
Table 6-13 Ethernet switch features
Feature
Description
VLAN cross-connect
Cross-connection between VLAN and Ethernet
Internet Group
Management Protocol
(IGMP) mirror
Enables IGMP snooping. The IGMP mirror function extracts a packet

from the data stream from the OBC while simultaneously sending it
towards the GPON interface and service board.
Internet Protocol
Multicasting (IPMC)
Used to enable video stream multicasting and replication towards the

respective service interfaces
(1 of 2)
6-14

Feature
Description
Priority level mapping
Eight priority levels of IEEE 802.1P/Q mapped to eight priority queues

for each Ethernet port. Priority queues are configurable for each
Ethernet port.
Double VLAN tagging
Supports two VLAN tagged Ethernet frames with an Ethernet packet

size of 2000 bytes for the O-00240V-A or 1526 bytes for the O-0881V-A
MDU ONT.
Differentiated Services
Code Point (DSCP) Quality
of Service (QoS) mode
O-0881V-A MDU ONTs support this mode in which VLAN tags with
corresponding 802.1P values are inserted into an extracted Ethernet
packet after the DSCP value in the IP layer (IPv4 and IPv6) is read
before forwarding the packet to the PON interface.
(2 of 2)
6.4
Modular ONT and plug-in unit functional blocks

The modular ONT consists of a PON motherboard and a maximum of three plug-in
service units. The modular ONT offers the following functional blocks:
local switching
control and management
plug-in service units
network synchronization
connections
time calibration
Figure 6-6 shows the functional blocks of the modular ONT.

Figure 6-6 Modular ONT functional blocks
RS232 craft port

interface (optional)
PON mother board

SPI
ACU
GPON
Optical
diplexer
Signal
flow
GPON
MAC FPGA
Control bus
GMII
On-board
controller
(OBC)
Control
bus
Service
unit
connector
PCI
bus
1 T/R
POTS/VDSL Combo
4xVDSL 8XPOTS
8 T/R
1 T/R
POTS/VDSL Combo
4xVDSL 8XPOTS
12-port
GigE
multilayer
switch
8 T/R
1 T/R
NTR
SU FPGA configuration
POTS/VDSL Combo
4xVDSL 8XPOTS
8 T/R
Legend:
1xGe Serdes
18124
Local switching
The modular ONT provides local switching functions through the PON
motherboard. The PON motherboard supports the GPON optical conversion and
6-port GE multilayer switching.

6-15
Table 6-14 provides a description of the optical functions required by the modular
ONT motherboard.
Table 6-14 Optical functions
Optical function
Description
Optical diplexer
Optical-to-electrical conversion

data retiming

MAC field programmable gate array (FPGA) into the
appropriate current levels for driving the laser diode
Table 6-15 describes the industry standards supported by the modular ONT GPON
MAC FPGA that provides media access control functions.
Table 6-15 Modular ONT MAC FPGA and standards
Functions
Standards supported
PON
The GPON FPGA supports ITU-T G984.2, G984.3, and G984.4, which require a
GPON to support a maximum of 2.5 Gb/s symmetrical line rate.
QoS
The GPON FPGA supports mapping the eight priority levels of IEEE 802.1p/q to
equivalent eight priority queues. The mapping of upstream queues and port IDs
are configurable.
Security
The GPON FPGA supports advanced encryption standard (AES), a standard

specified by the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology.
VLAN
The GPON FPGA supports the IEEE 802.1q-based VLAN tag extraction and
insertion function for internal traffic grooming, frame check sequence (FCS)
checking and calculating functions.
Table 6-16 describes the features of the GE multilayer switch.

Table 6-16 GE multilayer switch features
Features
Descriptions
VLAN cross-connect
The cross-connection is between the VLAN and the Ethernet network.
IGMP mirror
The IGMP mirror function enables IGMP snooping. The IGMP mirror
function extracts a packet from the data stream that originates from
the service unit and sends the packet to the OBC.
IP multicast (IPMC)
The IPMC is used to enable video stream multicasting and replication

towards the respective service interfaces.
Priority-level mapping
The eight priority levels of IEEE 802.1p/q are mapped to eight

priority queues for each Ethernet port. Priorities are configurable for
each Ethernet port.
(1 of 2)
6-16

Features
Descriptions
Differentiated service code

point (DSCP) QoS mode
(upstream)
The switch extracts the Ethernet packet, accesses the IP layer, reads
the DSCP value, and inserts a VLAN tag into the Ethernet packet with
the corresponding 802.1p value before forwarding the packet to the
GPON interface.
Line rate switching
The line-rate switching is applicable to all packet sizes.
Double VLAN tagging
The switch supports two VLAN tagged Ethernet frames with a packet
size of 2000 bytes.
On-chip data packet

memory
The switch supports 1 Mb of on-chip data packet memory.
(2 of 2)
Control and management

The OBC provides the communication control and processing functions, as well as
management functions to the multilayer switch and the service units.
The OBC provides the functions as described in Table 6-17.
Functions
Descriptions
Integrated security engine
The integrated security engine supports DES, 3DES, MD-5, SHA-1,

AES, and ARC-4 encryption algorithms, as well as a public key
accelerator and an on-chip random number generator. The security
engine is capable of single-pass encryption and authentication, as
required by IPsec, IEEE 802.11i standard, and other security
protocols.
Dynamic host configuration

protocol (DHCP)
The DHCP function allows the modular ONT subsystems to obtain

their configurations, such as IP addresses, when they start up.
IGMP snooping
The IGMP snooping function monitors IGMP message flows to maintain

a local multicast filter and forwarding database.
Voice over IP (VoIP)
This is a derived VoIP service that supports interoperability with G6

voice gateway or a softswitch.
Very-high-bit-rate digital
subscriber line (VDSL2)
management
The OBC supports the VDSL2 management function.
The OBC supports the ping and trace route function.
The OBC supports 802.1x authentication.
Plug-in service units

The modular ONT provides a maximum of three plug-in service units. Each service
unit contains a motherboard that provides local switching, control, and management
functions. The service unit also contains the voice and data/video subsystems.
Figure 6-7 shows the function blocks of the service unit.

6-17

Figure 6-7 Service unit functional blocks
Local switching, control and
management
SPI
Temperature
sensor
Voice subsystem
MPI
SU FPGA
configuration
Remote
inventory
Control bus
GMII
MII
Service Unit (SU)
FPGA
6-port switch
TDM CODEC/SLIC
(2 channel)
Digital signal
processor
(DSP)
8 channels
Line
protection
function
Line
drivers
Line
protection
function
Line
drivers
TDM CODEC/SLIC
(2 channel)
MPI
4 SS-SMII
SU FPGA
configuration
Digital signal
AFE Analogue front
processor
end (AFE)
(DSP)
4 channels
4 channels
Data and video subsystem
18125
Local switching
The local switching is provided through the 6-port switch supported by the service
unit FPGA.
For upstream traffic, the FPGA adds a VLAN tag based on the QoS tagging mode
specification. For downstream traffic, the FPGA removes the VLAN tag from
VDSL2 traffic. The FPGA supports eight class of service (CoS) queues for the
gigabit Ethernet media independent interface (GMII) port associated with a VDSL2
port. Each 802.1p CoS per VLAN may be associated with a unique port ID.
The FPGA performs switching between the VoIP media independent interface
(MII)/VDSL2 source-synchronous serial media independent interface (SS-SMII)
and the GE port. It supports egress shaping in the downstream direction towards the
data/video subsystem.
The FPGA is configurable through a serial configuration interface from the PON
motherboard and a JTAG boundary scan interface, which is used for production
testing.
Voice subsystem
The voice subsystem provides digital signaling processing (DSP), coder decoder
(CODEC), subscriber line interface circuit (SLIC), and the line protection functions.
The DSP provides an Ethernet MII and a host interface in support of real-time
protocol (RTP) data and control data. The DSP supports VLAN tagging for RTP data
transfers.
The FPGA provides control through the Microprocessor Interface (MPI) of the
CODEC and SLIC.
6-18

The line protection block provides a protection circuitry that protects the voice and
VDSL2 circuits from lightning strikes, ac mains cross, line induction from electric
motors and power lines.
Data subsystem
The data and video subsystem contains a DSP, AFE, and four single port drivers. The
DSP is a 4-channel DSL digital transceiver. The AFE is a 4-channel DSL analog
front end.
Network synchronization
The modular ONT subsystems, such as the voice and data subsystems, require voice
network synchronization clocks. The NTR is normally derived from the recovered
GPON clock. During a LOS state on the GPON interface, a minimum 32 ppm clock
is maintained.
The FPGA generates the VoIP subsystem NTR clock. All other voice network
synchronization clocks are locally generated on the service unit. The GPON MAC
FPGA provides NTR for POTS services.
Connections
The FPGA supports the service unit FPGA configuration interface and provides two
GMIIs to the GE multilayer switch. The GE multilayer switch provides a data path
between the optical functional block and the three service units. The switch also
supports a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus to the OBC function.
The OBC provides the interfaces as described in Table 6-18.
Interface
Description
Micro wire
This interface is used to connect to the remote inventories and

temperature sensors on the modular ONT motherboard and service
units.
PCI
This interface is used to connect the OBC to the GE multilayer switch.
Local bus
This interface is used to connect to the modular ONT subsystems for

control, provisioning, and status monitoring activities.
Craft port
This interface is used by the operating personnel to access the

modular ONT for administration and maintenance purposes.
The M-300-A modular ONT provides a minimum of 16 GEM port IDs, including the
following:
12 IDs for 12 VDSL2 ports

1 ID for ONT management control interface (OMCI)
1 IDs for VoIP
1 ID for remote debug
1 ID for inband video (multicast)

6-19
The modular ONT supports a minimum of 16 allocation IDs, including the

following:
12 IDs for 12 VDSL2 ports

1 ID for OMCI
1 ID each for VoIP, RTP signaling, and control
Time calibration
The modular ONT derives accurate time calibration from a series of network time
protocol (NTP) servers. The ONT communicates with the NTP servers using the
NTP protocol and authenticates NTP servers with a provisionable security key.
6-20

7.1 Overview
7-2
7.2 Equipment options

7.3 Connections
7-2
7-2
7.4 Indoor ONT connections and physical components

7.5 Outdoor ONT connections and components
7-4
7-17
7.6 LP MDU outdoor ONT connections and components

7.7 MDU ONT connections and components
7-28
7-32
7.8 Modular ONT and plug-in unit connections and

components
7-35
7.9 Business and SOHO ONT connections and components
7.10 Cable storage compartments
7.11 Location options
7-40
7-50
7-53

7-1
7.1
Overview
This chapter provides information about ONT deployment planning.
7.2
Equipment options
The 7342 ISAM FTTU system provides ONTs that are deployed at the subscriber
location to connect the subscribers to the GPON for services.
The following ONTs are supported:
indoor ONTs used for subscribers living in a single-family residence

outdoor ONTs used for subscribers living in a single-family residence, for small
office home office (SOHO), or for multi dwelling unit (MDU) applications
modular ONTs used for subscribers residing in a multi-dwelling residence, such

as an apartment building
business ONTs used for business applications
7.3
Connections
The ONTs provide a single entry point for multiple services at the subscriber premise
and terminate services from the GPON. The ONTs support a maximum aggregated
optical line rate of 2.488 Gb/s downstream and 1.244 Gb/s upstream across the
GPON.
Table 7-1 shows the maximum connection capacity for ONTs.
Table 7-1 ONT connection capacity
ONT type and

model
Maximum capacity
POTS
10/100
/BASET
10/100/100
0BASE-T
RF video
(CATV)
MoCA
VDSL2
DS1/E1
Local
craft
GPON
SC/APC
I-010G-A
I-020E-B
I-020E-H
I-020G-F
I-020G-G
I-211M-E
(1)
I-211M-D
(2)
I-211M-G
(2)
I-211M-H
(3)
I-211M-K
Indoor ONT
(1 of 2)
7-2

ONT type and

model
Maximum capacity
POTS
10/100
/BASET
10/100/100
0BASE-T
RF video
(CATV)
MoCA
VDSL2
DS1/E1
Local
craft
GPON
SC/APC
I-220E-A
I-221E-A
I-241G-A
I-240G-A
I-040G-A
O-211E-B
O-211M-E
O-211M-G
O-211M-H
O-211M-R
O-420E-B
O-421E-B
Outdoor ONT
(4)
O-210E-B
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
Outdoor ONT Small Office Home Office (SOHO)

O-820G-D
(12)
O-821G-D
(12)
O-821M-E
Outdoor ONT - multi dwelling unit (MDU)

O-00240V-A
24
O-0881V-A
12
12
Outdoor ONT LP multi dwelling unit (LP MDU)

O-24121V-A
24
O-24120V-A
24
O-24121G-A
24
12
O-24120G-A
24
12
24
12
B-8102-A
B-8112-A
B-0404-A
(13)
(14)
Modular ONT
M-300-A (15)
S-840V-A
(17)
(16)
Business ONT
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1)
The I-211M-E part number 3FE 51296 AA has an SC/APC connector.

7-3

(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
The I-211M-D and I-211M-G part numbers 3FE 51307 AA and AB have an OptiTap connector while the 3FE 51307 BA and BB
variants have a SC/APC connector.
The I-211M-H ONT has an OptiTap connector.
The O-210E-B comes in three variants. See the outdoor ONT unit data sheet for information about the differences.
Only O-210E-B ONTs part number 3FE 50683 AF, 3FE 50683 AP, 3FE 50683 AD, and 3FE 50683 AH have craft ports.
The O-210E-B ONT part number 3FE 50683 AH and 3FE 50683 AS have OptiTap connectors.
The O-211E-B ONT part number 3FE 50683 AG and 3FE 50683 AR have OptiTap connectors.
The O-211M-E and O-211M-G ONTs have OptiTap or SC/APC connectors.
The O-211M-H ONT has an OptiTap connector.
The O-211M-R ONT features a SC/APC connector and RF-return capability.
The O-421E-B part number 3FE 50683 AE has an OptiTap connector.
The O-821G-D SOHO outdoor ONT has an OptiTap connector. SOHO ONTs have phase lock loop (PLL) locked to the PON.
The O-24121V-A variant supports RF video while the O-24120V-A variant does not support RF video.
The O-24121G-A variant supports RF video while the O-24120G-A variant does not support RF video.
The M-300-A comes in two variants. See the modular ONT unit data sheer for information about the differences.
The M-300-A part number 3FE 50533 AB has an OptiTap connector.
The S-840V-A service plug-in unit installs in the M-300-A ONT and provides the M-300-A with POTS and VDSL2 ports. Up to
three S-840V-A units can install in an M-300-A ONT.
Table 7-2 shows the maximum number of ONTs supported on a given PON when all
ONTs are of the same type.
Table 7-2 Maximum ONT connections per PON
ONT
Maximum ONTs per PON
Indoor ONT
64
Outdoor ONT (single residence and SOHO)
64
Outdoor ONT (LP MDU)
Modular ONT
Business ONT
64
(1)
Note
(1)
7.4
All ONTs connected to the PON are assumed to be of the same type.
Indoor ONT connections and physical components

The following sections describe the different ONT connections and physical
components.
I-010G-A connections and components

The I-010G-A indoor ONT offers the following external interfaces:
one 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet port (RJ-45)

one fiber optic port for SC/APC connectors
one power connection
Figure 7-1 shows the I-0101G-A indoor ONT connections.
7-4


Figure 7-1 I-010G-A indoor ONT connections
SC/APC
connector
Ethernet (GE)
RJ-45
Power
connector
Shutter
On/Off push button

19833
The I-010G-A indoor ONT supports data services from one 10/100/1000BASE-T
Ethernet port (CAT5 or better UTP cable). Full-duplex operation and
auto-negotiation between 10 Mb/s, 100 Mb/s, and 1000 Mb/s are also supported.
Note The I-010G-A indoor ONT is suitable for connection to
intrabuilding or non-exposed wiring or cabling only.
I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G connections and

components
The I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H ONTs are for indoor deployment
and can be installed vertically or horizontally. Connections to the SC/APC and RJ-45
ports are on the outside of the ONT.
Figure 7-2 shows the physical connections for I-020E-B and I-020E-H ONTs while
Figure 7-3 shows the physical connections for I-020G-F and I-020G-G ONTs.
Figure 7-2 I-020E-B and I-020E-H connections
Invisible laser
radiation.
Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
Ethernet
ports
PON
Fiber optic
port
Power
connection
18758

7-5

Figure 7-3 I-020F-G and I-020G-G connections
Invisible laser
radiation.
Avoid direct
exposure to beam.
PON
Fiber optic
port
Ethernet
ports
Power
connection
20139
Table 7-3 describes the I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H indoor ONT
physical connections.
Table 7-3 I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H indoor ONT connections
Connection
Description
Fiber optic port
This connection is provided through a fiber optic cable.
Ethernet ports
This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to two

Ethernet connections may be supported, depending on the indoor ONT
model. The Ethernet port can support both data and in-band video
services (1).
Power
This connection is provided through a cable to the ac/dc power

converter.
Note
(1)
Both Ethernet ports support IPTV but only one of the two ports can be configured for IPTV support
at any one time.
I-221E-A and I-220E-A connections and components

The I-221E-A and I-220E-A ONTs are for indoor deployment and can be installed
vertically, horizontally, or attached to a wall. There is a removable fiber access
enclosure that covers an SC/APC connector and fiber splice tray. Connections to the
RJ-45, RJ-11, and coaxial connectors are on the outside of the ONT.
Figure 7-4 shows the I-221E-A indoor ONT physical connections.
7-6


Figure 7-4 I-221E-A indoor ONT connections
RJ-11 phone
connectors
Video coaxial
connector
MO
DE
LIN
MO
DE
LIN
Fiber optic port
Ethernet ports
Power connection
No1015
The I-221E-A and the I-220E-A use the same enclosure but each support different
connections. Plastic plugs cover unavailable ports.
Figure 7-5 shows the fiber storage tray and internal SC/APC connector.

7-7

Figure 7-5 Fiber storage tray and internal SP/APC connector
Buffer tube
cable tie
Fiber
storage
tray
Buffer tube
cable ties
SC/APC
connection
Fiber
cable tie
Cable tie
Buffer tube routing
flanges
Fiber cable
buffer tube
Fiber cable
outer jacket
Fiber routing flange

No1009
Table 7-4 describes the I-221E-A and I-220E-A indoor ONT physical connections.
Table 7-4 I-221E-A and I-220E-A indoor ONT connections
7-8
Connection
Description
POTS connections
This connection is provided through an RJ-11 phone connector.
RF video coaxial
connector (Type F)
This connection is provided through a coaxial cable.
Fiber optic port
Ethernet ports
This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to two

Ethernet connections may be supported, depending on the indoor ONT
model. The Ethernet port can support both data and in-band video
services (1).
Power

converter.


Note
(1)
Both Ethernet ports support IPTV but only one of the two ports can be configured for IPTV support
at any one time.
I-241G-A and I-240G-A connections and components

The I-241G-A and I-240G-A ONTs are for indoor deployment and can be installed
vertically or horizontally. Connections to the SC/APC, RJ-45, RJ-11, and coaxial
connectors are on the outside of the ONT.
Figure 7-6 shows the I-241G-A indoor ONT physical connections.
Figure 7-6 I-241G-A indoor ONT connections
Video coaxical
connector
RJ-11 Phone
connectors
Ethernet
ports
PON
Fiber optic Power

connection
port
19397
Table 7-5 describes the I-241G-A and I-240G-A indoor ONT physical connections.
Table 7-5 I-241G-A and I-240G-A indoor ONT connections
Connection
Description
POTS connections
This connection is provided through an RJ-11 phone connector.
RF video coaxial
connector (Type F)
This connection is provided through a coaxial cable.
Fiber optic port
Ethernet ports
This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to four

Ethernet connections are supported.The Ethernet port can support
both data and in-band video services on all four interfaces.
Power

converter.

The I-040G-A ONT is for indoor deployment and can be installed vertically or
horizontally. Connections to the SC/APC and RJ-45 connectors are on the outside of
the ONT.
7-9
Figure 7-7 shows the I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections.

Figure 7-7 I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections
Ethernet
ports
PON
Fiber optic Power

connection
port
19667
Table 7-6 describes the I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections.

Table 7-6 I-040G-A indoor ONT physical connections
Connection
Description
Fiber optic port
Ethernet ports
This connection is provided through an Ethernet RJ-45 cable. Up to four

Ethernet connections are supported.The Ethernet port can support
both data and in-band video services on all four interfaces.
Power

converter.
I-211M-E connections and components

The I-211M-E indoor ONT is designed for in-wall installations in pre-constructed
telecommunications cabinets or on-wall installations in a telecommunications room.
Figure 7-8 shows the I-211M-E indoor ONT with the inner cover closed.
7-10


Figure 7-8 I-211M-E with inner cover closed
MOCA
VID
POTS
FAIL
NTWK
MGMT
PWR
DATA
BTRY
Cover
SYSTEM
STATUS
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
AUXILIARY
POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
OK
BATTERY
EMERGENCY
USE
19136
Figure 7-9 shows the I-211M-E indoor ONT with the inner cover open and the
physical connections labeled.

7-11

Figure 7-9 I-211M-E indoor ONT connections
Power/Alarm
connector
RJ-45 port
POTS IDC
connector
POTS
MOCA
VID
FAIL
NTWK
MGMT
PWR
DATA
Fiber
storage
tray
BTRY
RJ-11 ports
POTS IDC
connector
Type F coaxial
connector
Thumbscrew
Ground lug
19121
Table 7-7 defines the connectors on the in-wall MoCA indoor ONT.
Table 7-7 In-wall MoCA indoor ONT connectors
Connectors
Description
POTS connectors
2 POTS ports supporting up to 8 terminals
Data and IP video

connectors
RJ-45 connectors for 10/100/1000 BASE-T for Ethernet connection
Type F connector
Type F connector that supports RG-59, RG-6, and series 7 coax cables for
CATV and MoCA connection
PON optical
connectors
SC/APC connectors for GPON connection
Power/Alarm
connectors
pre-terminated in power supply
I-211M-D connections and components

The I-211M-D ONT is an integrated device that serves a variety of network needs
with different interfaces. Figure 7-10 shows the location of the connectors for the
interfaces on an I-211M-D.
7-12


Figure 7-10 Connectors on an I-211M-D
Battery
compartment
System Status
Battery Power
AC/DC Power
connector for OPSU
Replace Power
System Status
Alarm
Silence
Battery
Emergency Use
Type F coaxial
connector
TR
TR
TR
PWR
FAIL
BTRY
VID
DATA
MGMT
NTWK
POTS
MOCA
POTS IDC
connectors
TR
RJ-11 ports
Per-terminated Ground
(via AC plug)
SC/APC or OptiTap adaptor
TR
TR
RJ-45 port
TR
TR
POTS IDC
connectors
Lug or nut and

cup washers for
optional external
ground connection
Fiber storage
tray
Optional cable
strain relief
OPSU
19359
Note The optical cable strain relief depicted in Figure 7-10 is

available only on the 3FE 51307 BA variant of the I-211M-D ONT.
Table 7-8 defines the connectors on the I-211M-D ONT.

Table 7-8 I-211M-D ONT connectors
Connectors
Description
POTS connectors
RJ-11 connectors for POTS connection with optional IDC connectors
Data and IP video

connectors
RJ-45 connectors for 10/100/1000BASE-T for Ethernet connection with

optional IDC-type connectors (1) (2)
Type F connector
Type F connector that supports RG-6, and series 7 coax cables for CATV and
MoCA connection
PON optical
connectors
SC/APC or OptiTap connectors for GPON connection
(1) (2)
(1 of 2)

7-13
Connectors
Description
Power connectors
Internal with optional auxiliary battery pack
Alarm connectors
Internal
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1)
The I-211M-D ONT uses RJ-11 and RJ-45 connectors that are not gel-filled.
(2)
The 3FE 51307 BA variant of the I-211M-D ONT does not include IDC connectors.
I-211M-H connections and components

The I-211M-H indoor ONT is an integrated device that serves a variety of network
needs with different interfaces. Figure 7-11 shows the location of the connectors for
the interfaces on an I-211M-H ONT.
Figure 7-11 Connectors on an I-211M-H indoor ONT
Battery compartment
System Status
Battery Power
AC/DC Power
connector for OPSU
Replace Power
System Status
Alarm
Silence
Battery
Emergency Use
Type F coaxial
connector
PWR
FAIL
BTRY
VID
DATA
MGMT
NTWK
POTS
MOCA
(via AC plug)
RJ-11 ports
OptiTap adaptor
Lug or nut and
cup washers for
optional external
ground connection
RJ-45 port
Fiber storage
tray
OPSU
20275
Table 7-9 describes the physical connections on the I-211M-H indoor ONT.
7-14


Table 7-9 I-211M-H ONT connectors
Connectors
Description
POTS connectors
RJ-11 connectors for both POTS connections
Data
RJ-45 connector for the 10/100/1000BASE-T for the Ethernet connection (1)
Type F connector
MoCA connection
PON optical
connector
OptiTap connector for the GPON connection
Power connector
Internal with optional auxiliary battery pack
Alarm connectors
Internal
(1)
Note
(1)
The I-211M-H ONT uses non-IDC RJ-11 and RJ-45 connectors that are not gel-filled.
I-211M-G connections and components

The I-211M-G ONT is an integrated device that serves a variety of network needs
interfaces on an I-211M-G.

7-15

Figure 7-12 Connectors on an I-211M-G
Battery
compartment
System Status
Battery Power
AC/DC Power
connector for OPSU
Replace Battery
Auxillary Power
Silence
Alarm
Battery
Emergency Use
Type F coaxial
connector
RJ-11 POTS
ports
PWR
BTRY
FAIL
VID
DATA
NTWK
MGMT
POTS
MOCA
TR
POTS IDC
connectors
TR
SC/APC or OptiTap adaptor

Lug or nut and
cup washers for
optional external
ground connection
TR
TR
Ethernet IDC
connection
(optional)
(via AC plug)
Fiber storage
tray
Ethernet port
Optional cable
strain relief
OPSU
19572
Table 7-10 defines the connectors on the I-211M-G ONT.

Table 7-10 I-211M-G ONT connectors
Connectors
Description
POTS connectors
RJ-11 connectors for POTS connection with optional IDC connectors
Data and IP video

connectors
RJ-45 connectors for 10/100/1000BASE-T for Ethernet connection with

optional IDC-type connectors (1) (2)
Type F connector
MoCA connection
PON optical
connectors
SC/APC or OptiTap connector or SC/SC APC adaptor for GPON connection
Power connectors
Internal power and alarm IDC with optional auxiliary battery pack
Alarm connectors
Internal power and alarm IDC
(1) (2)
Notes
(1)
The I-211M-G ONT uses RJ-11 and RJ-45 connectors that are not gel-filled.
(2)
The 3FE 51307 BA and BB variants of the I-211M-G ONT do not include IDC connectors.
7-16

I-211M-K connections and components

The I-211M-K ONT is an integrated device that serves a variety of network needs
interfaces on an I-211M-K.
Figure 7-13 Connectors on an I-211M-K ONT
F-type
coaxial
connector
Ground
terminal
POTS
ports
(RJ-11)
Ethernet
Power
port
connector
(RJ-45)
Fiber
optic
connector
20272
Table 7-11 defines the connectors on the I-211M-K ONT.

Table 7-11 I-211M-K ONT connectors
Connectors
Description
POTS connectors
Two RJ-11 ports for POTS connections
Data and IP video

connector
One RJ-45 port for the 10/100/1000 BASE-T for the Ethernet connection (1)
Type F connector
One coaxial port for a Type F connector that supports RF video delivery and
MoCA (IP over coaxial writing)
PON optical
connector
SC/APC connector for fiber uplink with fiber optic latch
Power connector
Power and alarm connections to an external UPS with support for battery
alarms are provided.
(1)
Note
(1)
7.5
The I-211M-K ONT uses non-IDC RJ-11 and RJ-45 connectors that are not gel-filled.
Outdoor ONT connections and components

The following section describes the different single residence outdoor ONT models
and connections.

7-17
Outdoor ONTs are externally hardened for outdoor deployment. A tamper-resistant

mechanical fitting prevents unauthorized entry. There are two inner covers and an
outer cover that seals the enclosure. Under the outer cover, a nested inner cover
prevents access to fiber and power terminals, but allows an unobstructed view of
status LEDs, POTS, Ethernet, and RF video connections. The connections are
accessible without opening the fiber and power protection cover.
Figure 7-14 shows the O-421E outdoor ONT with the inner cover closed as well as
cable entry points and enclosure locking mechanisms.
Figure 7-14 O-421E with inner cover closed
Telco access
bolt position
Fiber
cable
port
Padlock bypass
Subscriber access
screw position
Lower mounting
pedestal
Voice, data, video,
power, alarms, and
ground port
Subscriber padlock
eyelet position
18222
Figure 7-15 shows the O-421E outdoor ONT physical connections.
7-18


Figure 7-15 Connectors on an O-421E
Jumper cable
EPC terminal
for +12V POE
EPC terminal
Craft port (IDC connector)
Power
connector
Alarm terminal
(IDC connector)
Ethernet
plugs
POTS
test ports
SC/APC
adapter
(OptiTap
optical
connector
also
available)
R
TELCO
POTS screw
connectors
Ground
wire
terminal
F type coaxial
connector
Ground wire
terminal
18746
Figure 7-16 shows the Gemtek dongle that can be used with the O-421E-B and
O-211E-B outdoor ONTs.

7-19

Figure 7-16 Gemtek dongle
Power
cable
et RF
Ethern
Earth ground
19816
Figure 7-17 shows cabled Gemtek dongle mounted in a cable storage tray (3EM
17661AC) that can be used with the O-421E-B and O-211E-B outdoor ONTs.
Figure 7-17 Mounted Gemtek dongle with cables
PWR LAN HPNA

LINK LINK
ACT ACT
Gemtek dongle
mounting tabs
Earth ground
RF IN
DATA IN +
12VDC PWR IN
RF out +
HPNA
DATA OUT
19945
Table 7-12 defines the connectors on the Gemtek dongle.

7-20


Table 7-12 Gemtek dongle connectors
Connectors
Description
DATA IN + 12VDC PWR

IN
RJ-45 Ethernet connector that provides a data connection to an Ethernet

port on the ONT.
DATA OUT
RJ-45 Ethernet connector that provides a pass-through data port.
RF IN
Coaxial connector that provides a connection to the ONT.
RF OUT + HPNA
Coaxial connector that provides a connection from the HPNA dongle to the
subscriber device delivering RF video and data services to the subscriber.
Grounding lug
Connection that provides a grounding point for the Gemtek dongle.

Minimum AWG 14 wire must be used.
Figure 7-18 shows the O-211E outdoor ONT physical connections.

Figure 7-18 Connectors on a O-211E
Serial
number
Ground Tracer
wire connector
EPC
terminal
Power and
alarm IDC
connection
TR
POTS IDC
connector
TR
TR
Ethernet IDC
connection
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TELCO
TR
TR
POTS IDC
connector
TR
TR
Ground wire
terminal

F type coaxial
connection
18379
7-21
Table 7-13 describes the outdoor ONT physical connections.

Table 7-13 Outdoor ONT connections
Connection
Craft port
(1)
Description
The craft port is used for a local management console connection to the
outdoor ONT.
POTS connections
This connection is provided through a screw-down terminal, IDCs, or an

RJ-11 port. Up to four POTS connections are supported, depending on the
outdoor ONT model.
Data, IP video (2), and

VoIP connections
This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45 or IDC type connectors

(if available) for connection to Ethernet lines. Up to two Ethernet
connections are supported for both data and IP video services.
EPC connector (1)
This connection provides an Ethernet power connection jumper that

enables + 12V to be supplied to power SWRD for CATV return channel
support.
RF video and MoCA

connection (1)
This connection is provided through the F-type connector for CATV

service, and MoCA data and IPTV services. Outdoor ONT supports one
F-type connector depending on the outdoor ONT model.
RF return path
connection (3)
This connection is provided through the F-type connector using HPNA 3.1
over coax. Outdoor ONTs support one F-type connector depending on the
outdoor ONT model.
PON optical
connection
This connection is provided through SC/APC or OptiTap/APC connectors

for the physical interface to the PON.
Power and alarm

connections
alarms are provided. Screw-down terminals or IDC connectors may be
used, depending on the outdoor ONT model.
Notes
(1)
Not supported on all outdoor ONT models.
(2)
For outdoor ONTs that have two Ethernet ports, both Ethernet ports support IPTV but only one of
the two ports can be configured for IPTV support at any one time.
(3)
This connection type, as described here, is supported on the O-421E-B outdoor ONTs only. The
O-211M-R ONT also supports RF return path connections but implements the feature differently;
see Table 7-17 for details.
Figure 7-19 shows the O-211M-G (AE) outdoor ONT physical connections.
7-22


Figure 7-19 Connectors on an O-211M-G (AE variant)
Power and
alarm IDC
connection
OptiTap tracer
wire connector
Serial
number
TR
Optitap
connector
TR
TR
TR
TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR
Ethernet port
TELCO
POTS IDC
connectors
Ethernet IDC
connection
RJ-11 POTS
ports
LEDS
Cable tie
down
F type coaxial
connection
(MOCA)
19558
Table 7-14 describes the outdoor ONT O-211M-G (AE) physical connections.
Table 7-14 Outdoor ONT O-211M-G (AE) connections
Connection
Description
POTS connections
(1),
This connection is provided through an IDC connector and RJ-11 port.
Data, IP video
and
VoIP connections

(if available) for connection to Ethernet lines.
RF video and MoCA

connection

service, and MoCA data and IPTV services.
PON optical
connection
This connection is provided through an OptiTap or SC/APC connector for

the physical interface to the PON.
Power and alarm

connections

7-23

Note
(1)
For outdoor ONTs that have two Ethernet ports, both Ethernet ports support IPTV, but only one of
Figure 7-20 shows the O-211M-G (BE) outdoor ONT physical connections.
Figure 7-20 Connectors on an O-211M-G (BE variant)
Power and
alarm IDC
connection
Serial
number
Ethernet port
TELCO
SC/APC
connector
Screw
terminal
connectors
RJ-11 POTS
ports
LEDS
Cable tie
down
Craft port
F type coaxial
connection
(MOCA)
Ground wire
terminal connector
19559
Table 7-15 describes the outdoor ONT O-211M-G (BE) physical connections.
7-24


Table 7-15 Outdoor ONT O-211M-G (BE) connections
Connection
Description
POTS connections
This connection is provided through a cross wired terminal connector and

RJ-11 ports.
Data, IP video (1), and

VoIP connections

(if available) for connection to Ethernet lines.
RF video and MoCA

connection

PON optical
connection
This connection is provided through an SC/APC connector for the physical

interface to the PON.
Power and alarm

connections
Note
(1)
For outdoor ONTs that have two Ethernet ports, both Ethernet ports support IPTV, but only one of
O-211M-H connections and components

The O-211M-H outdoor ONT is an integrated device that serves a variety of network
needs with different interfaces. Figure 7-21 shows the location of the connectors for
the interfaces on an O-211M-H ONT.

7-25

Figure 7-21 Connectors on an O-211M-H outdoor ONT
Power and
alarm IDC
connection
OptiTap tracer
wire connector
Serial
number
TR
Optitap
connector
TR
TR
TR
TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR
Ethernet port
TELCO
POTS IDC
connectors
Ethernet IDC
connection
RJ-11 POTS
ports
LEDS
Cable tie
down
F type coaxial
connection
(MOCA)
19558
Table 7-16 describes the physical connections on the O-211M-H outdoor ONT.
Table 7-16 O-211M-H outdoor ONT connections
7-26
Connection
Description
POTS connections
These connections are provided through RJ-11 ports with an IDC

connector.
Data
This Ethernet connection is provided through a RJ-45 connector without

an IDC connector.
RF video and MoCA

connection

PON optical
connection
This connection is provided through an OptiTap connector for the physical

Power and alarm

connections

O-211M-R connections and components

Figure 7-22 shows the O-211M-R outdoor ONT physical connections.
Figure 7-22 Connectors on an O-211M-R outdoor ONT
RJ-11 POTS
connectors
RJ-45
Gigabit Ethernet
connector
POTS screw
terminals
PWR IN
+12V
100mA
OPTICAL IN
FROM PON
OPTICAL OUT
TO ONT
RF PORT
To Home
TELCO
RF IN
From ONT
PWR IN
SC/APC
connector
2
T
ONT fiber
optic cable
Alloptic dc
power cable
Power/Alarm cable
RF return
coaxial cable
19800
Table 7-17 describes the outdoor ONT O-211M-R physical connections.

Table 7-17 O-211M-R outdoor ONT connections
Connection
Description
POTS connections
This connection is provided through a screw terminals wired to RJ-11

ports.
Data and VoIP

connections
This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45 connectors for

connection to Ethernet lines.
RF video and MoCA

connection
This connection is provided through the F-type connector for CATV service
and MoCA data.
RF return channel
connection
This connection is provided through a connector for a coaxial cable

located on the MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter (RPT) integrated
into the ONT unit.
(1 of 2)

7-27
Connection
Description
PON optical
connection

Power and alarm

connections
Power and alarm connections between the ONT, Alloptic MicroNode 190
RPT, and an UPS is provided by a 12 V dc power cable supplied by Alloptic,
Inc.
(2 of 2)
7.6
LP MDU outdoor ONT connections and components

The following sections describe the different LP MDU outdoor ONT models and
connections.
O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A connections and components

Figure 7-23 shows the O-24121V-A outdoor ONT physical connections.
Figure 7-23 Connectors on an O-24121V-A
Auxiliary
environmental
alarm
DATA 9
DATA 10
DATA 11
DATA 12
DATA 4
DATA 5
DATA 6
DATA 7
DATA 8
NWK
MGMT
INTF
POTS
DATA 1
DATA 2
VIDEO
DATA 3
BTRY
FAIL
POWER
Power and
alarm connector
VIDEO
POTS
DATA
VDSL2 and POTS

connector
GPON
CRAF
Video coaxial
connector
ETHE
RNET
SAVE
DATA
Craft port
Ethernet
port
Save
Data
button
Fiber optic
connector
18937
Figure 7-24 shows the LP MDU components when installed in an enclosure. This
example shows a O-24121V-A outdoor ONT with RF video.
7-28


Figure 7-24 O-24121V-A Outdoor ONT installed in an outdoor enclosure
Power and alarm
IDC connectors
Door alarm
cabling
SWRD
(not available in
all enclosures)
Auxiliary
environmental
alarm IDC
connectors
RED
BLK
GRN
SLT
BRN
BLU
ORN
RED
GND1
GRN
GND2
VDSL2/POTS
connectors to
SWRD (if present)
BRN
GND3
SPARE
POTS/VDSL
POWER
BTRY
FAIL
VIDEO
DATA
NWK
POWER
LEDs
POWER
DATA 1
DATA 2
TV/DHCT
ONT + PWR
L
A
N
P
W
R
O
N
T
DATA 3
DATA 4
DATA 5
DATA 6
DATA 7
DATA 8
DATA 9
VIDEO
DATA 10
DATA 11
DATA 12
CRAFT
Video coaxial
connector
ETHERNET
GPON
Ethernet RJ-45
connector
(to SWRD)
Optical fiber
connector
Screw terminal block

for VDSL/POTS connector
(Other enclosures support
IDC block or punch down block)
19578
Table 7-18 describes the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A outdoor ONT physical
connections.
Table 7-18 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A outdoor ONT physical connectors
Connector
Description
VDSL2 and POTS

connector
For O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A outdoor ONTs, the VDSL2 and POTS
interface is an 50 position RJ-21 connector that supports up to 24 POTS
lines and 12 POTS/VDSL2 lines. The cable can be attached to an external
customer patch panel or to an IDC block, punchdown block, or screw
terminal block within the enclosure. The appropriate cable is included
with the ONT.
SWRD
The SWRD has two 10/100 Ethernet ports and 2 RF ports. The SWRD is
powered from the LP MDU ONT by an Ethernet cable once the SWRD is
installed and an Ethernet UNI is provisioned. The SWRD is separately
orderable.
(1 of 2)

7-29
Connector
Description
Power and alarm

connector
A 7-pin Phoenix connector provides the 48 V input power and return for
the LP MDU ONT and the UPS alarms.
Separate power and alarm cables are required for class 1 wiring. When
wiring the LP MDU to a UPS, use a class 1 powering cable. In that case,
the combined power/alarm cable is only used for alarm wiring, not for
power wiring. A separate 16 AWG wire wrapped in a sleeve is required.
Auxiliary environmental
alarm connector
A 7-pin Phoenix connector provides up to three customer defined

environmental alarms for the LP MDU ONT.
Craft port connector
The craft interface is a right angled RS-232 serial port that can be
accessed with a male DB-9 connector.
Fiber optic connector
An SC/APC fiber optic connector terminates a fiber optic connection

from the P-OLT.
Ethernet port
This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45. The RJ-45

connectors support 10/100BASE-T or 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet
connections.
Video coaxial connector
This connection supports RF video.
(2 of 2)
O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A connections and components

Figure 7-25 shows the physical connections on the O-24121G-A outdoor ONT.
Figure 7-25 Connectors on an O-24121G-A outdoor ONT
10/100/1000 Base-T
Ethernet Connectors
POTS connector
Ports 7..12 Ports 1..6
GbE
POTS
Power and
alarm connector
Auxiliary
environmental
alarm
DATA12
DATA11
DATA10
DATA9
DATA8
DATA7
DATA6
DATA5
DATA4
DATA3
DATA2
DATA1
POTS
MGMT
INTF
NWK
DATA
VIDEO
FAIL
BTRY
ENV ALARMS
POWER
POWER/ALARMS
7..12
VIDEO
Video coaxial Craft

connector
port
1..6
GPON
ETHERNET
CRAFT
SAVE
DATA
Ethernet
port
Save
Data
button
Fiber optic
connector
19117
Table 7-19 describes the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor ONT physical
connections.
7-30


Table 7-19 O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor ONT physical connectors
Connector
Description
POTS connector
For O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor ONTs, the POTS interface is an

50 position RJ-21 connector that supports up to 24 POTS lines. The cable
can be attached to an external customer patch panel or to an IDC block,
punchdown block, or screw terminal block within an enclosure.
10/100/1000BASE-T
Ethernet connectors
For O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A outdoor ONTs, the 10/100/1000BASE-T

Ethernet interface are two 48 position MRJ-21 connectors that support
up to 12 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet lines.
See the Planning and Ordering Guide for more information about
ordering MRJ-21 Ethernet cables. These cables must be ordered
separately.
SWRD
powered from the ONT by an Ethernet cable once the SWRD is installed
and an Ethernet UNI is provisioned. The SWRD is separately orderable.
Power and alarm

connector
A 7-pin Phoenix connector provides the 48 V input power and return for
the LP MDU ONT and the UPS alarms.
Separate power and alarm cables are required for class 1 wiring. When
wiring the LP MDU to a UPS, use a class 1 powering cable. In that case,
the combined power/alarm cable is only used for alarm wiring, not for
power wiring. A separate 16 AWG wire wrapped in a sleeve is required.
Auxiliary environmental
alarm connector
A 7-pin Phoenix connector provides up to three customer defined

environmental alarms for the LP MDU ONT.
Craft port
The craft interface is a right angled RS232 serial port that can be
accessed with a male DB-9 connector.

from the P-OLT.
Ethernet port
This connection is provided through Ethernet RJ-45. The RJ-45

connectors support 10/100BASE-T or 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet
connections.
Video coaxial connector
This connection supports RF video.
SWRD mounted with an LP MDU connections and components

Figure 7-26 shows the SWRD for an enclosure-mounted LP MDU.

7-31

Figure 7-26 SWRD LP MDU ONT connections
Single Wire Return Device
STB
Single fiber
TV/DHCT
ONT + PWR
L
A
N
O
N
T
P
W
R
Forward RF
and +12V DC
Forward &
Reverse RF
STB
4 way
splitter
ONT
802.3 Ethernet
802.3 Ethernet
CAT 5 cable
CAT 5 cable
100 meters
maximum lenght
100 meters
maximum lenght
HUB
CAT 5
cable
CAT 5
cable
PC
PC
F-conn
RJ-45
19495
Table 7-20 describes the SWRD physical connections.

Table 7-20 SWRD interfaces
7.7
Connector
Description
SWRD
powered from the ONT by an Ethernet cable once the SWRD is installed
and an Ethernet UNI is provisioned. The SWRD is separately orderable.
MDU ONT connections and components

The following sections describe the MDU ONT model and its connections for the
following ONTs:
O-00240V-A
O-0881V-A
O-00240V-A ONT connections and components
Figure 7-27 shows the O-00240V-A MDU ONT physical connections.
7-32


Figure 7-27 Physical connections on an O-00240V-A MDU ONT
Ground lug
Craft port Ethernet

port
7352 ISAM FTTB ONT

GPON
MGMT
FAIL NTWK INT
SAVE
DATA
UPS alarm
connector
CRAFT
ETHERNET
PWR
BAT
DATA
Environmental
Power and
and door alarm return connector
connector
VDSL
VDSL2
connector
19655
Table 7-21 describes the O-00240V-A MDU ONT physical connections.

Table 7-21 O-00240V-A MDU ONT physical connections
Connection
Description
Ground lug (or wire

terminal)
The interface is a terminal to which a ground wire (X AWG) connects.
UPS alarm connector
A 5-position IDC connector that provides support for UPS alarms.
Environmental and door

alarm connector
A 8-position IDC connector that provides up to three customer defined

environmental alarms and one door alarm for the O-00240V-A MDU ONT.
Power and return

connector
A 2-position IDC connector that provides -48 V/-60V power and return.
Craft port
The craft port is a right-angled RS-232 serial port that can be accessed
with a male DB-9 connector.
Ethernet port
The interface is an Ethernet RJ-45 port that supports 10/100BASE-T

Ethernet connections.
See the Planning and Ordering Guide for more information about
ordering Ethernet cables. These cables must be ordered separately.
VDSL2 connector
The interface is a RJ-21 connector with 50 positions of which 48 support

up to 24 VDSL2 lines. The cable is not included with the ONT and must
be ordered separately.

from the P-OLT.
O-0881V-A MDU ONT connections and components

The physical connections for the O-0881V-A MDU ONT are shown in Figure 7-28.

7-33
MGMT
NTWK
DATA
VIDEO
FAIL
POWER
Figure 7-28 Connectors on an O-0881V-A MDU ONT
LEDs
Fiber storage ear
ETHERNET
CRAFT
ETHERNET
SC/APC
connector
Ethernet ports
SAVE
DATA
CRAFT
4
ETHERNET
Craft port
3
F-type coaxial
connector
VDSL
Fiber storage ear
POTS
MISC ALM 2
MISC ALM 1
VDSL2 connector
POTS connectors
Alarm connectors
Energy Hazard
Strain relief
Cable entry fittings

REMOVE NUT TO OPEN
REMOVE NUT TO OPEN
AC power cord
REMOVE NUT TO OPEN
Cable exit holes with plugs

20001
Table 7-22 describes the physical connections for O-0881V-A MDU ONTs.
Table 7-22 O-0881V-A MDU ONT connections
Connection
Description
Fast Ethernet
connections
This connection is provided through up to eight Ethernet RJ-45 ports. The

Fast Ethernet ports can support both data and in-band video services.
Alarm connections
This connection is provided through a 2-position IDC connector for each of

the two miscellaneous alarms.
Craft Ethernet
connection
This connection is provided through a RJ-45 connectors for connection to

Ethernet lines.
Craft connection
The craft port is a RS-232 serial port that can be accessed with a male DB-9
connector.
VDSL2 connection
The VDSL2 interface is a 24-pin AMP connector that supports up to 8 VDSL2

lines.
RF return channel
connection
This connection is provided through a F-type connector for a coaxial cable.
(1 of 2)
7-34

Connection
Description
Power connection
This connection is provided through a 3-wire power cable (containing

separate line, neutral, and ground wires) from an ac power source to the
terminal block and an ac power cord running from the terminal block to
the lower receptacle at the bottom of the ONT enclosure.
PON optical
connection
This connection is provided through an SC/APC connector.
(2 of 2)
7.8
Modular ONT and plug-in unit connections and components

The following section describes the modular ONT and plug-in unit connections.
Figure 7-29 and Table 7-23 describe the modular ONT physical connections.

7-35

Figure 7-29 M-300-A interfaces, connections, and LEDs
Service unit
S-840V-A
(one of three)
Door alarm
switch
DAT_EQMT
POTS
DAT 4
J8
Service unit
CHAMP connector
DAT 3
DAT 2
SU 3
DAT 1
+ 48V
DAT_EQMT
+ 48V
RTN
- 48V
RTN
POTS
- 48V
INPUT
+48 V
+48 RTN
_ 48 RTN
_ 48 V
Ethernet port
(unused)
LED indicators
OUTPUT
SC/APC connector
adapter (AA variant)
DAT 4
DANGER
Invisible laser
radiation present
when the optic
connector is open
LINK
ACT
SWRD INTF
J8
DAT 3
AVOID DIRECT
EXPOSURE TO
BEAM
Service unit
S-840V-A
LED indicators
DAT 2
POWER
BATTERY
FAIL
SU 2
VIDEO
DAT 1
RECEIVER
DATA
NETWORK
MGMT
INTF
POTS
CRAFT
Craft port
Video
DAT_EQMT
POTS
LOW
NO
RPLC
ON
BATTERY ALARMS
Battery alarm
connections
ENVIRONMENTAL ALARMS
EPC
JUMPER
ALARM
GND
1 GND
1
DAT 4
2 GND
J8
2
3 GND
DAT 3
NOT USED
DAT 2
SU 1
Environmental
alarm connections
DAT 1
SU3 POTS
CABLE ASSY
SU2 POTS
CABLE ASSY
SU1 POTS
CABLE ASSY
Power, alarm, and

ground cable
(optional fiber routing)
Fiber
optic cable
POTS
termination
cable
assemblies
(24 POTS
connectors)
Twisted pair
POTS/VDSL2 cable
18358
Table 7-23 Modular ONT connections

Connection
Description
Craft port
This connection is used for the management of the modular ONT unit.
POTS termination
cable assemblies
These assemblies provide 12 POTS and 12 POTS/VDSL2 connections.
Service plug-in unit

CHAMP connector
This connector provides 4 POTS and 4 POTS/VDSL2 connections.
Power and alarm

cable
This cable provides connection to the power supply.
(1 of 2)
7-36

Connection
Description
Fiber optic cable
This cable provides connection to the GPON.
Twisted pair
POTS/VDSL2 cable
This cable provides connection to the residential gateways.
(2 of 2)
The modular ONT provides a minimum of 16 GEM port IDs, including the
following:
12 IDs for 12 VDSL ports

1 ID for ONT management control interface (OMCI)
1 IDs for VoIP
1 ID for Remote Debug
1 ID for Inband video (Multicast)
The modular ONT supports a minimum of 16 allocation IDs, including the

following:
12 IDs for 12 VDSL ports

1 ID for OMCI
1 IDs for VoIP and RTP signaling and control
The modular ONT front door is equipped with tamper-resistant screws to prevent
unauthorized entry; see Figure 7-30. A second internal cover protects access to fiber
and power terminals; see Figure 7-31.

7-37

Figure 7-30 Modular ONT enclosure (external view)
Tamper-resistant screw
18420
The modular ONT enclosure is designed for indoor and outdoor deployment, and can
be mounted on walls and in equipment racks. Brackets are used to mount the modular
ONT on walls and to the front of 23-inch racks.
Cable entry is made through openings at the bottom of the enclosure. The cable entry
openings are sealed against insects, dust, and water, but not vapor.
Warning Do not submerge the modular ONT. The modular ONT
damage will occur.
7-38

A modular ONT contains the following components, as shown in Figure 7-31.
a motherboard that provides

power and traffic management
optical, power, and common circuitry for POTS/VDSL2 service units
a maximum of three POTS/VDSL2 service units (S-840V-A) that provide
customer service interfaces
4 interfaces for POTS-only transmissions

4 interfaces for POTS/VDSL2 simultaneous transmissions
interface LEDs
Figure 7-31 Modular ONT enclosure (internal view)
DAT_EQMT
POTS
DAT 4
Internal cover
(protects the
power, alarm, and
fiber optic
connections)
J8
DAT 3
DAT 2
DAT 1
OUTPUT
SU 3
+ 48V
DAT_EQMT
+ 48V
RTN
- 48V
RTN
POTS
INPUT
- 48V
DAT 4
J8
DAT 3
LINK
ACT
SWRD INTF
DAT 2
POWER
BATTERY
FAIL
SU 2
VIDEO
DAT 1
RECEIVER
DATA
Tamper-resistant
screws
Video
CRAFT
NETWORK
MGMT
INTF
POTS
DAT_EQMT
POTS
NO
RPLC
ON
BATTERY ALARMS
LOW
ENVIRONMENTAL ALARMS
EPC
JUMPER
ALARM
GND
1 GND
1
DAT 4
2 GND
J8
2
3 GND
DAT 3
NOT USED
DAT 2
SERIAL
SU 1
DAT 1
SU3 POTS
CABLE ASSY
SU2 POTS
CABLE ASSY
SU1 POTS
CABLE ASSY
18361
Within the enclosure assembly, the modular ONT motherboard provides power and
traffic management, and accommodates optical, power, and common circuitry for
the S-840V-As; see Figure 7-32.

7-39

Figure 7-32 S-840V-A
DAT_EQMT
POTS
DAT 4
6.75 in.
J8
DAT 3
DAT 2
DAT 1
11.10 in.
1.50 in.
2.86 in.
18362
The S-840V-A uses a 24-position female telephony CHAMP connector interface to

provide phone and data services to the customer. A cable is connected to the
connector on the S-840V-A to bring POTS signals to a standard screw or IDC
terminal block. The block provides electrical connectivity at the network
demarcation point between operator and subscriber.
The modular ONT provides connection capacity as follows:
4 residences supported per S-840V-A, 12 residences per modular ONT maximum

8 POTS interfaces per S-840V-A, 24 POTS lines per modular ONT maximum
4 VDSL2 interfaces per S-840V-A, 12 VDSL2 lines per modular ONT maximum
up to three S-840V-As in each modular ONT
Note The number of ONTs per PON is limited by bandwidth per
ONT and the mixture of ONT types (for example, outdoor ONT,
modular ONT).
7.9
Business and SOHO ONT connections and components

Business and SOHO ONTs, other than the B-0404-A business ONT, are externally
hardened for outdoor deployment. A tamper-resistant screw on the outer cover
prevents unauthorized entry in to the unit. Two inner covers also have
tamper-resistant screws: one protecting the fiber connector area, and another
covering the power terminals and local craft port inside the unit. There is an
unobstructed view of status LEDs, and access to the POTS, Ethernet, RF video, and
DS1 or E1 connections are possible without opening either the fiber or power
protection covers.
7-40

Figure 7-33 show a closed business or SOHO ONT.

Figure 7-33 Closed SOHO or business ONT
18852
Figure 7-34 shows a SOHO or business ONT with the inner covers protecting the
fiber, and the power and alarm connections.

7-41

Figure 7-34 Soho or business ONT showing inner covers
Tamper-resistant
bolt
Power connector
cover
INPUT RATING: DC
45V 55V
1.0A
1
2
PWR
Tested to Comply
with FCC Standards
LINE
1
BTRY
LINE
2
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Optical
connector
area cover
FAIL
COMMUNICATION SERVICE EQUIPMENT

US LISTED
27FY
Type 3R Enclosure - Rainproof
LINE
3
VIDEO
LINE
4
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
DATA
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil
numerique de la class A est conforme a la norme NMB-003 du Canada
NTWK
LINE
5
CAUTION
This Assembly Contains Electrostatic Sensitive Devices
MGMT
INTF
WARNING
LINE
6
LINE
7
POTS
TELCO ACCESS
LINE
8
MODE
TR
LINK
ETHERNET
TR
Tamper-resistant
bolt
TR
TR
EQPT SF
2
SF
VIDEO
EQPT
DS1
THIS DEVICE IS INTEDED TO BE
ATTACHED TO A RECEIVER THAT IS
NOT USED TO RECEIVE OVER-THE0AIR
BROADCAST SIGNALS. CONNECTION OF
THIS DEVICE IN ANY OTHER FASHION
MAY CAUSE HARMFUL INTERFERENCE
TO RADIO COMMUNICATION AND IS
IN VIOLATION OF THE FCC RULES,
PART 15.
DS2
18961
The following sections describe business ONT and SOHO outdoor ONT
connections.
B-0404-A connections
Figure 7-35 shows the B-0404-A business ONT connections.
7-42


Figure 7-35 B-0404-A business ONT connections
LINE 1
LINE 2
LINE 3
LINE 4
E1/T1
(RJ-48C)
Ethernet ports
(RJ-45)
PON
Fiber optic
port
UPS
Power
connection
19868
Table 7-24 describes the business ONT physical connections.

Table 7-24 B-0404-A business ONT connections
Connection
Function
E1/T1 connections
There are up to four E1/T1 ports supporting structured, unstructured, and

fractional E1/T1 through RJ-48C connectors.
Ethernet
connections
There are up to four Ethernet port supporting 10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet

connection through Ethernet RJ-45 connectors.
(1)
PON optical
connection

Power connection
A terminal is provided to connect an external 12 V dc UPS to the ONT.
Note
(1)
Full-duplex operation and auto-negotiation or manual setting by operator of Ethernet interface

line rate is also supported.
B-8112-A and B-8102-A connections

Figure 7-36 shows the B-8112-A business ONT physical connections. The
B-8102-A has exactly the same layout and connectors, except that the RF video port
is not available.

7-43

Figure 7-36 Connectors on a B-8211-A
Craft port
Power and alarm

connector
INPUT RATING: DC
45V 55V
1.0A
CRAFT
1
BLK
PWR
LINE
1
BTRY
LINE
2
FAIL
LINE
3
VIDEO
LINE
4
DATA
LINE
5
NTWK
Fiber storage
tray
MGMT
INTF
LINE
6
LINE
7
POTS
TELCO ACCESS
POTS ports
(RJ-11)
LINE
8
MODE
TR
LINK
ETHERNET
TR
SC/APC fiber
connector
POTS screw
type block
TR
Ethernet port
(RJ-45)
TR
EQPT SF
2
SF
VIDEO
EQPT
DS1
PART 15.
DS2
(Optional)
Class 1 power and
fiber conduit box
F-type
coaxial
DS1/E1 port 1
(RJ-48C)
DS1/E1 port 2
(RJ-48C)
GND
18885
Table 7-25 describes the business ONT physical connections.

Table 7-25 B-8102-A and B-8112-A business ONT connections
Connection
Craft port
(1)
Function
This connection is used for the management of the business ONT unit.
Data, IP video, and

VoIP connection
This connection is provided through the Ethernet RJ-45 connector or the IDC
type connector for connection to 4-pair Ethernet lines. One Ethernet
connection is supported, which can carry data, VoIP, and overlaid IP video
services.
DS1/E1 connection
The RJ-48C DS1/E1 connection support structured, unstructured, and

fractional DS1/E1.
PON optical
connection
This connection is provided through an SC/APC connector or an OptiTap/APC

connector for the physical interface to the PON.
POTS connection
This connection is provided through RJ-11 ports and either screw-down

terminals or IDC connectors, depending upon the model.
(1 of 2)
7-44

Connection
Function
Power and alarm

connections
Terminals are provided to connect an external 48 V dc UPS to the business

ONT with support for battery alarm connections.
RF video
connection
This connection is provided through the F-type connector for CATV service.
Each business ONT supports one RF video connection. Standard 75 coaxial
cable can be used, including: RG59, RG6, or Series 7 coaxial cable.
(1)
(2 of 2)
Note
(1)
This interface is not supported on all ONT units. See the business ONT UDS and the SOHO outdoor
ONT UDS for details.
O-821G-D and O-820G-D connections

Figure 7-37 shows the O-821G-D small office home office (SOHO) outdoor ONT

7-45

Figure 7-37 Connectors on an O-821G-D SOHO outdoor ONT
Power and alarm
connector
Auxillary Power
Terminal Block
INPUT RATING: DC
45V 55V
1.0A
TR
TR
BLK
TR
PWR
LINE
1
TR
BTRY
LINE
2
FAIL
LINE
3
POTS IDC
connectors (1 to 4)
POTS ports
(RJ-11)
VIDEO
TR
LINE
4
TR
DATA
LINE
5
LINE
6
LINE
7
Ethernet 1
(RJ-45)
POTS
TELCO ACCESS
ONLY
LINE
8
MoCA
MODE
TR
LINK
ETHERNET
TR
OptiTap
fiber
connector
TR
LINK
MODE
TR
ETHERNET
Ethernet 2
(RJ-45)
TR
TR
VIDEO
TR
F-type
coaxial
Ethernet 1
IDC connector
TR

PART 15.
(Optional)
Class 1 power and
fiber conduit box
POTS IDC
connectors (5 to 8)
TR
MGMT
INTF
TR
NTWK
Ethernet 2
IDC connector
GND
18884
Figure 7-38 shows the O-820G-D small office home office (SOHO) outdoor ONT
7-46


Figure 7-38 Connectors on an O-820G-D SOHO outdoor ONT
Craft port
Power and alarm

connector
INPUT RATING: DC
45V 55V
1.0A
TR
CRAFT
TR
BLK
TR
PWR
LINE
1
TR
BTRY
POTS IDC
connectors (1-4)
LINE
2
FAIL
POTS ports (RJ-11)
LINE
3
VIDEO
TR
LINE
4
TR
DATA
LINE
5
LINE
6
LINE
7
POTS
LINE
8
TELCO ACCESS
MODE
TR
LINK
ETHERNET
TR
SC/APC fiber
connector
TR
LINK
MODE
TR
ETHERNET
POTS IDC
connectors (5-8)
TR
MGMT
INTF
TR
NTWK
Ethernet 1
(RJ-45)
Ethernet 1
IDC connectors
Ethernet 2
(RJ-45)
TR
TR

PART 15.
TR
VIDEO
Ethernet 2
IDC connectors
TR
GND
18957
Table 7-26 describes the SOHO ONT physical connections.

Table 7-26 SOHO ONT connections
Connection
Craft port
(1)
Function
Data, IP video, and

VoIP connection
services.
PON optical
connection

POTS connection

(1 of 2)

7-47
Connection
Function
Power and alarm

connections

RF video and MoCA

connection (1)
This connection is provided through the F-type connector for CATV, MoCA
data and IPTV services. Each business ONT supports one RF video connection.
Standard 75 coaxial cable can be used, including: RG59, RG6, or Series 7
coaxial cable.
(2 of 2)
Note
(1)
This interface is not supported on all ONT units. See the business ONT UDS and the SOHO outdoor
ONT UDS for details.
O-821M-E connections
Figure 7-39 shows the O-821M-E small office home office (SOHO) outdoor ONT
7-48


Figure 7-39 Connectors on an O-821M-E SOHO outdoor ONT
Power and alarm
connector
Auxillary Power
Terminal Block
INPUT RATING: DC
45V 55V
1.0A
TR
TR
BLK
TR
PWR
LINE
1
TR
BTRY
LINE
2
FAIL
LINE
3
POTS IDC
connectors (1 to 4)
POTS ports
(RJ-11)
VIDEO
TR
LINE
4
TR
DATA
LINE
5
LINE
6
LINE
7
Ethernet 1
(RJ-45)
POTS
TELCO ACCESS
ONLY
LINE
8
MoCA
MODE
TR
LINK
ETHERNET
TR
OptiTap
fiber
connector
TR
LINK
MODE
TR
ETHERNET
Ethernet 2
(RJ-45)
TR
TR
VIDEO
TR
F-type
coaxial
Ethernet 1
IDC connector
TR

PART 15.
(Optional)
Class 1 power and
fiber conduit box
POTS IDC
connectors (5 to 8)
TR
MGMT
INTF
TR
NTWK
Ethernet 2
IDC connector
GND
18884
Table 7-27 describes the O-821M-E ONT physical connections.

Table 7-27 O-821M-E SOHO ONT connections
Connection
Function
Craft port
Data, IP video, and

VoIP connection
services.
PON optical
connection

POTS connection

(1 of 2)

7-49
Connection
Function
Power and alarm

connections

Type F connector
MoCA connection
(2 of 2)
7.10
Cable storage compartments

The outdoor, SOHO, and business ONTs support cable storage compartments. The
following sections describe these compartments.
3EM 17661 AB compartment

Figure 7-40 shows the cable storage compartment.
Figure 7-40 Cable storage compartment (3EM 17661 AB)
ONT
mounting point
ONT
mounting point
Cable storage
compartment
mounting
hole
Cable storage
compartment
mounting
hole
ONT
locator pins
Cable storage
compartment
mounting
hole
Cable storage
compartment
mounting
hole
ONT
mounting point
ONT
mounting point
18220
7-50

3EM 17661 AC compartment

Figure 7-41 Cable storage compartment (3EM 17661 AC)
Current ONT
mounting point
Current ONT
mounting point
Older ONT
mounting point
Older ONT
mounting point
Cable storage
compartment
mounting
hole
Cable storage
compartment
mounting
hole
Cable storage
compartment
mounting
hole
Cable storage
compartment
mounting
hole
Older ONT
mounting point
Current and older

ONT mounting point
Older ONT
mounting point
19086
3EM 20293 AA compartment


7-51

Figure 7-42 Cable storage compartment (3EM 20293 AA)
Current ONT
mounting point
Cable storage compartment

mounting keyhole slot
current ON
mounting point
Older optional ONT

mounting point
Older optional ONT

mounting point
Cable storage
compartment
mounting hole
Cable storage
compartment
mounting hole
Older optional ONT

mounting point
Older optional ONT

mounting point
Current and older ONT mounting point

18811
Figure 7-43 shows the cable storage compartment with optional business or SOHO
ONT mounting bracket.
7-52


Figure 7-43 Cable storage compartment with storage box mounting bracket
#8-16 X 1/2 thread forming screw (4 places)
#1/4 -20 x 7/8 pan head screw

#1/4 flat washer (2 places)
Cable storage
compartment
(3EM 20293 AA)
Business or SoHo ONT
Class 1 storage box

mounting bracket
(3EM 20425 AB) or
regular storage box
(3EM 20425 AA)
19042
7.11
Location options
ONTs are temperature hardened and can be installed either inside or outside the
residence or building. See Environmental considerations for rack installed ONTs in
chapter 10 for further installation instructions for the LP MDU outdoor ONT.
The LP MDU has multiple location options:
can be horizontally installed in a 19 in. (48.26 cm) or 23 in. (58.42 cm) rack
can be installed in a communication closet, a building terminal room, or a
minimum point of entry facility
can be installed in an enclosure for outdoor installations; different enclosure types

offer different connection options, including SWRD, IDC, punchdown blocks, or
screw terminals.
The indoor ONT is not temperature-hardened and must be installed inside a single
residence.

7-53
Temperature hardened ONTs can be installed in a closet, a terminal room, or outside

the building on a wall or a pole. Alcatel-Lucent recommends using mounting
hardware that is in compliance with GR-950 corrosion requirements.
Ensure that when pole mounting an ONT:
any threaded, carbon steel hardware used should be zinc-plated per ASTM A
153[9]
any threaded, corrosion resistant (stainless) steel pad or pole mounting hardware
used should be passivated to remove surface impurities
For information about UPS installation requirements, refer to the manufacturers
documentation.
7-54

UPS LEDs
8.1 Overview
8-2
8.2 UPS LEDs
8-3

8-1
8 UPS LEDs
8.1
Overview
This chapter provides information about the LEDs found on the UPSs described in
this book.
The UPSs used with the ONTs provide a variety of status LEDs. Table 8-1 and
Table 8-2 lists the figures and tables that provide information for the LEDs.
Table 8-1 Figure list for LEDs
Figures
Go to
UPSs
APC UPS LED icons for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business ONT
Figure 8-1
FlexNet UPS icons for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only
Figure 8-2
Delta DMDU-4850R LEDs and user control button
Figure 8-3
Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and icons
Figure 8-4
Delta DUPS-1215 LEDs
Figure 8-5
Delta DUPS-1232V LEDs and user control button
Figure 8-6
CyberPower BBPSU LEDs and user control button
Figure 8-7
CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs
Figure 8-8
CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS LEDs and user control buttons
Figure 8-9
PowerShield CP50B48 UPS icons and meanings
Figure 8-10
Table 8-2 Table list for LEDs

Tables
Go to
UPSs
APC UPS LEDs for indoor, Version D SOHO outdoor, business, and modular ONTs
Table 8-3
APC UPS LEDs for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business ONT
Table 8-4
FlexNet UPS LEDs for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only
Table 8-5
Delta DMDU-4850R UPS status LED indicators
Table 8-6
Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and audible alarms
Table 8-7
Delta DUPS-1215 UPS status LED indicators
Table 8-8
Delta DUPS-1232A UPS status LEDs
Table 8-9
Delta DUPS-1232V UPS status LED indicators
Table 8-10
CyberPower BBPSU status LED indicators
Table 8-11
CyberShield CS 24 UPS LEDs for indoor and outdoor ONTs
Table 8-12
CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs for ONTS
Table 8-13
CyberShield CS 50 UPS LEDs for ONTs
Table 8-14
(1 of 2)
8-2

8 UPS LEDs
Tables
Go to
CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS status LED indicators
Table 8-15
PowerShield CP50B48 UPS LEDs
Table 8-16
(2 of 2)
8.2
UPS LEDs
The ONTs use a variety of UPS equipment, so LED status indicators vary depending
on the type of UPS equipment deployed.
This section describes LEDs for UPS equipment.
Table 8-3 APC UPS LEDs for indoor, Version D SOHO outdoor, business, and modular ONTs
Name
Indicator
Color
Description
Green
Operating on ac power
Green
flashing
High-charge mode
Yellow
Operating on battery
DC output on
Green
DC output is present
Battery bad
Red
Battery is missing or needs replacement
AC present
Figure 8-1 APC UPS LED icons for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business ONT
Table 8-4 APC UPS LEDs for Versions A, B, and C outdoor ONTs and business ONT
LED name
Status
Bad battery (3)
Operating on ac
power
Operating on
battery power
Low battery
shutdown (1)
Overload
condition
AC Present
Green
Yellow
Off
Green
Green or yellow
DC Output
Green
Green
Off
Off
Green
Battery Bad
Off
Off
Off
Off
Red
(2)
Notes
(1)
Occurs when operating on battery for an extended period.

8-3
8 UPS LEDs
(2)
(3)
If the UPS shuts down due to overload, it automatically restarts after 6 s.

Replace battery. If the outdoor ONT power cable with beeper assembly is installed, an audible alarm sounds.
Figure 8-2 FlexNet UPS icons for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only
Normal
operation
Backup battery
is in use
Replace
battery
18919
Table 8-5 FlexNet UPS LEDs for Version D SOHO outdoor ONTs only
Name
Color
Description
System
Green
Normal mode of operation
Battery
Yellow
Power supply is operating from the battery pack
Replace battery
Red
DC output present
Figure 8-3 Delta DMDU-4850R LEDs and user control button
SYSTEM
STATUS
SYSTEM
STATUS
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
BATTERY
POWER
AUXILIARY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY
USE
AUXILIARY
POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY
USE
19885
8-4

8 UPS LEDs
Table 8-6 Delta DMDU-4850R UPS status LED indicators
LED name
LED color and status
SYSTEM STATUS
Green solid System ON and is either idle or

discharging
BATTERY POWER
Off Battery charging

Green solid Backup mode
Green flashing Low battery
REPLACE BATTERY
Red solid Battery failed self-test
AUXILIARY POWER
Green solid Auxiliary source connected
Figure 8-4 Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and icons
SYSTEM
STATUS
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
AUXILIARY
POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
OK
BATTERY
EMERGENCY
USE
19040
Table 8-7 Delta OPSU/BBU LEDs and audible alarms

Name
Color
Description
Audible alarm
SYSTEM
STATUS
Green
BBU operating on dc power from the OSPU
(1 of 2)

8-5
8 UPS LEDs
Name
Color
Description
Audible alarm
BATTERY
POWER
Green
Battery is discharging with dc output to

the ONT present.
The BBU beeps

once during
switch over to
battery backup.
May indicate the BBU is in maintenance

mode.
Flashing green
40% of the battery capacity remains
The BBU beeps

four times every
minute.
Off
Battery charging
REPLACE
BATTERY
Red
Battery missing or failed self test and

needs replacement
The BBU beeps

once every fifteen
minutes.
AUXILIARY
POWER
Green
Auxiliary power source is connected
(2 of 2)
Figure 8-5 Delta DUPS-1215 LEDs
20170
Table 8-8 Delta DUPS-1215 UPS status LED indicators

LED name
AC Power
Green solid ac normal
Backup Battery/Low Battery
Green solid On battery mode

Replace Battery/Missing
Battery
Red solid Battery failed self-test (failed

battery)
Red solid Open circuit (no battery)
8-6

8 UPS LEDs
Table 8-9 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS status LEDs
LED name
AC Power
Green solid OK
Green flashing Fail
Low Battery

Replace Battery
Missing Battery
Green solid Open circuit
Figure 8-6 Delta DUPS-1232V LEDs and user control button
SYSTEM
STATUS
SYSTEM
STATUS
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
AUXILIARY
POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE
BATTERY REPLACE AUXILIARY

POWER BATTERY POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE
20247
Table 8-10 Delta DUPS-1232V UPS status LED indicators

LED name
PWR (AC mode)
Green solid Normal operation
BAT (Battery backup mode/Low

battery)
REP BAT (Replace

battery/battery missing)
Red solid Battery not connected or requires

replacement
AUX (Auxiliary power)
Green solid auxiliary power is use
Green flashing Battery charge below 45%

8-7
8 UPS LEDs
Figure 8-7 CyberPower BBPSU LEDs and user control button
Alarm Silence
System Status
Alarm
Silence
System Status
Battery Power
Replace Battery
Missing Battery
Battery Power
Replace Battery
Missing Battery
20090
Table 8-11 CyberPower BBPSU status LED indicators

LED name
System status
Green normal mode of operation
Battery power
Green battery is supplying power
Replace Battery
Red battery power is running out
Missing Battery
Red external power source with adequate

voltage (12V dc) is connected to unit
Table 8-12 CyberShield CS 24 UPS LEDs for indoor and outdoor ONTs
Name
Color
Description
Green
Green
flashing
High-charge mode
Yellow
OUTPUT
Green
BATTERY
Red
AC
8-8
Indicator

8 UPS LEDs
Figure 8-8 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs
Alarm Silence
Alarm
Silence
Battery emergency use
Battery
Emergency Use
Auxiliary
Power Source
Replace Battery
Auxiliary power source

Replace battery
Battery Power
Battery power
System Status
Power
OK
Protected
Power OK
System status
Protected
LED
19143
Table 8-13 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU LEDs for ONTS

Name
Color
Description
Power OK
Green
Normal operation
Protected
Green
Protected from surge voltage
Auxiliary Power Source
Green
Replace Battery
Red
Battery missing or failed self test and needs

replacement
Battery Power
Green
On Battery
Flashing green
Low capacity
Green
Normal operation
PSU LED
BBU LEDs
System Status
Table 8-14 CyberShield CS 50 UPS LEDs for ONTs

Name
Color
Description
Green
Yellow
OUTPUT
Green
BATTERY
Red
AC
Indicator

8-9
8 UPS LEDs
Figure 8-9 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS LEDs and user control buttons
SYSTEM
STATUS
AUXILIARY
POWER
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE
SYSTEM AUXILIARY BATTERY REPLACE

STATUS
POWER
POWER BATTERY
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE
20258
Table 8-15 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS status LED indicators

LED name and description
Front of unit
PWR (System status)
AUX (Auxiliary power source)
Green solid External power source with

adequate voltage (12 V dc) is connected to the
unit
BAT (Battery power/Low

battery)
Green solid Battery is supplying power to the

unit
Green flashing Battery charge at 45% capacity
REP BAT (Replace battery)
Red solid Battery not connected, requires

replacement, or is currently being replaced
Back of unit (not depicted in Figure 8-9)

Wiring fault detection
Green solid No wiring fault detected
Figure 8-10 PowerShield CP50B48 UPS icons and meanings
8-10

8 UPS LEDs
Table 8-16 PowerShield CP50B48 UPS LEDs
Name
Color
Description
AC Present
Green
Green Flashing
High-charge mode
Yellow
DC Output On
Green
DC output present
Battery Bad
Red
Battery missing or needs replacement

8-11
8 UPS LEDs
8-12

ONT LEDs
9.1 Overview
9-2
9.2 Outdoor ONT LEDs
9-4
9.3 Indoor (I-series) ONT LEDs
9-12
9.4 Modular ONT and service unit LEDs

9.5 Business ONT and SOHO ONT LEDs

9-24
9-26
9-1
9 ONT LEDs
9.1
Overview
This chapter provides information about the LEDs found on the ONTS described in
this book.
The ONTs and related equipment provide a variety of status LEDs. Table 9-1 and
Table 9-2 describe the figures and tables that provide information for the LEDs.
Table 9-1 Figure list
Figures
Go to
Outdoor, LP MDU, and MDU ONTs

Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-421E-B, O-420E-B, O-210E-B, and O-211E-B)
Figure 9-1
LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs
Figure 9-2
O-00240V-A MDU ONT LEDs
Figure 9-3
Figure 9-4
Indoor ONTs
I-010G-A indoor ONT LEDs
Figure 9-5
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-221E-A and I-220E-A)
Figure 9-6
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G)
Figure 9-7
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-240G-A and I-241G-A)
Figure 9-8
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A)
Figure 9-9
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-K)
Figure 9-10
Modular ONTs
Modular ONT LEDs
Figure 9-11
Modular ONT service plug-in unit LEDs
Figure 9-12
Business and SOHO ONTs

Business ONT and SOHO LEDs (B-8102-A, B-8112-A, O-821G-D, O-820G-D, O-821M-E)
Figure 9-13
B-0404-A business ONT LEDs
Figure 9-14
Table 9-2 Table list

Tables
Go to
Outdoor, LP MDU, and MDU ONTs

Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, O-421E-B, O-211M-E, O-211M-G,
O-211M-H, and O-211M-R)
Table 9-3
Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter LED (O-211M-R)
Table 9-4
Gemtek dongle LEDs
Table 9-5
Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, and O-421E-B)
Table 9-6
Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-211M-E, O-211M-G, and O-211M-R)
Table 9-7
(1 of 2)
9-2

9 ONT LEDs
Tables
Go to
LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs
Table 9-8
SWRD LEDs
Table 9-9
LP MDU ONT RJ-45 LEDs
Table 9-10
Table 9-11
Table 9-12
Outdoor MDU ONT RJ-45 LEDs
Table 9-13
Indoor ONTs
I-010G-A indoor ONT LEDs
Table 9-14
I-010G-A indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs
Table 9-15
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-220A, and I-221-A)
Table 9-16
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H)
Table 9-17
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-C, I-211M-D, I-211M-E, I-211M-G, and I-211M-H)
Table 9-18
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-K)
Table 9-19
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-241G-A and I-240G-A)
Table 9-20
Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A)
Table 9-21
Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-221E-A, I-220E-A, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, I-211M-D, I-211M-E,
I-241G-A, I-240G-A, and I-040G-A)
Table 9-22
Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)
Table 9-23
Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-211M-C)
Table 9-24
Power supply LEDs and audible alarms (I-211M-D)
Table 9-25
User control buttons (I-211M-D)
Table 9-26
Modular ONTs and service units

Modular ONT LEDs
Table 9-27
Modular ONT service plug-in unit LEDs
Table 9-28

Business ONT and SOHO LEDs (B-8102-A, B-8112-A, O-821G-D, O-820G-D, O-821M-E)
Table 9-29
B-0404-A Business ONT LEDs
Table 9-30
Business and SOHO ONT RJ-45 LEDs
Table 9-31
(2 of 2)
SLID and LED behavior

If a currently provisioned SLID contains non-numeric digits, the ONT exits the SLID
output mode. If a currently provisioned SLID contains only numeric digits, the value
is displayed back to the installer using the POTS or Voice LED on the ONT or MDU.
Each SLID number is determined by counting the number of times that the LED
flashes.

9-3
9 ONT LEDs
If a currently provisioned SLID contains non-numeric digits, the ONT exits the SLID
output mode. If a currently provisioned SLID contains only numeric digits, the value
is displayed back to the installer using the POTS LED on the ONT. Each SLID
number is determined by counting the number of times that the POTS LED on the
ONT flashes as follows:
If the SLID is in decimal format:

For the numbers 1 to 9, the flash pattern is 0.5 second of green light followed by 1
second of no light, repeated the number of times necessary to correspond to the

number.
For the number 0, the flash pattern is 0.5 second of green light followed by 1 second
of no light repeated 10 times.
There is a three second interval between digits.
If the SLID is in hexadecimal format:

For the numbers 1 to 9, the flash pattern is 0.5 second of green light followed by 0.5
second of no light, repeated the number of times necessary to correspond to the

number.
For the number 0, the flash pattern is 0.5 second of green light followed by 0.5
second of no light repeated 10 times.
There is a three second interval between digits.
Note 1 The SLID number displays more slowly in decimal format
than in hexadecimal format.

Note 2 The SLID number can be verified at any time by connecting
a butt set to the first POTS port and dialing the # key.
9.2
Outdoor ONT LEDs

Figure 9-1 shows outdoor ONT LEDs (O-421E-B, O-420E-B, O-210E-B, and
O-211E-B).
9-4

9 ONT LEDs
Figure 9-1 Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-421E-B, O-420E-B, O-210E-B, and O-211E-B)
Craft port
CRAFT
EPC
RTN
AC FAIL
RPLC BATT
BATT MISS
LOW BATT
GRN
SLT
BRN
ORN
BLU
LINK
1
MODE
RJ-45 status LEDs
LINK
2
TEL
MODE
LINE
1
LINE
2
LINE
3
LINE
4
POTS
MGMT
NTWK
MGMT
VID
DATA
FAIL
PWR
BTRY
ONT status LEDs
18211
Figure 9-2 shows LP MDU LEDs.

9-5
9 ONT LEDs
Figure 9-2 LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs
POWER
BTRY
FAIL
VIDEO
DATA
NTWK
MGMT
POTS
DATA1
DATA2
LEDs
DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA6
DATA7
DATA8
DATA9
DATA10
DATA11
DATA12
18940
Figure 9-3 shows O-00240V-A MDU LEDs.
9-6

9 ONT LEDs
Figure 9-3 O-00240V-A MDU ONT LEDs
Ethernet port RJ-45
status LEDs
FAIL NTWK MGNT
CRAFT
ETHERNET
PWR
BAT
DATA
VDSL
ONT status LEDs

19657
Figure 9-4 shows O-0881V-A MDU ONT LEDs.
MGMT
NTWK
DATA
VIDEO
FAIL
POWER
Figure 9-4 O-0881V-A MDU ONT LEDs
LEDs
Fiber storage ear
ETHERNET
CRAFT
ETHERNET
SC/APC
connector
Ethernet ports
SAVE
DATA
CRAFT
4
ETHERNET
Craft port
3
F-type coaxial
connector
VDSL
Fiber storage ear
POTS
MISC ALM 2
MISC ALM 1
Energy Hazard
VDSL2 connector
POTS connectors
Alarm connectors
Strain relief
Cable entry fittings

REMOVE NUT TO OPEN
AC power cord
REMOVE NUT TO OPEN
REMOVE NUT TO OPEN
Cable exit holes with plugs

20001
Table 9-3 lists outdoor ONT LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, O-421E-B,
O-211M-E, O-211M-G, and O-211M-R).
9-7
9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-3 Outdoor ONT LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, O-421E-B, O-211M-E, O-211M-G, O-211M-H,
and O-211M-R)
Indicator
PWR
BTRY
FAIL
VID
(1)
DATA
NTWK
MGMT INT
MOCA
(3)
LED color and behavior
LED behavior description
Off
Not powered
Green solid
Power is available
Off
Battery failed or battery low or battery missing
Green solid
Battery good, charged, and there is no battery alarm
Off
Equipment 100% operational
Red solid
Equipment failure or not ranged, synchronized (no 1490 nm link)
Off
Video signal above acceptable level or not provisioned
Red solid
Service provisioned and optical video signal below acceptable level
Off
No link or data not provisioned
Green solid
Link active (Ethernet or MoCA)
Off
1490 nm data path is unavailable
Green solid
1490 nm data path is available
Off
No communication between OLT/ONT
Green solid
Full communication between OLT/ONT
Green flashing
ONT disabled
Off
Not provisioned or no MOCA link to device
Green flashing
Activity (approximately 1 s on, 1 s off)
When device is disconnected from the PON

POTS
(2)
Off
No SLID activity and all phones on-hook.
Green flashing periodic
When the device is disconnected from the PON, green periodic flashing
indicates SLID input mode. Green patterned flashing indicates the
provisioned SLID value in SLID output mode.
Green flashing patterned

When device is connected to the PON
POTS
Off
All phones are on-hook, POTS is not provisioned, or no phones connected.
Green solid
The LED is green when any customer is off-hook.
Notes
(1)
The VID LED is only functional for RF video-equipped ONTs.
(2)
See the SLID configuration information in SLID and LED behavior in this section for a description of SLID output mode LEDs.
(3)
The MOCA LED is only functional for MOCA equipped ONTs.
Table 9-4 lists O-211M-R Alloptic LEDs.

Table 9-4 Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter LED (O-211M-R)
Indicator
POWER
LED color and

behavior
Off
Not powered
Green solid
Power is available
Table 9-5 lists Gemtek dongle LEDs.

9-8

9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-5 Gemtek dongle LEDs
Indicator
PWR
LAN, LINK ACT
HPNA, LINK ACT
Off
Power failure or disconnect
Green solid
Power is available
Off
None of the data ports is connected
Green solid
Either of the data In/Out device/port is connected
Green flashing
Either of the data In/Out device/port is active and passing traffic.

Faster flashes indicate faster traffic rates.
Off
No HPNA compliant device is connected
Green solid or slow flashing
HPNA compliant device is connected
Green fast flashing
HPNA compliant device is connected and passing traffic
Table 9-6 lists outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs for the O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B,
and O-421E-B ONTs.
Table 9-6 Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-210E-B, O-211E-B, O-420E-B, and O-421E-B)
Indicator
LINK
MODE
(1)
LED color and

behavior
Off
Not detected
Green solid
Link active
Off
10 Mb/s operation
Yellow solid
100 Mb/s operation
Note
(1)
The RJ-45 connectors on the O-421E-B and O-211E-B outdoor ONTs can be used to power the Gemtek dongle which has 3
LEDs. For more information on these LEDs, see the manufacturer specifications.
Table 9-7 lists outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs for the O-211M-E, O-211M-G, and
O-211M-R ONTs.
Table 9-7 Outdoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (O-211M-E, O-211M-G, and O-211M-R)
Indicator
LINK
MODE
LED color and

behavior
Off
Not detected
Green solid
Link active
Green flashing
Data activity
Off
Ethernet not provisioned or operating at 10 Mb/s
Green solid
100 Mb/s
Green flashing
1000 Mb/s operation (flashing 1 s on, 1 s off)
Table 9-8 lists LP MDU LEDs.

9-9
9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-8 LP MDU outdoor ONT LEDs
LED name
LED is off
LED is green
LED is red
POWER
Not powered
Power is available
BTRY
Battery power is low, battery

is missing, or battery failed
Battery good and charged
FAIL

and ranged/synchronized
Equipment failed or no 1490 nm

link
VIDEO
Video signal above acceptable

level or not provisioned
Video signal (optical video

power) below acceptable level
DATA
Not provisioned or no data
At least one data link is active

(aggregate) (Ethernet or MoCA)
NTWK
1490 nm data path is

unavailable/non-operational

available/operational
MGMT
No communication, ranging,
synchronization between
P-OLT and MDU
Full communication, ranging,

P-OLT/ONT
Green flashing indicates ONT

disabled
POTS
Connected to PON:
Connected to PON:
All customer phones are

on-hook, POTS is not
provisioned, or there are no
phones connected
One or more customer phones are

off-hook (aggregate)
Not connected to PON:
No SLID activity and all phones

on-hook.
When the device is disconnected

from the PON, green periodic
flashing indicates SLID input mode.
Green patterned flashing indicates
the provisioned SLID value in SLID
output mode.
VDSL link not active (VDSL LP

MDU ONT)
VDSL link active (VDSL LP MDU

ONT)
Ethernet link not active (GE

LP MDU ONT)
A solid green light indicates the

respective Ethernet link is active
(GE LP MDU ONT)
DATA1 through
DATA12
A flashing green indicates either

receiving or transmitting activity
on the respective Ethernet link (GE
LP MDU ONT)
LEDs are provided as status indicators on the SWRD. The status indicators (with
factory default color settings) are described in Table 9-9.
Table 9-9 SWRD LEDs
LED name
Off
Green
LAN
No data connection to the home network
Data connection to the home network
ONT + PWR
No data connection to the LP MDU
Data connection to the LP MDU
PWR
SWRD not powered
SWRD powered
Table 9-10 provides the LEDs on the RJ-45 Ethernet connector which is unused.
9-10

9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-10 LP MDU ONT RJ-45 LEDs
LED name
Off
Green
Red
LINK
Link down/inactive
Ethernet link up/active (data in

either direction)
ACT
No activity on Ethernet link
Activity on Ethernet link
Table 9-11 provides descriptions of the various LEDs on the O-00240V-A MDU
ONT.
Table 9-11 O-00240V-A MDU ONT LEDs
LED name
White solid
Green solid
Equipment 100% operational and ranged/synchronized
Amber solid
Red solid
Equipment failed or not ranged/synchronized
White solid
1490 nm data path is unavailable/non-operational
Green solid
1490 nm data path is available/operational
Amber solid
Red solid
Top row
FAIL
NTWK
MGMT INT
White solid
No communication, ranging, synchronization between P-OLT/ONT
Green solid
Full communication, ranging, synchronization between P-OLT/ONT
Green flashing
ONT disabled
Amber solid
Red solid
Bottom row
PWR
BAT
DATA
White solid
Not powered
Green solid
Power is available
Amber solid
Red solid
White solid
Battery alarm or battery not provisioned
Green solid
Amber solid
Red solid
White solid
No Link or data not provisioned
Green solid
At least one data link is active (aggregate)
Amber solid
Red solid
Table 9-12 provides descriptions of the various LEDs on the O-0881V-A MDU
ONT.

9-11
9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-12 O-0881V-A MDU ONT LEDs
LED name
PWR
FAIL
VIDEO
DATA
NTWK
MGMT INT
White solid
Not powered
Green solid
Power is available
Amber solid
Red solid
White solid
Green solid
Amber solid
Red solid
Equipment failed or not ranged/synchronized
White solid
Green solid
Amber solid
Red solid
Video signal below acceptable level
White solid
No Link or data not provisioned
Green solid
At least one data link is active (aggregate)
Amber solid
Red solid
White solid
1490 nm data path is unavailable/non-operational
Green solid
1490 nm data path is available/operational
Amber solid
Red solid
White solid
No communication, ranging, synchronization between P-OLT/ONT
Green solid
Full communication, ranging, synchronization between P-OLT/ONT
Green flashing
ONT disabled
Amber solid
Red solid
Table 9-13 provides descriptions of the LEDs on the RJ-45 connectors for all the
outdoor MDU ONTs.
Table 9-13 Outdoor MDU ONT RJ-45 LEDs
LED name
Off
Green
Red
LINK
Link down/inactive
Ethernet link up/active (data in

either direction)
ACT
9.3
Indoor (I-series) ONT LEDs

Five status LEDs are provided with the I-010G-A indoor ONT; see Figure 9-5.
9-12

9 ONT LEDs
Figure 9-5 I-010G-A indoor ONT LEDs
Alarm
Update
LAN
Optical
Power
19835
Figure 9-6 shows the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-221E-A and I-220E-A.

9-13
9 ONT LEDs
Figure 9-6 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-221E-A and I-220E-A)
No1007
Figure 9-7 shows the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and
I-020G-G.
Figure 9-7 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G)
EQPT
Data 2
MGMT
PON
EQPT
Data 1
Data 2
Data 1
PON
MGMT
18794
Figure 9-8 shows the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-221E-A and I-220E-A.
9-14

9 ONT LEDs
PWR
FAIL
Video
DATA1 DATA2
DATA3 DATA4
VOICE
MGMT
NTWK
DATA4
DATA3
DATA2
DATA1
VIDEO
FAIL
PWR
Figure 9-8 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-240G-A and I-241G-A)
NTWK MGMT VOICE

19398
Figure 9-9 shows the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-040G-A.
PWR
FAIL
DATA1 DATA2
DATA3 DATA4
VOICE
MGMT
NTWK
DATA4
DATA3
DATA2
DATA1
VIDEO
FAIL
PWR
Figure 9-9 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A)
NTWK MGMT
19678
Figure 9-10 shows the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-211M-K.

9-15
9 ONT LEDs
MOCA
POTS
MGMT
NTWK
MOCA
POTS
MGMT
NTWK
DATA
DATA
VID
FAIL
BAT
VID
FAIL
BAT
PWR
PWR
Figure 9-10 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-K)
20362
Table 9-14 lists the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-010G-A.
Table 9-14 I-010G-A indoor ONT LEDs
Indicator
LED color and

behavior
Power
Red
Power supply is detected
Green
Power is being used
Green flashing
ONT is booting
Off
Power is unavailable
Red
ONT initial ranging
Green
ONT initial ranging is complete
Green flashing
ONT management control interface (OMCI) traffic exchange between

OLT and ONT
Off
No Ethernet connectivity
Green
Ethernet connectivity but no activity
Green flashing
Activity is detected from the Ethernet interface
Red
ONT software download failed
Green
ONT software download complete
Green flashing
ONT software downloads starting
Off
No software update
Optical
LAN
Update
Alarm
Red
ONT hardware has failed
Red flashing
Activated software is not operational
Off
No alarms detected at the ONT
Two status LEDs are provided on the RJ-45 connector; see Table 9-15. The left LED
indicates mode status, the right LED link status.
9-16

9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-15 I-010G-A indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs
Indicator
LED color and

behavior
LINK
Off
Link not detected
Green
Link detected
Green flashing
LInk detected and activity present
Off
10 Mb/s operation
Green
100 Mb/s operation
Green flashing
1000 Mb/s operation
MODE
Table 9-16 lists the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-221E-A and I-220E-A.
Table 9-16 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-220A, and I-221-A)
Indicator
EQPT
PON
MGMT
Data x
IP_TV
RF_TV
Off
Not powered
Green solid
Power available and battery is good
Green flashing
Booting
Red solid
ONT equipment failure
Amber solid
Battery alarm
Off
Not powered
Green solid
PON is in service, ranged, and communicating to the ONT
Green flashing
Ranging
Red solid
Loss of physical layer, startup failure, or link mismatch
Red flashing
ONT disabled
Amber solid
BIP errors detected
Off
Not established
Green solid
OMCI established
Red solid
ONT alarms present
Amber solid
EMEA alarm present
Green flashing
ONT disabled
Off
Not provisioned
Green solid
Service provisioned
Green flashing
ONT Tx/Rx WAN (PON)
Red solid
ONT blocked and waiting for 802.1x authentication
Off
Not provisioned
Green solid
Joined at least 1 stream
Green flashing
Receiving multicast IP video streams
Off
Not provisioned
Green solid
Provisioned and operating normally
Red solid
Provisioned but NOK (for example, low signal)
When device is disconnected from the PON and the Voice LED is configured using a country-specific XML file
(1 of 2)

9-17
9 ONT LEDs
Indicator
Voice
(1)
Off
No SLID activity
Red
VoIP alarm
1 s on, 1 s off indicates SLID input mode and service is not provisioned.
Green patterned flashing indicates the ONT is in SLID output mode and
service is not provisioned.
When device is disconnected from the PON and the Voice LED is not configured using a country-specific XML file
Voice
(1)
Off
No SLID activity. Service not provisioned.
Red
VoIP alarm
Green solid
No SLID activity. Service provisioned and registered, all lines on-hook
1 s on, 1 s off indicates SLID input mode or no SLID activity.
Green patterned flashing indicates the ONT is in SLID output mode and
service not provisioned.
When device is connected to the PON and the Voice LED is configured using a country-specific XML file
Voice
Red
VoIP alarm
Green solid
Phone is on-hook; registered and provisioned.
1 s on, 1 s off SIP provisioned and registered; phone off-hook or dialing
Off
Lines are on-hook, service not provisioned, or service is provisioned but

not yet registered with the voice softswitch.
When device is connected to the PON and the Voice LED is not configured using a country-specific XML file
Voice
1 s on, 1 s at least one phone is off-hook or dialing
Green solid
All lines on-hook; registered and provisioned
Red
VoIP alarm
(2 of 2)
Note
(1)
See SLID and LED behavior in this section for a description of SLID output mode LED behavior.
Table 9-17 lists the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and
I-020E-H ONTs.
Table 9-17 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H)
Indicator
EQPT
PON
MGMT
Off
Not powered
Green solid
3.3 V dc power is available
Off
Not ranged
Green solid
PON is in service, ranged, and communicating to the ONT
Red solid
Equipment failure or not ranged or synchronized
Off
OMCI not established, no communication between P-OLT and ONT
Green solid
OMCI established, full communication between P-OLT and ONT
(1 of 2)
9-18

9 ONT LEDs
Indicator
Data 1
Off
Ethernet 1 link failure
Green solid
Ethernet 1 link is good
Green flashing
Ethernet 1 link is in Tx/Rx activity
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
Ethernet 2 is in Tx/Rx activity
Data 2
(2 of 2)
Table 9-18 lists the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-211M-C, I-211M-D, I-211M-E,
I-211M-G, and I-211M-H ONTs.
Table 9-18 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-C, I-211M-D, I-211M-E, I-211M-G, and I-211M-H)
Indicator
PWR
BTRY
FAIL
VID
(1)
DATA
NTWK
MGMT
MOCA
(3)
Off
Not powered
Green solid
Power is available
Off
Battery low or battery missing
Green solid
Off
Red solid
Equipment failure or not ranged, synchronized
Off
Red solid
Off
Green solid
Off
Green solid

Off
Green solid
Green flashing
ONT disabled
Off
Not provisioned or no link
Green solid
Provisioned and registered
Green flashing
Data activity (1 s on, 1 s off)

POTS
(2)
Off
indicates SLID input mode. Green patterned flashing indicates the provisioned
SLID value in SLID output mode.

POTS
Off
Green solid
Notes
(1)
(2)
(3)

9-19
9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-19 lists the indoor ONT LEDs for I-211M-K ONTs.
Table 9-19 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-211M-K)
Indicator
PWR
BAT
FAIL
VID
(1)
DATA
NTWK
MGMT
Off
Not powered
Green solid
Power is available
Off
Battery low or battery missing
Green solid
Off
Red solid
Off
Red solid
Off
Green solid
Off
Green solid

Off
Green solid
Green flashing
ONT disabled

POTS
(2)
Off

POTS
MOCA
(3)
Off
Green solid
Off
Not provisioned or no link
Green solid
Provisioned and registered
Green flashing
Data activity (1 s on, 1 s off)
Notes
(1)
(2)
(3)
Table 9-20 lists the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-241G-A and I-240G-A ONTs.
9-20

9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-20 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-241G-A and I-240G-A)
Indicator
PWR
FAIL
RF TV(1)
DATA1
DATA2
DATA3
DATA4
NTWK
MGMT
Off
Not powered
Green solid
Off
Equipment is 100% operational
Red solid
Equipment failure or ONT not ranged / synchronized
Off
Video signal is not provisioned, or is above the acceptable level
Red solid
Video signal is provisioned and below acceptable level
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
Off
Green solid
Off
No communication between P-OLT and the ONT
Green solid
Full communication between P-OLT and the ONT
Green flashing
ONT is disabled

VOICE
(2)
Off
indicates SLID input mode. Green patterned flashing indicates the
provisioned SLID value in SLID output mode.

VOICE
Off
Green solid
Notes
(1)
The RF TV LED is only functional for RF video-equipped ONTs.
(2)
Table 9-21 lists the indoor ONT LEDs for the I-040G-A ONT.

9-21
9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-21 Indoor ONT LEDs (I-040G-A)
Indicator
PWR
FAIL
DATA1
DATA2
DATA3
DATA4
NTWK
MGMT
Off
Not powered
Green solid
Off
Red solid
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
Off
Green solid
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
ONT is disabled
Table 9-22 lists the indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs for the I-221-E, I-220E-A, I-020G-F,
I-020G-G, I-211M-D, I-211M-E, I-241G-A, I-240G-A, and I-040G-A ONTs.
Table 9-22 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-221E-A, I-220E-A, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, I-211M-D, I-211M-E, I-241G-A,
I-240G-A, and I-040G-A)
Indicator
LINK
(1)
MODE (1)
Off
Link not detected
Green solid
Link active
Green flashing
Link detected and activity present
Off
10 Mb/s operation
Green solid
100 Mb/s operation
Green flashing
1000 Mb/s operation
Note
(1)
LINK and MODE LEDs are reversed on the I-241G-A and I-240G-A
Table 9-23 lists the indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs for the I-020E-B and I-020E-H ONTs.
9-22

9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-23 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)
Indicator
ACTIVITY
Off
No Tx/Rx activity
Green flashing
Tx/Rx activity
Off
Half duplex
Green solid
Full duplex
Green flashing
Collision detected for half duplex
DUPLEX
Table 9-24 lists the indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs for the I-211M-C.
Table 9-24 Indoor ONT RJ-45 LEDs (I-211M-C)
Indicator
LINK
Off
Green solid
Link active
MODE
Off
Yellow solid
10 Mb/s operation
100 Mb/s operation
Table 9-25 lists the indoor ONT power supply LEDs and audible alarms for the
I-211M-D.
Table 9-25 Power supply LEDs and audible alarms (I-211M-D)
Name
LED color and

behavior
Audible alarm
SYSTEM
STATUS
Green solid
BATTERY
POWER
Green solid
Battery is discharging with dc output to the ONT

present.
The BBU beeps once during

switch over to battery backup.
May indicate the BBU is in maintenance mode.

Green flashing
The BBU beeps four times every

minute.
Off
Battery charging
REPLACE
BATTERY
Red solid
Battery missing or failed self test and needs

replacement
The BBU beeps once every

fifteen minutes.
AUXILIARY
POWER
Green solid
Table 9-26 lists the user control buttons for the I-211M-D.

9-23
9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-26 User control buttons (I-211M-D)
Name
Type
Description
ALARM SILENCE
Push button
Audible alarms are silenced for 24 hours.
BATTERY EMERGENCY USE
Push button
The remaining 20% battery power will be used.
(1) (2)
Notes
(1)
The battery backup operates automatically for 80% of the battery charge. The Battery Emergency Use button accesses
the remaining 20% of the battery.
(2)
This operating mode is reserved for emergency use only and will shorten the life of the backup battery if used excessively.
9.4
Modular ONT and service unit LEDs

Figure 9-11 shows the modular ONT LEDs. Up to three service units (S-840V-As)
can be installed in the M-300-A ONTs and have service unit-specific status LEDs.
Figure 9-11 Modular ONT LEDs
OUTPUT
+48V
+48V RTN
-48V RTN
-48V
INPUT
LINK
ACT
SWRD INTF
POWER
BATTERY
FAIL
VIDEO
LED Indicators
DATA
CRAFT
NETWORK
MGMT
INTF
POTS
EPC
JUMPER
LOW
BATTERY
NO
ALARMS RPLC
ON
ALARM GND
1 GND
1
ENVIRONMENTAL
2 GND
ALARMS
2
3 GND
3
NOT USED
18359
Figure 9-12 shows the modular ONT service unit LEDs
9-24

9 ONT LEDs
Figure 9-12 Modular ONT service plug-in unit LEDs
S-840V-A
status LEDs
DAT_EQMT
POTS
DAT 4
J8
DAT 3
DAT 2
DAT 1
18345
Table 9-27 lists the LED descriptions for modular ONTs

Table 9-27 Modular ONT LEDs
LED name
LED is off
LED is green
LED is red
Ethernet port LEDs (unused)

LINK
Link down/inactive
Ethernet link is up/active (data in

either direction
ACT
POWER
Not powered
Power is available
BATTERY
Battery alarm
FAIL

and ranged/synchronized
Equipment failed or not

ranged/synchronized
VIDEO
Video signal above acceptable

level or not provisioned
Video signal below acceptable

level
DATA
No link or data not

provisioned
At least one data link is active

(aggregate)
NETWORK

unavailable/non-operational

available/operational
Motherboard LEDs
(1 of 2)

9-25
9 ONT LEDs
LED name
LED is off
LED is green
LED is red
MGMT INTF
No communication, ranging,
OLT/ONT
Full communication, ranging,

synchronization between OLT/ONT
Connected to PON:
Connected to PON:
All customer phones are

on-hook, POTS is not
provisioned, or there are no
phones connected
One or more customer phones are

off-hook (aggregate)
POTS

No SLID activity and all phones
on-hook.
Green flashing indicates ONT

disabled

When the device is disconnected
from the PON, green periodic
flashing indicates SLID input mode.
Green patterned flashing indicates
the provisioned SLID value in SLID
output mode.
(2 of 2)
Table 9-28 lists the LED descriptions for modular ONT service unit LEDs
Table 9-28 Service plug-in unit LEDs
LED name
Description
LED is off
LED is red
LED is green
DAT_EQMT
Locally detected hardware

failure
Not alarmed
Alarm condition
exists
POTS
Any POTS line off-hook
No lines off-hook
DAT4
Data activity for each VDSL

port
No data activity
Indicates data activity on

VDSL line 4
DAT3

VDSL line 3
DAT2

VDSL line 2
DAT1

VDSL line 1
9.5
Business ONT and SOHO ONT LEDs

Figures 9-13 and 9-14 show the business and SOHO ONT LEDs.
9-26

9 ONT LEDs
Figure 9-13 Business ONT and SOHO LEDs (B-8102-A, B-8112-A, O-821G-D, O-820G-D,
O-821M-E)
CRAFT
1
BLK
PWR
LINE
1
BTRY
LINE
2
FAIL
LINE
3
VIDEO
ONT status LEDs
LINE
4
DATA
LINE
5
NTWK
MGMT
INTF
LINE
6
LINE
7
POTS
LINE
8
MODE
TR
LINK
ETHERNET
TR
Ethernet port 1 RJ-45 status LEDs
TR
TR
DS1/E1 port 1 RJ-48C status LEDs
EQPT
DS1
EQPT SF
DS1/E1 port 2 RJ-48C status LEDs
SF
2
DS2
18960

9-27
9 ONT LEDs
PWR BTRY
FAIL
DATA
T1
E1/
MT
MG
NTW
K
DAT
A
FAI
L
BTR
Y
PW
R
Figure 9-14 B-0404-A business ONT LEDs
NTWK MGMT
E1/T1
19999
Tables 9-29 and 9-30 provide business ONT and SOHO LED descriptions.
Table 9-29 Business ONT and SOHO LEDs (B-8102-A, B-8112-A, O-821G-D, O-820G-D, O-821M-E)
Indicator
PWR
Off
Green solid
Not powered
Power is available
BTRY
Off
Green solid
Battery alarm set or battery not provisioned

FAIL
Off
Red solid

Off
Red solid

DATA
Off
Green solid

Link active
NTWK
Off
Green solid

MGMT
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
No communication between the P-OLT and the ONT

The ONT is disabled
ONT status LEDs
VID
(1)
Ethernet port status LEDs

LINK
Off
Green solid
Flashing green
Not detected
Link detected
Link detected and activity is present
MODE
Off
Green solid
Green flashing
10 Mb/s operation
100 Mb/s operation
1000 Mb/s operation
DS1/E1 port status LEDs

SF
Off
Green solid
Yellow solid
Not provisioned
Link operational
Rx link or Rx facility problem ENV.397 (LOS, LOF, BER, etc.)
(1 of 2)
9-28

9 ONT LEDs
Indicator
EQPT
Off
Red solid
Not provisioned
TDM equipment problem ENV.374

POTS
(2)
Off

POTS
Off
Green solid
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1)
(2)
Table 9-30 B-0404-A Business ONT LEDs

Indicator
Color
Description
PWR
Off
Green
No 3 power available
Power is available
BTRY
Off
Red
Red flashing
Battery power is not being used

Battery power is being used
Battery power is low or battery is being replaced
FAIL
Off
Red

DATA
Off
Green
No link or data link not provisioned

Data link active
NTWK
Off
Green

MGMT
Off
Green
Green flashing

ONT is disabled
E1/T1
Off
Green
E1/T1 not provisioned

E1/T1 link operational
Two status LEDs are provided on the RJ-45 connectors on all business and SOHO
ONTs; see Table 9-31. The left LED indicates mode status, the right LED link status.

9-29
9 ONT LEDs
Table 9-31 Business and SOHO ONT RJ-45 LEDs
Indicator
LINK
MODE
9-30
Off
Not detected
Green solid
Link active
Green flashing
Data activity
Off
Ethernet not provisioned or operating at 10 Mb/s
Green solid
100 Mb/s
Green flashing
1000 Mb/s operation (flashing 1 s on, 1 s off)

10.1 Overview
10-2
10.2 Physical specifications
10-2
10.3 Environmental requirements
10-10
10.4 System and service capacity specifications

10.5 Ethernet interface specifications
10.6 POTS interface specifications
10-14
10-15
10-15
10.7 VDSL2 interface specifications

10.8 DS1/E1 interface specifications
10.9 RF video interface specifications
10-16
10-17
10-18
10.10 SWRD interface specifications
10-24
10.11 MoCA interface specifications
10-25
10.12 Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter interface

specifications
10-26
10.13 ONT optical budget
10-26
10.14 Power consumption
10-28

10-1
10.1
Overview
This chapter provides information about ONT technical specifications.
10.2
Physical specifications
This section provides information about ONT physical dimensions and
specifications.
LP MDU ONT
The physical specifications for the two types of LP MDU ONTs are given in the
following sections.
O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A LP MDU ONT
Table 10-1 lists the physical specifications of the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A LP
MDU ONT.
Table 10-1 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A LP MDU ONT physical specifications
Description
Specification
Height (no enclosure)
3.85 in. (9.78 cm)
Height (with enclosure)
22.29 in. (56.62 cm)
Width (no enclosure)
17.25 in. (43.82 cm)
Width (with enclosure)
18.93 in. (48.08 cm)
Depth (no enclosure)
12.0 in. (30.48 cm)
Depth (with enclosure)
7.85 in. (19.25 cm)
Weight (no enclosure)
24 lbs (10.89 kg)
Weight (with enclosure
45.5 lbs (20.64 kg)

POTS/VDSL2 termination cables: 1 lb each (0.45
kg each)
The distance and performance specifications supported by the O-24121V-A and

O-24120V-A MDU ONT unit are as follows.
distance supported between ONT and the subscriber equipment is 0.305 km

(1000 ft)
the ONT is optimized for indoor applications with a maximum loop length of
1000 m (3280.8 ft)
O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A LP MDU ONT
Table 10-2 lists the physical specifications of the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A LP
MDU ONT.
10-2


Table 10-2 O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A LP MDU outdoor ONT physical specifications
Description
Specification
Height (no enclosure)
3.85 in. (9.78 cm)
Height (with enclosure)
22.29 in. (56.62 cm)
Width (no enclosure)
17.25 in. (43.82 cm)
Width (with enclosure)
18.93 in. (48.08 cm)
Depth (no enclosure)
12.0 in. (30.48 cm)
Depth (with enclosure)
7.85 in. (19.25 cm)
Weight (no enclosure)
24 lbs (10.89 kg)
Weight (with enclosure
45.5 lbs (20.64 kg)

POTS/VDSL2 termination cables: 1 lb each (0.45
kg each)
The distance and performance specifications supported by the O-24121G-A and

O-24120G-A LP MDU ONT unit are as follows.
distance supported between ONT and the subscriber equipment is 0.305 km

(1000 ft)
the ONT is optimized with a maximum loop length of 100 m (328.1 ft)
LP MDU enclosure components
The physical specifications of the LP MDU enclosure units are as follows:
Mechanical enclosure variants:

wall mount bracket 17.5 in (44.45 cm) wide by 21.7 in (55.12 cm) tall
outdoor enclosure 18.93 in (48.09 cm) wide by 22.29 in (55.62 cm) tall by 7.58 in
(19.25 cm) deep
MDU outdoor ONT

The physical specifications for the O-00240V-A and O-0881V-A MDU ONTs are
given in the following sections.
O-00240V-A MDU ONT
Table 10-3 lists the physical specifications for the O-00240V-A MDU ONT.
Table 10-3 O-00240V-A MDU ONT physical specifications
Description
Specification
Height (excluding cabinet)
3.5 in. (8.9 cm)
Width (excluding cabinet)
17.2 in. (43.8 cm)
Depth (excluding cabinet)
9.84 in. (25 cm)
Weight (excluding cabinet and cables)
10 lbs (4.54 kg)

10-3
The distance and performance specifications supported by the O-00240V-A MDU

ONT unit are as follows.
the O-00240V-A MDU ONT is optimized for applications with a target loop
length of 1640 ft (500 m)
O-0881V-MDU ONT
Table 10-4 lists the physical specifications for the O-0881V-A MDU ONT.
Table 10-4 O-0881V-A MDU ONT physical specifications
Description
Specification
Height
16.0 in. (40.6 cm)
Width
12.0 in. (30.6 cm)
Depth
6.0 in. (15.3 cm)
Weight (excluding cabinet and cables)
17.6 lbs (8.0 kg)
The distance and performance specifications supported by the O-0881V-A MDU

ONT unit are as follows.
the O-0881V-A MDU ONT is optimized for applications with a target loop length
of 1 000 ft (304.8 m)
Outdoor ONT
Table 10-5 provides the physical specifications for all outdoor ONTs except SOHO
ONTs.
Table 10-5 Outdoor ONT physical specifications excluding SOHO
Dimension
Specification
Height
13.5 in. (34.29 cm)
Width
12.0 in. (30.48 cm)
Depth
(1)
Weight
4.3 in. (10.92 cm)
(2)
7 lb (3.18 kg)
Notes
(1)
Depth does not include the fiber storage tray.
(2)
Weight is within 0.5 lb (0.23 kg).
Indoor ONT (I-010G-A)

Table 10-6 lists the physical specifications of the I-010G-A indoor ONT.
10-4


Table 10-6 I-010G-A indoor ONT physical specifications
Description
Specification
Length
5.91 in. (15 cm)
Width
5.91 in. (15 cm)
Height
1.18 in. (3 cm)
Weight [within 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)]
0.66 lb (0.3 kg)
Indoor ONT (I-221E-A and I-220E-A)

Table 10-7 lists the physical specifications of the indoor ONT.
Table 10-7 Indoor ONT physical specifications (I-221E-A and I-220E-A)
Description
Specification
Height
8.0 in. (20.32 cm)
Width
9.0 in. (22.86 cm)
Depth (excluding fiber storage tray)
2.1 in. (5.33 cm)
4.0 lb (1.81 kg)
Indoor ONT (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H)

Table 10-8 lists the physical specifications of the I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G,
and I-020E-H.
Table 10-8 Physical specifications for the I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-020E-H
Description
Specification
Height
0.9 in. (2.29 cm)
Width
6.5 in. (16.51 cm)
Depth
5.3 in. (13.46 cm)
0.97 lb (.36 kg) production weight

Table 10-9 lists the physical specifications of the I-040G-A.

10-5

Table 10-9 Physical specification for the I-040G-A ONT
Description
Specification
Length
9.97 in. (25.32 cm)
Width
7.56 in. (19.21 cm)
Height
1.65 in. (4.18 cm)
Indoor ONT (I-241G-A and I-240G-A)

Table 10-10 lists the physical specifications of the I-241G-A and I-240G-A.
Table 10-10 Physical specification for the I-241G-A and I-240G-A ONT
Description
Specification
Length
9.97 in. (25.32 cm)
Width
7.56 in. (19.21 cm)
Height
1.65 in. (4.18 cm)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-E)

Table 10-11 provides the physical specifications for the I-211M-E MoCA indoor
ONT excluding back plate, OPSU/BBU, and battery.
Table 10-11 I-211M-E MoCA indoor ONT physical specifications
Dimension
Specification
Height
11.13 in. (28.4 cm)
Width
11.0 in. (27.94 cm) Possibly 1 in. wider with open

doors
Depth
2.75 in. (6.96 cm)
2.75 lb (1.25 kg)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-D)

Table 10-12 provides the physical specifications for an I-211M-D ONT equipped
with an OPSU, skirt, and cable storage tray. The skirt is designed to work with the
cable storage tray attached.
10-6


Table 10-12 Physical specifications for the I-211M-D ONT with OPSU, skirt, and cable
storage tray
Dimensions
Specification
Height
18.3 in. (46.4 cm)
Width
12.0 in. (30.5 cm)
Depth (including cable storage tray)
4.3 in. (10.9 cm)
7.5 lb (3.4 kg) without battery
Table 10-13 provides the physical specifications for an I-211M-D ONT without an
OPSU, skirt, and cable storage tray.
Table 10-13 Physical specifications for the I-211M-D ONT without OPSU, skirt, and cable
storage tray
Dimensions
Specification
Height
15.0 in. (38.1 cm)
Width
12.0 in. (30.5 cm)
Depth
3.2 in. (8.1 cm)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-G)

Table 10-14 provides the physical specifications for an I-211M-G ONT equipped
with an OPSU, skirt, and cable storage tray. The skirt is designed to work with the
cable storage tray attached.
Table 10-14 Physical specifications for the I-211M-G ONT with OPSU, skirt, and cable
storage tray
Dimensions
Specification
Height
18.3 in. (46.4 cm)
Width
12.0 in. (30.5 cm)
Depth (including cable storage tray)
4.3 in. (10.9 cm)
7.5 lb (3.4 kg) without battery
Table 10-15 provides the physical specifications for an I-211M-G ONT without an
OPSU, skirt, and cable storage tray.

10-7

Table 10-15 Physical specifications for the I-211M-G ONT without OPSU, skirt, and cable
storage tray
Dimensions
Specification
Height
15.0 in. (38.1 cm)
Width
12.0 in. (30.5 cm)
Depth
3.2 in. (8.1 cm)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-H)

Table 10-16 provides the physical specifications for the I-211M-H indoor ONT.
Table 10-16 I-211M-H indoor ONT physical specifications
Dimension
Specification
Height
8.66 in. (22 cm)
Width
3.93 in. (10 cm)
Depth
2.36 in. (6 cm)
? lb (? kg) without battery
Indoor ONT (I-211M-K)

Table 10-17 provides the physical specifications for an I-211M-K ONT installed
vertically but without including the foot mount.
Table 10-17 Physical specifications for the I-211M-K ONT
Dimensions
Specification
Height
9.8 in. (22.9 cm)
Width
6.3 in. (15.9 cm)
Depth
1.5 in. (3.8 cm)
1.5 lb (0.68 kg)
Modular ONTs (M-300-A)

Table 10-18 lists the physical specifications of the modular ONT.
10-8


Table 10-18 Modular ONT (M-300-A) physical specifications
Description
Specification
Height
70.6 cm (27.8 in.)
Width
57.4 cm (22.6 in.)
Depth
14.7 cm (5.8 in.)
Weight
enclosure: 16.3 kg (36 lb.)

S-840V-A: 0.9 kg (2 lb. each)
POTS termination cables: 0.45 kg (1 lb. each)
The modular ONT:
can be wall mounted (optimal) or installed in a 23 in. CO rack

can be installed outside, in a communication closet, a building terminal room, or
a minimum point of entry facility

While most business and SOHO ONTs have the same physical dimensions, the
B-0404-A ONT is smaller and has a different enclosure.
Physical specifications for business and SOHO ONTs
Table 10-19 provides the physical specifications for most business and SOHO ONTs
(B-8102-A, B-8112-A, O-821G-D, O-820G-D, O-821M-E).
Table 10-19 Business and SOHO ONT physical specifications
Dimension
Specification
Height
16.29 in. (41.37 cm)
Width
14.39 in. (36.55 cm)
Depth (not including fiber storage tray)
5.95 in. (15.11 cm)
Weight (within 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)
11 lb (4.99 kg)
Physical specifications for the B-0404-A business ONT
Table 10-20 lists the physical specifications of this ONT.

Table 10-20 B-0404 Business ONT physical specifications
Description
Specification
Length
9.97 in. (25.32 cm)
Width
7.56 in. (19.21 cm)
(1 of 2)

10-9
Description
Specification
Height
1.65 in. (4.18 cm)
2.54 lb (0.95 kg) production weight
(2 of 2)
10.3
The following sections describe temperature and humidity ranges, and installation
considerations for all currently orderable ONTs.
Temperature and humidity range

Table 10-21 lists the environmental requirements for the ONTs.
Table 10-21 ONT environmental requirements
ONT type
Mounting method
Temperature range and humidity
Altitude
Indoor 10/100BASE-T Ethernet ONTs (I-220E-A, I-221E-A, I-020E-B, and I-020E-H)

Desk or wall
mounted
Operating:
32F to 104F (0C to 40C) ambient temperature
5% to 85% relative humidity, non-condensing
Storage:
40F to 158F (40C to 70C)
5% to 95% relative humidly, non-condensing
Maximum operating altitude 10 000

ft (3048 m) above sea level
Maximum non-operating altitude is
40 000 ft (12 192 m) above mean sea
level
Indoor 10/100/1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet ONTs (I-010G-A)

Desk or wall
mounted
Operating:
23F to 113F (-5C to 45C) ambient temperature
Maximum operating altitude is 10 000

ft (3048 m) above mean sea level
The maximum rate of temperature change is 32.9F

(0.5C) per hour
Storage:
-13F to 133F (-25C to 55C)

level
Indoor 10/100/1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet ONTs (I-240G-A, I-241G-A, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and I-040G-A)
Desk or wall
mounted
Operating:

The maximum rate of temperature change is 32.9F

(0.5C) per hour
Storage:
-13F to 133F (-25C to 55C)

level
Indoor MoCA ONTs (I-211M-D, I-211M-E, I-211M-G, and I-211M-H)

(1 of 4)
10-10

ONT type
Mounting method
Altitude
Wall mounted or
in-wall in a
pre-constructed
telecommunications
cabinet
Operating:

-4F to 122F (-20C to 50C)

5% to 95% humidity range, non-condensing
5% to 85% humidity range, non-condensing (I-211M-E
only)
Storage:

level
4F to 122F (20C to 50C)

Indoor MoCA ONT (I-211M-K)
Desk or wall
mounted
Operating:

32F to 104F (0C to 40C) without solar load

Storage:

level
32F to 104F (0C to 40C)

Outdoor 10/100BASE-T Ethernet ONTs (O-211E-B, O-210E-B, O-420E-B, and O-421E-B)

Wall mounted with
or without fiber
storage
compartment
Operating:
40F to 115F (40C to 46C) with solar loading
(1) (2)

40F to 140F (40C to 60C) without solar loading

The maximum temperature for deployments that
include a Gemtek dongle installed within a fiber
compartment is 111F (44C) with solar loading.
Storage:

level
40F to 158F (40C to 70C)

Outdoor SOHO ONTs (O-820G-D, O-821G-D, and O-821M-E)
Wall mounted with
or without fiber
storage
compartment
Operating:
(1) (2)


Storage:

level
40F to 158F (40C to 70C)

Outdoor MoCA ONTs (O-211M-C, O-211M-E, O-211M-G, O-211M-H, and O-211M-R)
Wall mounted with
or without fiber
storage
compartment
Operating:
(1) (2)


For O-211M-R ONTs:
Storage:
40F to 158F (40C to 70C)

level
(2 of 4)

10-11
ONT type
Mounting method
Altitude
Outdoor LP MDU ONTs (O-24121G-A, O-24120G-A, O-24121V-A, and O-24120V-A)

Rack
Operating:
single unit installed in a rack indoors is -40F to 140F
(-40C to 60C)

ft (3962 m)
Minimum operating altitude is 200 ft
(61 m) below mean sea level
The maximum rate of temperature change is 91F (33C)

The heat dissipation for O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A
ONTs:
On wall or enclosure
average = 90 W
maximum = 115 W
Operating:
single unit installed in an enclosure outdoors is 40F to
114.8F (40C to 46C) with solar loading (3)
The heat dissipation for O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A
ONTs:
Rack, on wall, or
enclosure
average = 90 W
maximum = 115 W
Storage:
40F to 158F (40C to 70C)

level
Outdoor MDU ONT (O-00240V-A, and 0-0881V-A)

Rack, on wall, or
enclosure
(O-00240-A)
Operating:
single unit installed in a rack indoors is 32F to 122F
(0C to 50C)
single unit installed in an enclosure outdoors is 40F to
149F (40C to 65C) with solar loading (2)

Minimum operating altitude is 200 ft
(61 m) below mean sea level

per hour
Storage:
13F to 158F (25C to 70C)
Wall mounted
(O-0881V-A)
Operating:
single unit installed on a bracket outdoors is 23F to
113F (5C to 45C)

level
Operating altitude range is 200 ft
below to 2 998.7 ft (61 m to 914 m)
above mean sea level

Maximum rate of temperature change is 91F (33C) per
hour
Storage:
40F to 158F (40C to 70C)
Modular ONT (M-300-A with S-840V-A plug-in unit)
(3 of 4)
10-12

ONT type
Mounting method
Rack or wall
Operating:
Altitude
(1)


Environmentally hardened for external installation.
Withstands rain, but not water submersion.
Plug-in unit is hot-swappable.
Storage:
40F to 158F (40C to 70C)

level
Business ONTs (B-8102-A, B-8112-A, and B-0404-A)

Wall mounted with
or without fiber
storage
compartment
(B-8102-A and
B-8112-A)
Operating:
40F to 115F (40C to 46C) with solar loading(1)
Storage:
40F to 158F (40C to 70C)
Desk or wall
mounted (B-0404-A)

Operating:
32F to 104F (0C to 40C)

level
level
(4 of 4)
Notes
(1)
The maximum solar load is 753 W/m2.
(2)
Solar loading per GR-950.
(3)
Solar loading per GR-487 (753 W/m2).
in temperature and humidity, Alcatel-Lucent recommends the following:
When transitioning the packaged unit from one environmental condition to

another, let the unit remain in the sealed packaging until it has stabilized to the
new environment. This avoids the unit forming internal condensation.
condensation.

10-13
Environmental considerations for rack installed ONTs

The following rack installation guidelines should be considered before installing a
rack mounted ONT such as the LP MDU or the modular ONT.
Elevated operating ambient - If the ONT is installed in a closed or multi-unit rack
10.4
assembly, the operating ambient temperature of the rack environment may be

greater than room ambient. Consideration should be given to installing the ONT
in an environment compatible with the maximum ambient temperature (Tma)
specified for the ONT.
Reduced air flow - Installation of the ONT in a rack should be such that the
amount of air flow required for safe operation of the ONT is not compromised.
Mechanical loading - Mounting of the ONT in the rack should be accomplished
to avoid a hazardous condition due to uneven mechanical loading.
Circuit overloading - Consider the connection of the ONT to the supply circuit
and the effect that overloading of the circuits might have on overcurrent
protection and supply wiring. Appropriate consideration of ONT nameplate
ratings should be used when addressing this concern.
Reliable earthing - Reliable earthing of rack-mounted ONTs should be
maintained. Particular attention should be given to supply connections other than
direct connections to the branch circuit (e.g. use of power strips).
System and service capacity specifications

This section provides information about the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT services and
system capacity specifications.
Service capacity
Table 10-22 lists the service capacity of the system.
Table 10-22 Service capacity
Description
Maximum
Notes
GEM ports per I-241G-A ONT
35
37 GEM ports are present, 35 are available; 2 are reserved for

OMCI and debugging.
T-CONTs per I-241G-A ONT
36
37 T-CONTs are present, 36 are available; 1 is reserved for OMCI.
GEM ports per indoor or outdoor ONT
20

OMCI and debugging.
T-CONTs per indoor or outdoor ONT
21
22 GEM ports are present, 21 are available; 1 is reserved for OMCI.
GEM ports per LP MDU, O-00240V-A,

and O-0881V-A
126
OMCI and debugging.
T-CONTs per LP MDU, O-00240V-A,

and O-0881V-A
63
GEM ports per M-300-A
14

OMCI and debugging.
T-CONTs per M-300-A
15
10-14

P-OLT performance and distance

The P-OLT provides performance and distance capacity of 2.488 Gb/s downstream
and 1.244 Gb/s upstream, within a 18.6 mile (30 km) span, for all GLT cards. The
optical link budget is defined by both loss and bandwidth characteristics. The loss
characteristic is determined by the difference between the optical transmitter and
optical receiver for each direction, and is typically 28 dB. The bandwidth
characteristic is determined by the maximum link distance parameter of each OLT
and ONT transmitter specification, and is limited by the smaller of the upstream and
downstream values.
PON bandwidth
The number of ONTs on the PON affects the bandwidth available to each subscriber.
10.5
Ethernet interface specifications

The Ethernet interface supports the following specifications:
Ethernet ports are IEEE 802.3 compliant

IEEE 802.1Q, 802.1x port-based authentication, and 802.1p (QoS classification
10.6
per Ethernet port support

Layer 3 DSCP to 802.1p mapping to allow L3 CoS over the Layer 2 network
RJ-45 connectors
supports full or half duplex operations
supports auto-negotiation or manual setting by operator
supports 10/100 BaseT or 10/100/1000 BaseT (depending on the ONT type)
POTS interface specifications

Table 10-23 provides specifications for the ONT voice service.
Table 10-23 Voice service specifications
Service features
Specifications for the ONT
Voice quality
Toll quality voice with a mean opinion score (MOS) of 4 or better
DC supervisory range
750 for outdoor ONTs
G.168 echo
cancellation
16 ms tail for signal path towards the subscriber
CODEC
(2)
G.711 (PCM 64 kb/s), G.729, and A-law and U-law encoding and decoding
600
Analog line
impedance (2)
Ringing voltage
(1)
(2)
40 Vrms
Ringing capacity
Off-hook dc current
5 REN (US) per POTS line

(2)
25 mA
(1 of 2)

10-15
Service features
Specifications for the ONT
Maximum expected
DTMF signal level
0.0 dBm
Receive (D/A) loss
(2)
Transmit (A/D) loss
(2)
4 dB
2 dB
Loop start signaling
Loop length
Up to 300 m (984.25 ft)
Minimum on hook
voltage (I-241G-A and
I-240G-A)
-43 V
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1)
Total DC supervisory range of 750 , allowing for 1000 ft. of 26 AWG CAT3 cable, CPE equipment
and a margin allocation.
(2)
These items are determined by the country-specific voip configuration xml file. The values
specified are for ANSI deployments.
10.7
VDSL2 interface specifications

The modular ONT (M-300-A) supports up to 12 VDSL2 lines via optional screw
terminal, IDC, or screw terminal with surge protection connectorization. The LP
MDU ONTs (O-24121V-A and the O-24120V-A) terminate up to 12 VDSL2 lines
using an RJ-21 connector. The O-00240V-A MDU ONT terminates up to 24 VDSL2
lines using an RJ-21 connector.
Similar to ADSL, VDSL2 operates over the copper wires in a telephone line to
provide both high-bandwidth service and POTS, and is asymmetric in its
downstream and upstream speeds. However, VDSL2 provides subscribers with a
higher bit rate than multi-ADSL and can achieve speeds over 57 Mb/s downstream
and 25 Mb/s upstream, compared with 24 Mb/s downstream and 1.3 Mb/s upstream
with multi-ADSL. The maximum bit rates supported depend on deployment, noise
environment, and Ethernet system restrictions. The high bit rate asymmetrical mode
can be used for high-bandwidth video service, while the symmetrical bit rate mode
can be used for business users or residential users who need symmetrical bit rate
access.
VDSL2 provides improved functionality and performance over VDSL, and is
expected to be more widely adopted by service providers worldwide. Improvements
over VDSL include increased bandwidth, line diagnostic enhancements, and the
ability to define profiles. Unlike multi-ADSL, where the LT unit converts the
Ethernet packets to ATM cells and passes them to its applique, the packets remain in
Ethernet packet format for VDSL2 services. This provides approximately 10%
improvement in achievable bandwidth by eliminating the Ethernet packet to ATM
cell conversion.
Table 10-24 lists the VDSL2 modes and related ITU-T standards supported on the
modular ONT and the LP MDU ONTs.
10-16


Table 10-24 ITU-T standards supported
10.8
Standard
Description
G.993.2
VDSL2 over POTS operating above the POTS 25 kHz band with trellis.
G.994.1
Handshake procedures for DSL transceivers.
DS1/E1 interface specifications

The business ONT supports structured, unstructured, and fractional DS1 (100 ) or
E1 (120 /75 ) services. An external adapter is required for 75 . You cannot mix
DS1 and E1 services on the same ONT. You must configure both ports for either DS1
or E1 on the same ONT.
The CES subsystem encapsulates DS1 or E1 traffic received at the RJ-48C port using
MEF-8 packetization as Ethernet layer 2 for transport across the GPON. The CES
encapsulation is removed before DS1 or E1 traffic from the GPON is sent to the DS1
or E1 lines at the subscriber side.
Table 10-25 lists the specifications supported for the DS1/E1 interface.
Table 10-25 DS1/E1 interface specifications
Item
Specification
DS1/E1 WAN interfaces
Two RJ-48C ports configured for 100 DS1, 120 balanced E1,
or 75 unbalanced E1. An external adapter is required for 75 .
DS1/E1 CES over Ethernet layer 2

GPON
MEF-8 packetization as IETF PWE3 pseudo-wires
DS1 standards
AT&T TR-6421; ITU-T Rec. G.703, G.704

Structured (fractional) and unstructured DS1
E1 standards
ITU-T Rec. G.703, G.704, G.706, G.732, G.823

Structured (fractional) and unstructured E1
Synchronization
CES DS1/E1
Upstream: A 16.384 MHz local oscillator or a derived clock

from the GPON that is provided by the P-OLT.
(1)
Downstream: Either a16.384 MHz adaptive clock received from

the PWE3 packet stream or a differential clock recovered from
the PWE3 packet stream.
Gigabit
Ethernet
A Gigabit Ethernet transmit reference clock of 125 MHz as per

IEEE 802.3.
Note
(1)
The upstream derived clock that is provided by the P-OLT is tied to the BIT clock and must be
traceable to a network timing reference. The derived clock is used for differential clock recovery
and for timing the upstream PWE3 packet streams in the absence of a valid TDM recovery clock.

10-17
10.9
RF video interface specifications

The following section provides design guidelines for coaxial connectivity,
configuration recommendations, and information based on the RF video receiver
types used by various Alcatel-Lucent ONTs and MDUs.
Warning Operating equipment outside of its tested and
documented performance characteristics and causing an optical
overload may cause damage to equipment components, such as APD
receivers.
This can affect service delivery, and void any component or system
warranties.
Note 1 See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual for
more information about the RF video service.

Note 2 Alcatel-Lucent only guarantees ONT RF video output
levels. Coaxial cable and splitter information in the following sections

are provided as guidelines. Refer to the coaxial and splitter vendor
documentation for more information.
Coaxial connectivity in the home and design guidelines

There are numerous criteria that effect RF video overlay. Figure 10-1 shows an
example of the factors affecting RF video overlay design and deployment.
Standard 75 coaxial cable can be used, including: RG-59 or RG-6 coaxial cable.
Consider the following limitations when planning video deployments:
ONTs and MDUs supporting video overlays only supports various split ratios on
the coaxial distribution, based on the ONT or MDU video receiver.
for +14 dBmV receivers, the maximum split is 1:4

The maximum supported length of RG-6 or RG-59 coax cable used for +14 and
+18 dBmV units is 100 ft (30.48 m). The maximum supported length for +33
dBmV units is 233 ft (71.02 m).
10-18


Figure 10-1 RF video overlay design and deployment example with a + 14 dBmV receiver
Maximum 100ft (30.48m) RG-6

-xxdB
Maximum 100ft (30.48m) RG-59
-xxdB
Set-top
box 1
1:4
maximum
split
ONT
Set-top
box 4
T1 to -6 dB optics input
+14 dBmV
+0 dBmV minimum
19061
Measures that need to be confirmed to ensure proper RF video overlay service, as

shown in Figure 10-1, are based on:
+ 18 dBmV or + 14 dBmV at the ONT or +33 dBmV at the MDU. See the
appropriate ONT or MDU RF interface characteristics, as dBmV varies by ONT
and MDU type.
8 dB loss at the splitter in a 1:4 split; 6.6 dB loss in a 1:3 split, and 4.6 dB loss in
a 1:2 split
Cable attenuation loss based on frequency and cable type
+ 18 dBmV (at the ONT at 450 MHz) - 8 dB (splitter) - XX dBmV (RG-59
cable loss at the highest frequency based on cable type, for example
400 MHz would be -7 dB) = Final dBmV (at set-top box or TV)
For example +18 - 8 - 7 = +3 dBmV.

+ 18 dBmV (at the ONT at 870 MHz) - 8 dB (splitter) - XX dBmV (RG-59
cable loss at the highest frequency based on cable type, for example
870 MHz would be -11 dB) = Final dBmV (at set-top box or TV)
For example +19 - 8 - 11 = -1 dBmV.

The cable attenuation loss is based on the frequency and the type of cable used, as
shown in Table 10-26.
Table 10-26 Typical cable attenuation loss value based on frequency
Frequency (MHz)
RG-6 coaxial per 100 ft (dB)
RG-59 coaxial per 100 ft (dB)
50
1.9
2.4
100
2.7
3.4
200
4.1
4.9
400
5.9
7.0
700
8.1
9.7
900
9.4
11.1

10-19
Be sure to properly plan and design the RF video deployment at the customer site.
The following is an example of a properly planned and designed RF video
deployment. Based on 900 MHz frequency and 100 ft of cable length, 0.6 dBmV is
reached at the set-top box using RG-6 coaxial cable:
+18 dBmV - 8 dB - 9.4 dB = + 0.6 dBmV
The following is an example of an improperly planned and designed RF video

deployment. Based on 900 MHz frequency and 100 ft of cable length, - 1.1 dBmV is
reached at the set-top box using RG-59 coaxial cable:
+18 dBmV - 8 dB - 11.1 dB = -1.1 dBmV therefore should not be used.
Note It is the responsibility of the customer installation crew to

ensure proper on-site layout of video distribution by verifying that the
output power at the end devices, such as the TV, VCR, and STB, is
between 0 to the limit of the ONT or MDU receivers dBmV.
Configuration recommendations
You can control the quality of the output signal to the subscriber by specifying a
number of parameters:
If the ONT operates in AGC mode, you can specify the measurement offset to
control the gain of the output signal, which ensures some measure of
performance.
You can set high and low optical power level thresholds for the downstream
signal. An alarm is raised if either the high or the low optical power level
threshold is crossed.
10-20

Consider the following before configuring RF video services:
ONTs supporting RF video come with a 75 ohm (F-type) coaxial interface

connector. You may have to install the 75 ohm coaxial F connector on the video
cable.
The F-type coaxial interface is typically connected to a four-way splitter in the
home. ONTs that use +14 dBmV for video receiving do not support a greater than
1:4 split.
You must use either RG-6 or RG-59 coaxial cable within the home.
When configuring the return channel in the 1330 nm optical band, you must:
configure an HSI service on the Ethernet port for the SWRD

the port must be configured with a QoS marker profile that supports upstream
frames that are priority marked in untrusted mode and upstream frames that are sent
downstream to the ONT without tagging
for the LP MDU, the port is configured with ID aid_ontethernet with a value of 5 for
the ONT slot and 1 for the port
for ONTs, the port is configured with ID aid_ontethernet with a value of 5 for the
ONT slot and 2 for the port
for the ONTs, the Ethernet port must be 10/100 BaseT
for ONTs supporting the functionality, jumpers are required to connect the SWRD
to the ONT
Ensure proper attenuation is inserted at the coaxial output to guarantee at the end
of any coaxial drop the following:
video signal is below 15.5 dBmV

audio signal is below 2.55 dBmV per channel
RF video service configuration requires the use of TL1 commands. These commands
are issued at the P-OLT craft terminal. For detailed information about the parameters
of each command and response messages, refer to the 7342 ISAM FTTU P-OLT and
ONT Operations and Maintenance Procedures manual.
14 dBmV RF video receivers

Table 10-27 provides RF video interface specifications for ONTs with an 14 dBmV
receiver. The following ONTs use + 14 dBmV receivers:
I-211E-A
O-211E-B
O-421E-B
Table 10-27 RF video service specifications for ONTs with 14 dBmV receivers
RF video features
Channel mix 80 analog/33 digital
RF output level (dBmV)
+14 dBmV @ 450 MHz using a per- analog channel

measurement at the ONT output (1)
RF slope correction (tilt)
5 to 8 dB from 50 to 870 MHz
Optical power range (dB)
+ 1.0 to 6.0 dB
CNR (dB)
45
(1 of 2)

10-21
RF video features
Channel mix 80 analog/33 digital
CSO/CTB (dB)
53
MER (dB)
32
QAM signal to noise ratio (dB)
40
Measurement assumptions
Channel load
80 analog and 33 QAM
Digital backoff QAM-256
6 dB (QAM-256)
10 dB (QAM-64)
PON input CNR (dB)
52
(2 of 2)
Note
(1)
It is the responsibility of the customer installation crew to ensure proper on-site layout of video
distribution by verifying that the output power at the end devices, such as the TV, VCR, and STB,
is between 0 to 14 dBmV.

Table 10-28 provides RF video interface specifications for ONTs with an 18 dBvM
receiver. The following ONTs support + 18 dBmV receivers:
B-8112-A business ONT

I-211M-x indoor MoCA ONTs
O-211M-x outdoor MoCA ONTs
O-821M-x outdoor MoCA ONTs
O-821G-x ONTs
RF video features
Channel mix 80 analog/33

digital (1)

digital

digital
RF output level
+ 18 dBmV @ 450 MHz using

a per-analog channel
measurement

measurement

a per-digital channel
measurement
2 dB from 50 to 870 MHz
+ 1 to -6 dB
+2 to -7 dB
+1 to -9 dB
CNR (dB)
45
46
N/A
CSO/CTB (dB)
53
55
N/A
MER (dB)
32
32
32
QAM signal to noise ratio

(dB)
40
40
40
Channel load
80 analog and 33 digital
6 dB (QAM-256)
6 dB (QAM-256)
6 dB (QAM-256)
(1 of 2)
10-22

RF video features

digital (1)

digital

digital
10 dB (QAM-64)
10 dB (QAM-64)
10 dB (QAM-64)
PON input CNR (dB)
52
52
52
(2 of 2)
Note
(1)
It is the responsibility of the customer installation crew to ensure proper on-site layout of video distribution by verifying
that the output power at the end devices, such as the TV, VCR, and STB, is between 0 to 18 dBmV.

Table 10-29 provides RF video interface specifications for MDUs with a 33 dBmV
receiver. The following MDUs support +33 dBmV receivers:
GE LP MDU
VDSL LP MDU
RF video features

digital (1)

digital

digital
RF output level

measurement

measurement

a per-digital channel
measurement
+ 1 to -6 dB
+2 to -7 dB
+1 to -9 dB
CNR (dB)
45
46
N/A
53
55
N/A
MER (dB)
32
32
32
QAM SNR (dB)
40
40
40
Channel load
6 dB (QAM-256)
6 dB (QAM-256)
6 dB (QAM-256)
10 dB (QAM-64)
10 dB (QAM-64)
10 dB (QAM-64)
PON input CNR (dB)
52
52
52
CSO/CTB (dB)
(2)
Notes
(1)
It is the responsibility of the customer installation crew to ensure proper on-site layout of video distribution by verifying
that the output power at the end devices, such as the TV, VCR, and STB, is between 0 to 33 dBmV.
(2)
The transmitter and backbone segment is assumed to have a CSO greater than 62 dB for any channel load conditions.

10-23
For LP MDU ONT applications, specific planning considerations are necessary,

including:
10.10
use of cables other than RG-9 or RG-59

the use of addressable taps
the use of RF patch panels
the use of coaxial cable for delivery of content other than RF video
the use of RF amplifiers or repeaters
SWRD interface specifications

The SWRD meets the following compliance and safety standards:
UL safety (UL 60950-1)

EU safety (IEC/EN 60950-1)
IP rating NEMA 4 (IP 56)
EMC emissions (U.S. and Canada) FCC part 15, class B
EMC emissions (Europe) EN 55022 and 55024
The power specifications of the SWRD are as follows:
input voltage range 12 +-2.0 V DC

input current of 0.25 Amps
The power can be supplied by the ONT or MDU. In the ONT PoE case, jumpers must
be configured on the EPC interface of the ONT to enable +12V power. In the MDU
case, once the video return channel is configured for the SWRD Ethernet port power
is available.
Table 10-30 lists the electrical specification for the SWRD when all ports and cabling
use IEEE 802.3 compliant materials.
Table 10-30 SWRD electrical specifications
10-24
Electrical specification
Unit
Value
Surge resistance on Ethernet ports
kV
1.5 kV -1 positive, 1 negative
Surge resistance on RF ports
kV
1.5 kV -1 positive, 1 negative
Forward pass band
MHz
46 to 870
Reverse operating frequency
MHz
18.5
Maximum length of power supply

coaxial cable
50 ft (15.24 m)

The environmental specifications of the SWRD:
The operating temperature range is 40F (-40C) to 140F (60C) and to the
equivalent of +41C with solar loading
The operating relative humidity range is 5% to 95%, non-condensing.
The operating altitude range is 200 ft (61 m) below mean sea level to 13 000 ft
(3962 m) above mean sea level.
operating temperature may vary by 16.6C (2F) per minute, to the maximum and
minimum ranges
The physical specifications of the SWRD:
housing dimensions 6.78 in wide by 1.29 in deep by 5.77 in tall (17.45 cm by 3.38
cm by 14.66 cm)
weight of 1.5 lbs (0.68 kg)
10.11
MoCA interface specifications

The following technical specifications apply to MoCA ONTs:
RF interface connector: F-type with 75 ohms impedance

MoCA 1.0 compliant
Network center frequency: 1 000 Mhz
Max. Phy rate: 250 M/bps
Max. MAC rate: 125 M/bps
Table 10-31 provides the transmit output power variance for MoCA ONTs. These
variances assume no board implementation loss or impedance mismatches.
Table 10-31 MoCA ONT transmit output power variance
Item
TL1 value (dBm)
Expected output
power (dBm)
Description
MoCA Tx power
variance
-26 and lower
-26
-23, -24, -25
-23
-20, -21, -22
-20
-17, -18, -19
-17
-14, -15, -16
-14
-11, -12, -13
-11
-8, -9, -10
-8
-5, -6, -7
-5
-2, -3, -4
-2
0, -1

10-25
10.12
Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter interface

specifications
The Alloptic MicroNode 190 Return Path Transmitter (RPT) used with the
O-211M-R outdoor ONT meets the following compliance and safety standards:
UL listed
EMC emissions (U.S. and Canada) FCC part 15, class B
21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11
The power specifications of the Alloptic MicroNode 190 RPT are as follows:
input voltage range 10 to 16 V DC (12 V DC nominal)

maximum power consumption of 1watt
The environmental specifications of the Alloptic MicroNode 190 RPT:
The operating temperature range is 40F (-40C) to 149F (65C)

The operating relative humidity range is 5% to 95%, non-condensing.
operating temperature may vary by 16.6C (2F) per minute, to the maximum and
minimum ranges
The physical specifications of the Alloptic MicroNode 190 RPT:
0.85 in high by 4.9 in wide by 3.7 in deep (2.2 cm by 12.4 cm by 9.4 cm)
weight of MNTH191 (ANSI standards) is 0.43 lbs (0.2 kg)
weight of MNTH192 (ETSI standards) is 0.21 lbs (0.1 kg)
10.13
ONT optical budget

This section provides the optical budget for the all ONTs. Observe the safety
requirements with ONTs, a Class 1 laser products. Figure 10-2 shows the Class 1
laser product warning label attached to the ONT.
Figure 10-2 Class 1 laser product warning label
18256
10-26

Warning Operating equipment outside of its tested and

documented performance characteristics and causing an optical
overload may cause damage to equipment components, such as APD
receivers.
This can affect service delivery, and void any component or system
warranties.
Table 10-32 provides ONT optical budget information.
Table 10-32 ONT optical budget
Item
Detail
Minimum
Typical
Maximum
Operating temperature
Ambient
See the Temperature and humidity range section in this

chapter.
Tx nominal bit rate
1244 Mb/s
Tx/Rx line code
Scrambled NRZ
Tx central wavelength
Operating
temperature
1290 nm
1330 nm
Tx reflection of equipment
At Tx wavelength
6 dB
Mask of Tx eye diagram
G.984 burst mode
G.984
ORL of ODN at ONU Tx and Rx
More than
32 dB
Tx mean launched optical power for

the ONT
At ONT optical
port
+0.5 dBm
+5.0 dBm
Tx launched optical power w/o input
No input
Sensitivity 10
dB
Tx extinction ratio
G.984 burst mode
10 dB
Tolerance to Tx incident light
G.984 burst mode
15 dB
Tx 20 dB spectral width
G.984 burst mode
1.0 nm
Rx nominal bit rate
2488 Mb/s
Rx wavelength
Operating
temperature
1480 nm
1500 nm
Rx reflection of equipment into ODN
At Rx wavelength
Transmitting budgets
(1)
Receiving budgets
20 dB
1E10
Rx BER
PRBS 2E23-1
Less than
Rx optical sensitivity for the ONT
At ONT optical
port
27.0 dBm
Rx optical overload
At ONT optical
port
8 dBm
Rx consecutive identical bits
CW
72 bits
Rx tolerance to reflected optical

power
G.984 burst mode
10 dB

10-27

Note
(1)
Maximum guaranteed length is 30 km.
Note The following information is for ETSI customers only:
10.14
Power propagating in the fiber is 3.16 mW out of the ONT.

The maximum modulation frequency is 1244 MHz.
Operating wavelength is 1310 nm nominal in the ONT.
Operation time of the automatic power reduction of the ONT
transmitted optical power is 1 s or less.
Power consumption
The following sections describe power consumption ranges for Alcatel-Lucent
ONTs.
Outdoor ONTs
See the appropriate ONT data sheet for specific information about input and output
voltage range tolerances, UPS support, and other power-related issues.
Table 10-33 provides typical power consumption specifications for outdoor ONTs.
Table 10-33 Power consumption specifications for outdoor ONTs
Mnemonic
Maximum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
Minimum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
O-210E-B
6.25 W
2 POTS off-hook, 1 Ethernet

operational
4.75 W
2 POTS on-hook, other

interfaces inactive
O-211E-B
7.25 W

and Video operational
4.75 W

interfaces inactive
O-211M-E
13 W
2 POTS off-hook, 1 Gig-E,

MoCA and Video operational
7W

interfaces inactive
O-211M-G
10.5 W

5W

interfaces inactive
O-211M-H
10.5 W

5W

interfaces inactive
O-211M-R
12 W

Return Path and Video
operational
5W

interfaces inactive
O-420E-B
8W

operational
5W

interfaces inactive
O-421E-B
9W

10-28
5W

interfaces inactive

SOHO outdoor ONT

Table 10-34 lists the measured power consumption specifications for the SOHO
ONTs.
Table 10-34 Power consumption specifications for SOHO ONTs
Mnemonic
Maximum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
Minimum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
O-820G-D
16 W
8 POTS off-hook, 2 Gig-E

operational
8.5 W

interfaces inactive
O-821G-D
18 W
8 POTS off-hook, 2 Gig-E and

Video operational
8.5 W

interfaces inactive
O-821M-E
21.5 W

10 W

interfaces inactive
Indoor ONT
Table 10-35 provides typical power consumption specifications for indoor ONTs.
Table 10-35 Power consumption specifications for indoor ONTs
Mnemonic
Maximum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
Minimum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
I-010G-A
5W
1 Gig-E port operational
3.75 W
No Gig-E ports provisioned
I-020E-B
4.75 W
2 Ethernet ports operational
3.5 W
No Ethernet ports provisioned
I-020E-H
4.75 W
2 Ethernet ports operational
3.5 W
No Ethernet ports provisioned
I-020G-F
5.25 W
2 Gig-E ports operational
3.75 W
I-020G-G
5.25 W
3.75 W
I-040G-A
7.75 W
5W
I-211M-D
15 W

9W

interfaces inactive
I-211M-E
15 W

9W

interfaces inactive
I-211M-G
12 W

6W

interfaces inactive
I-211M-H
12 W

6W

interfaces inactive
I-211M-K
10.5 W

5W

interfaces inactive
(1 of 2)

10-29
Mnemonic
Maximum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
Minimum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
I-220E-A
6.75 W

operational
4.5 W

interfaces inactive
I-221E-A
7.75 W

4.5 W

interfaces inactive
I-240G-A
11 W

operational
6.5 W

interfaces inactive
I-241G-A
13 W
2 POTS off-hook, 4 Gig-E and

Video operational
6.5 W

interfaces inactive
(2 of 2)
Business ONTs
Table 10-36 lists the measured power consumption specifications for business
ONTs.
Table 10-36 Power consumption specifications for business ONTs
Mnemonic
Maximum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
Minimum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
B-8102-A
22 W
8 POTS off-hook, 2 Gig-E, 2

DS1 operational
10 W

interfaces inactive
B-8112-A
24 W
8 POTS off-hook, 2 Gig-E, 2

DS1 and Video operational
10 W

interfaces inactive
B-0404-A
10 W
4 Gig-E and 4 DS1 operational
5.4 W
All interfaces inactive
LP MDU ONT
Table 10-37 lists the measured power consumption specifications for LP MDU
ONTs.
Table 10-37 Power consumption specifications for LP MDU ONTs
Mnemonic
Maximum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
Minimum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
O-24120G-A
98 W

operational
53 W

interfaces inactive
O-24121G-A
103 W

53 W

interfaces inactive
(1 of 2)
10-30

Mnemonic
Maximum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
Minimum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
O-24120V-A
105 W
24 POTS off-hook, 12 VDSL

operational
51 W

interfaces inactive
O-24121V-A
110 W

51 W

interfaces inactive
(2 of 2)
MDU ONTs
Table 10-38 lists the measured power consumption specifications for MDU ONTs.
Table 10-38 Power consumption specifications for MDU ONTs
Mnemonic
Maximum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
Minimum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
O-00240V-A
100 W
24 VDSL operational
80 W
No VDSL ports provisioned
O-0081V-A
57 W
8 Fast Ethernet ports, 8 VDSL

and Video Operational
51 W
All interfaces inactive
Modular ONT and plug in unit

Table 10-39 lists the measured power consumption specifications for modular
ONTs.
Table 10-39 Power consumption specifications for modular ONTs
Mnemonic
Maximum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
Minimum power
(Not to exceed)
Condition
M-300-A (1)
80 W

operational
40 W

interfaces inactive
Note
(1)
The power consumption values for the M-300-A modular ONT assume a fully loaded unit with three installed S-840V-A
modules.

10-31
10-32

11 ONT statistics and performance

monitoring
11.1 Overview
11-2
11.2 ONT performance monitoring
11-2
11.3 ONT performance monitoring functions

11.4 ONT performance monitoring data
11.5 ONT performance reporting

11-2
11-3
11-9
11-1
11.1
Overview
This chapter provides a detailed description of ONT performance monitoring.
11.2
ONT performance monitoring

Performance monitoring is a tool that provides up-to-date information to measure
how well the system is doing. Performance monitoring data at the ONT level include
counters and alarms that enable service providers to do the following:
11.3
set a baseline for performance

get a high-level view of the activity at a given point in the network
detect problems when they occur
diagnose the cause of problems
plan for development and growth
ONT performance monitoring functions

7342 ISAM FTTU provides the following functionality to simplify the usage of
performance monitoring tools:
Monitor at the edges per subscriber and per aggregate: The system provides
counters at the edges where the subscriber originates and terminates. For
example, these counters are performed on the ONTs and edge devices such as
BRAS or Edge Router. This counting empowers the service providers to solve
their own monitoring issues.
Perform error counting: The system provides error counters and aggregate
counters at places other than where per subscriber significance is necessitated.
These counters are used to quickly identify and obtain a high level view of the
activity at a given point in the network.
Perform on-demand monitoring: This function allows the service provider to
issue a count request on an ad hoc basis to isolate and monitor a situation further
based on a criterion, such as per service, per VLAN, and per multicast stream.
Operators can use TL1, CLI, or an element management system (EMS) interface to:
enable counters and set filters

monitor performance
view performance
11-2

11.4
ONT performance monitoring data

The 7342 ISAM FTTU provides a number of statistical counters in both the
downstream and upstream direction for the ONT. These statistical counts are
available as always-on counters and on-demand counters, and include the
following:
DS1/E1 ports
Ethernet layer 1
Ethernet layer 2
GPON TC-layer (near-end)
MoCA ports
optical link status level
VDSL2 channels and ports
VoIP ports
You can enable or disable counters using TL1. Counters are disabled by default
unless indicated otherwise. Some counters have restrictions for the total number that
you can activate at the same time. See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and
Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and CLI document for information about
any restrictions that apply to each performance statistic type.
Note When the system date changes; for example, due to the move
to daylight saving time, performance statistics collection is affected

and an interval is either repeated or lost.
Counters
Counters are either interval-based counters or rolling counters.
Interval-based counters are statistical counts that are accumulated over a predefined
time interval, such as a 15-min interval, and logged as an integer entry in a table. A
total of 32 15-min intervals occurring over an 8-hr period are logged. After the 8 hr
has elapsed, new 15-min intervals overwrite the oldest entry recorded in the log file.
Rolling counters start at zero and count up to a maximum value. When the maximum
value is reached, the counter restarts at zero. Unlike interval-based counters, no logs
are maintained for rolling counters.
Counters serve to:
ensure availability of up-to-date information about how the system is working

help to establish threshold settings that represent acceptable performance under
normal operational conditions. After collecting counters over a range of network
activities and loads, a range of measurements can be defined, which serve as a
reference point to detect problems when they occur
detect error conditions, so that an alarm is raised when the count violates the
threshold setting
isolate and monitor a situation
diagnose problems as they occur when an alarm is raised

11-3
Supported ONT counters

Not all performance monitoring data are available for all ONTs. Table 11-1 lists
performance monitoring statistics that have restricted applications on the indoor and
outdoor ONTs. Table 11-2 lists performance monitoring statistics that have restricted
applications on the business, modular, VDSL2 LP MDU, and GE LP MDU ONTs.
A check mark indicates the statistic is supported on that ONT. An empty cell
indicates the statistic is not supported.
Note 1 VDSL2 line and VDSL2 channel related statistics are only
available for the modular and LP MDU ONT. The indoor, outdoor,
and business ONTs do not support VDSL2.
Note 2 CES DS1/E1 related statistics are only available for the
business ONT. The indoor, outdoor, and modular ONTs do not

support DS1 or E1.
Note 3 All performance monitoring statistics listed in Table 11-1
and Table 11-2 are available on the P-OLT.

Table 11-1 Performance monitoring statistics supported for the indoor and outdoor ONTs
I-221E-A
I-221M-E
I-211M-H
I-211M-K
O-210E-B(1)
O-211E-B(2)
O-420E-B
O-211M-E
O-421E-B(3)
O-820G-D
O-821G-D
O-211M-H
EC
LC
RBO
SCF
MCF
DT
I-010G-A
I-020G-F
FCSE
I-020E-B
I-220E-A
Outdoor ONTs
I-020E-H
Indoor ONTs
I-020G-G
Statistics
ONTENET (15 min interval)
IMTE
CSE
AE
ALM_IMRE
FTL
(1 of 3)
11-4

I-010G-A
I-020G-G
I-020E-H
I-220E-A
I-221E-A
I-221M-E
I-211M-H
I-211M-K
O-210E-B(1)
O-211E-B(2)
O-420E-B
O-211M-E
O-421E-B(3)
O-820G-D
O-821G-D
O-211M-H
Outdoor ONTs
I-020G-F
TBO
Indoor ONTs
I-020E-B
Statistics
SQE
ONTL2UNI (15 min interval)
FRAMES
BYTES
MCFRAMES
DSDRPDFRMS
USDRPDFRMS
RXFRMS
RXERRFRMS
ONTMOCA (15 min interval)
PONONTTC (15 min interval)

TXBLOCKS
TXFRAGS
RXBLOCKS
RXFRAGS
LOSTFRAGS
BADGEMHDRS
PONONTTC (aggregate) (15 min interval)
TXBLOCKS
TXFRAGS
RXBLOCKS
RXFRAGS
LOSTFRAGS
BADGEMHDRS
X/VDSL2 Line (15 min interval)

(2 of 3)

11-5
O-211M-H
O-821G-D
O-820G-D
O-421E-B(3)
O-211M-E
O-420E-B
O-211E-B(2)
O-210E-B(1)
I-211M-K
I-211M-H
I-221M-E
I-221E-A
I-220E-A
Outdoor ONTs
I-020E-H
I-020G-G
I-010G-A
I-020G-F
Indoor ONTs
I-020E-B
Statistics
LOSS
LOFS
LOPS
LOLS
REINIT
(2)
ES
SES
UAS
X/VDSL2 bearer/channel (15 min interval)
FCCB
FCBB
SCCB
SCBB
TXBLK
RXBLK
(3 of 3)
Notes
(1)
ONT O-210E-B part numbers 3FE 50683 AB, 3FE 50683 AF, and 3FE 50683 AH.
(2)
ONT O-211E-B part numbers 3FE 50683 AC and 3FE 50683 AG.
(3)
ONT O-421E-B part numbers 3FE 50683 AA and 3FE 50683 AE.
FCSE
EC
LC
RBO
SCF
O-0881V-A
O-2412xV-A
MDU
O-00240V-A
LP MDU
O-2412xG-A
Modular
B-8102-A
Business
B-8112-A
Statistics
M-300-A
Table 11-2 Performance monitoring statistics for the business, modular, LP MDU, and
MDU ONTs
ONTENET (15 min interval)
(1 of 3)
11-6

MDU
BYTES
MCFRAMES
DSDRPDFRMS
USDRPDFRMS
B-8102-A
FRAMES
B-8112-A
O-0881V-A
LP MDU
O-00240V-A
Modular
O-2412xG-A
Business
O-2412xV-A
Statistics
M-300-A
MCF
DT
IMTE
CSE
AE
ALM_IMRE
FTL
TBO
SQE
(not applicable)
ONTL2UNI (15 min interval)
ONTMOCA (15 min interval)

RXFRMS
(not applicable)
RXERRFRMS
(not applicable)
PONONTTC (15 min interval)

TXBLOCKS
TXFRAGS
RXBLOCKS
RXFRAGS
LOSTFRAGS
BADGEHDRS
(not applicable)
PONONTTC (aggregate) (15 min interval)

TXBLOCKS
(not applicable)
TXFRAGS
RXBLOCKS
(not applicable)
RXFRAGS
LOSTFRAG
(not applicable)
BADGEHDRS
X/VDSL2 line (15 min interval)

(2 of 3)

11-7
MDU
O-0881V-A
LOSS
LOFS
(1)
(2)
LOPS
LOLS
ES
SES
UAS
B-8102-A
O-00240V-A
LP MDU
O-2412xG-A
Modular
O-2412xV-A
Business
M-300-A
Statistics
B-8112-A
REINIT(3)
modem reinitializations
initialization failures
initialization time-outs
X/VDSL2 bearer/channel (15 min interval)

FCCB
FCBB
SCCB
SCBB
TXBLK
RXBLK(4)
received blocks (fast)

code violations
Forward error corrections
CES PW (15 min interval)

TTLPKTS
MSGPKTS
MISORDRU
OVERRUN
MALFRMPKTS
PKTSLOST
LBITPKTS
ES
SES
BES
UAS
CSS
CES UNI (15 min interval)
(3 of 3)
11-8


Notes
(1)
For the modular ONT, the count PM_VLINE_LOFS represents the loss of frame seconds.
(2)
For the VDSL2 LP MDU, the count PM_VLINE_LOFS represents the loss of frame failures.
(3)
The performance monitoring parameter PM_VLINE_REINIT includes these counters: modem
reinitializations, initialization failures, and initialization time-outs.
(4)
The performance monitoring parameter PM_VCHNL_RXBLK includes these counters: count of
received blocks (fast), code violations, and forward error corrections. Only the count of received
blocks (fast) is reported for the modular ONT; only the count of code violations and forward error
corrections are reported for the VDSL2 LP MDU ONT.
11.5
ONT performance reporting

The 7342 ISAM FTTU provides facilities that enable you to do the following:
view statistics
generate alarms
report status
capture diagnostic data
ONT statistical viewing

You can view statistics collected for the ONT using a TL1, CLI, or an EMS
management session with the P-OLT.
Interval-based counters
For 15-min interval-based counters, you can use filters to define the scope of the
statistics retrieved from the log file.
Depending upon the type of statistic you are retrieving, you can set filters to define
any combination of the following:
selected group of statistical parameters

date range
time range
direction (Tx or Rx)
location (near-end or far-end)
count thresholds
If a command to retrieve performance statistics includes the current 15-min interval,

a snapshot of the count at the time of the retrieval request is provided.
Note 1 During ONT initialization, the current count of the first
15-min interval may be forced to restart due to the synchronization
procedure between the LT unit on the P-OLT and the ONT.
Note 2 Alcatel-Lucent recommends that users should wait for 30
seconds after the expiration of an interval before retrieving last

interval counts. This ensure reliable results as synchronization is then
correct between the P-OLT and the ONTs.
Table 11-3 lists the 15-min ONT counters the 7342 ISAM FTTU uses to collect
performance monitoring statistics.
11-9

Table 11-3 15-min ONT counters
Counter description
CES DS1/E1
Layer 1 on Ethernet ports
Layer 2 on Ethernet ports
Multimedia over coaxial alliance (MoCA) ports
TC-layer of the gigabit passive optical network (GPON) connection
Very-high-bit-rate digital subscriber line (VDSL2) ports
Rolling counters
When a rolling counter is enabled, you can retrieve the current count using a TL1 or
an EMS management session with the P-OLT. A snapshot of the current value in the
rolling counter is displayed as an integer.
Table 11-4 lists the rolling counters the 7342 ISAM FTTU uses to collect
performance monitoring statistics.
Table 11-4 Rolling counters
Counter description
ONT
GPON ports
Some rolling counters can be set to automatically reset to zero after being retrieved.
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using
TL1 and CLI document for restrictions, maximum count ranges, and the resetting of
rolling counters.
TCA counters and alarms

The following performance monitoring counters can generate TCA alarms:
errored or lost Tx and Rx fragments for upstream traffic across all GEM ports on
the LT card on the modular and outdoor ONTs
lost fragments (downstream) on aggregate GEM ports on the modular and
outdoor ONTs
dropped frames (upstream and downstream) and dropped bytes (upstream) for
Ethernet traffic on all MoCA, VDSL2, and Ethernet ports on the outdoor ONT
Rx errored frames for ports on the ONT configured for MoCA
11-10

TCA alarms
TCA thresholds are applied to 15-min interval-based counters. An alarm is raised if

the number of events occurring within a 15-min period exceeds the specified
threshold. The following alarms are raised:
ONTL2UNI alarms
ONTMOCA alarms
TCA provisioning
Performance monitoring counters are provisioned using either a TL1 or an EMS

management session with the P-OLT. TCA is disabled by default. The procedure
required for provisioning TCAs varies, depending on the type of interface or service
you are monitoring.
To enable TCA for VDSL2, you must first create a VDSL2 TCA profile, which
specifies the threshold values for ES. SES and USA counters. The name and ID
of the profile must then be assigned to a particular VDSL2 interface. Finally,
enable TCA using the TL1 ONTVDSL performance monitoring provisioning
commands or set the appropriate fields in the EMS.
To enable TCA for all other counters, you do not need to create a profile. You
only need to set the threshold value using TL1 or an EMS. After the threshold is
set, enable TCA using the appropriate TL1 performance monitoring provisioning
commands or set the appropriate fields in the EMS.
For configuration information, see the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and
Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and CLI manual.
Status reporting
Status reports are available for the following:
802.1 end-user authentication

802.1 operator authentication
iBridges
ONT Ethernet ports
ONT MoCA ports
ONT optical link status levels
ONT VDSL2 channels and ports
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using
TL1 and CLI document for statistical parameters that are displayed in status reports.

11-11
Diagnostic data capturing

In addition to status reports, the operator can issue a request to the ONT to store
diagnostic data in nonvolatile memory, which the ONT can make available to a
diagnosis technician in a remote centre for repair purposes. In addition to issuing a
request, the LP MDU ONTs support the sending of diagnostic data to nonvolatile
memory by use of a Save Data push button on the faceplate of the ONT. Diagnostic
data includes:
11-12
OMCI service interface provisioning data

UPS alarm status
Content of relevant hardware registers
Amount of allocated and free RAM at time of receipt of request
Processor stack at time of receipt of request
CPU utilization at time of receipt of request
SLID information
Quantity of traffic flowing through the ONT at time of receipt of request
State of the software load images

ONT unit data sheets




12.1 Overview
12-2
12.2 Unit data sheet overview
12-2

12-1
12.1
Overview
Table 12-1 lists the sections in this chapter that provide overview information about
ONT unit data sheets.
Table 12-1 Overview of unit data sheets for the 7342 ISAM FTTU
12.2
Description
Section
Unit data sheet overview
12.2
Unit data sheet overview

Unit data sheets provide detailed information about ONTs produced by
Alcatel-Lucent for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The unit data sheets supplement
information provided elsewhere in the documentation.
Unit data sheets typically provide the following types of information:
Identification
The identification section provides ordering information and a brief unit
description of the ONT.
General description
The general description section provides information on applicable services and
functions supported by the ONT.
Hardware and software features
The hardware and software features section provides links to all applicable
information about the ONT as described in the general system description volume
of the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Product Information Manual.
Special considerations
The special considerations section provides additional information about an ONT
that only applies to the ONT described in the UDS.
12-2

13 B-8102-A and B-8112-A unit data

sheet
13.1 Identification
13-2
13.2 General description
13-2
13.3 Hardware and software features

13.4 Special considerations
13-2
13-4

13-1
13.1
Identification
Table 13-1 provides identification information about the business ONTs.
Table 13-1 Identification of business ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 50774 AA
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
B-8112-A
Business ONT unit with externally hardened

enclosure providing the following ports: 1
GPON, 8 POTS, 1 Ethernet, 1 RF, and 2
DS1/E1.
BVM4U00DRA
210082
452883
B-8102-A
Business ONT unit with externally hardened

enclosure providing the following ports: 1
GPON, 8 POTS, 1 Ethernet, and 2 DS1/E1.
BVM4V00DRA
210083
452884
3FE 50774 AE
3FE 50774 AB
3FE 50774 AF
Note
(1)
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Planning and Ordering guide for product identification information.
13.2
General description
The business ONT provides the subscriber interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The
ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user interfaces that directly
connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible with all existing subscriber
equipment, including analog phones with both tone and rotary dial capabilities,
cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and
Type III).
The business ONT provides the following functions:

layers

interface
CES encapsulation of DS1/E1 using the MEF-8 packetization format for

transport across the layer 2 Ethernet PON
13.3
Hardware and software features

Table 13-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the B-8112-A and the
B-8102-A.
13-2


Table 13-2 ONT hardware features (B-8102-A and B-8112-A)
Features
Chapter
Cross reference for more information
Functional description
ONT overview
Business ONTs
Functional blocks

blocks

Current Generation ONTs with CES DS1/E1
interfaces
Connections
Connections
Business and SOHO ONT connections and
components
Service interface
specifications
ONT technical specifications

Coaxial connectivity in the home and design

guidelines
Physical description
(height, width, depth,
weight)
Physical security features
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Data flow characteristics
ONT overview
Business ONTs
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Business ONTs
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption
Location and installation

options
Location options
Temperature and humidity

range
Fiber storage
compartment
SLID entry via craft

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface
SLID entry via Ethernet

interface
Supported UPS
See the ONT, MDU, UPS, and power adaptor

compatibility table in the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT
Planning and Ordering Guide
Table 13-3 describes software based features for the B-8112-A and the B-8102-A.
13-3

Table 13-3 ONT management and security features (B-8102-A and B-8112-A)
Features
Chapter
ONT NTP server authentication support
802.1X support for Ethernet ports
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation (GEM SAR DMA) support
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence support
Rogue ONT defence
MAC and IP anti-spoofing support
Supported statistics, TCAs, and

performance monitors
ONT statistics and performance

monitoring
Retrievable ONT repair and return

information in FLASH memory via push
button or EMS
13.4
None.
13-4

14.1 Identification
14-2
14.2 Features and application notes

14-2
14-3
14.4 ONT hardware and software features

14-3
14-4

14-1
14.1
Identification
Table 14-1 provides identification information about the B-0404-A business ONT.
Table 14-1 Identification of B-0404-A business ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
3FE 61618 AA
B-0404-A
B-0404-A GPON B-series ONT, 4 Ethernet

10/100/1000Base-T ports, 4 DS1/E1 ports,
and 1 RF video connector.
14.2
Features and application notes

The B-0404-A business ONT provides:
four configurable 802.3 compliant 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet interfaces

using RJ-45 ports
four E1/T1 interfaces using RJ-48C ports
1.244 Gb/s line rate upstream and 2.488 GB/s line rate downstream with a Class
B+ Optics featuring 28 dB link loss and nominal 20 km reach
support for two optical wavelengths at the GPON port:
1310 nm upstream
1490 nm downstream

support for received signal strength indication (RSSI).
G.984.3-compliant dynamic bandwidth reporting
enable/disable on per port-ID level
G.984.3-compliant Forward Error Correction (FEC) in both upstream and
downstream directions
GEM mode support for IP/Ethernet service traffic transport
Alcatel-Lucent 5520 AMS Network Management System support
MEF-8 packetization for TDM transport over GPON
subscriber location ID (SLID)
IP video with multistage IGMPv3 or IGMPv2 snooping
G.984.3-compliant multicast using a single GEM Port-ID for all video traffic
up to 64 video multicast streams shared by 4 GbE ports
Warning Do not submerge the B-0404-A business ONT. The ONT
damage will occur.
14-2

14.3
General description
The B-0404-A business ONT provides the subscriber interface for the
7342 ISAM FTTU. The ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user
interfaces that directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible with
all existing subscriber equipment, including analog phones with both tone and rotary
dial capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type
I, Type II, and Type III).
The B-0404-A business ONT provides the following functions:
14.4
network demarcation for all services in an open business model

MEF-8 packetization format for transport across the layer 2 Ethernet GPON
OMCI management and provisioning
ONT hardware and software features

Table 14-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the B-0404-A business
ONT.
Table 14-2 ONT hardware features (B-0404-A)
Features
Functional blocks
(1)
Chapter
ONT overview
Business ONTs

blocks
Overview
Current Generation ONTs with four
10/100/1000Base-T Ethernet ports
Current Generation ONTs with CES DS1/E1
interfaces
Connections
Connections
B-0404-A connections
Service interface
specifications
weight)
Physical specifications for the B-0404-A business

ONT
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Business ONTs
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Business ONTs
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Business ONTs
(1 of 2)

14-3
Features
Chapter

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS

(2 of 2)
Note
(1)
The POTS DSP is not used by this ONT.
Table 14-3 describes software based features for the B-0404-A business ONT.
Table 14-3 ONT management and security features (B-0404-A)
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
14.5
None.
14-4

15.1 Identification
15-2
15-2

15-2
15-4

15-1
15.1
Identification
Table 15-1 provides identification information about the I-010G-A indoor ONT.
Table 15-1 Identification of I-010G-A ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 51912 AA
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
I-010G-A
GPON I-series ONT, version A, asymmetric,

1 Ethernet 10/100/1000 BaseT 28 dB variant
(available in the ETSI market)
3FE 51913 AA
For ordering information, contact your

Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.
3FE 51914 AA
For ordering information, contact your

Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.
Note
(1)
15.2
General description
The I-010G-A ONT provides the subscriber interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The
FCC, CE, and UL compliant ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to
user interfaces that directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is compatible
with all existing subscriber equipment.
The I-010G-A indoor ONT is designed to provide voice and data services to units,
such as a residence. The I-010G-A indoor ONT can be installed horizontally or
vertically. It provides an on/off push button
The I-010G-A indoor ONT:
15.3
FSAN GPON standards-compliant PON

operates on the same PON with up to 64 other ONT units
support remote management by network management
IP video with multistage IGMPv3 or IGMPv2 for channel change
receives data through the PON over a nominal 1490 nm wavelength
operates with any LT card
complies with the CE certification
ability to turn on an off the UNI interfaces independently
provides optics that support received signal strength indication (RSSI)

Table 15-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-010G-A.
15-2


Table 15-2 ONT hardware features (I-010G-A)
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Indoor ONT

blocks
Functional blocks
(1)
Connections

Connections
Service interface
specifications
weight)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS
Emerson 16 W AC/DC switching power

adapter unit data sheet

Note
(1)
The POTS DSP is not used for these ONTs.
Table 15-3 describes software based features for the I-010G-A.

15-3

Table 15-3 ONT management and security features (I-010G-A
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
15.4
None
15-4

16.1 Identification
16-2
16-2

16-2
16-4

16-1
16.1
Identification
Table 16-1 provides identification information about the indoor ONTs.
Table 16-1 Identification of the indoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 28683 AB
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
I-020E-B
GPON I-series ONT, version B, asymmetric,

2 Ethernet, 28 dB variant (available in the
ETSI market)
3FE 28683 AC
I-020E-H
GPON I-series ONT, version H, asymmetric,

ETSI market) with SoC R1.2.
3FE 28683 AD
I-020E-H
GPON I-series ONT, version H, asymmetric,

ETSI market) with SoC R2.1.
Note
(1)
16.2
General description
The indoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The
equipment.
The indoor ONT provides the following functions:
16.3


Table 16-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-020E-B and the
I-020E-H.
16-2


Table 16-2 ONT hardware features (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Business ONTs

blocks
Functional blocks
(1)
Connections

Connections
I-020E-B, I-020E-H, I-020G-F, and I-020G-G
connections and components
Service interface
specifications
weight)
Indoor ONT (I-020E-B, I-020G-F, I-020G-G, and

I-020E-H)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS
I-020E-B and I-020E-H unit data sheet

Note
(1)
Table 16-3 describes software based features for the I-020E-B and the I-020E-H.

16-3

Table 16-3 ONT management and security features (I-020E-B and I-020E-H)
Features
Chapter
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
AES support
(1)
Note
(1)
The I-020E-B does not support AES.
16.4
None.
16-4

17.1 Identification
17-2
17-2

17-2
17-4

17-1
17.1
Identification
Table 17-1 Identification of indoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 29528 AA
I-020G-F
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON I-series ONT, version F, asymmetric, 2

Ethernet 10/100/1000 BaseT, 28 dB variant
(available in the ETSI market).
Note
(1)
17.2
General description
FCC and UL compliant ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user
all existing subscriber equipment.
17.3


Table 17-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-020G-F.
Table 17-2 ONT hardware features (I-020G-F)
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Indoor ONT

blocks
Functional blocks
Connections
(1)

Connections
Service interface
specifications
(1 of 2)
17-2

Features
Chapter
weight)

I-020E-H)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS
Emerson 16 W AC/DC switching power


(2 of 2)
Note
(1)
Table 17-3 describes software based features for the I-020G-F.

Table 17-3 ONT management and security features (I-020G-F)
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence
(1 of 2)

17-3
Features
Chapter


monitoring

button or EMS
(2 of 2)
17.4
None
17-4

18.1 Identification
18-2
18-2

18-2
18-4

18-1
18.1
Identification
Table 18-1 Identification of indoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 60723 AA
I-020G-G
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON I-series ONT, version G, asymmetric,

2 Ethernet 10/100/1000 BaseT, supporting
power over Ethernet (PoE) on the first
Ethernet port, 28 dB variant (available in
the ETSI market)
Note
(1)
18.2
General description
FCC and UL compliant ONT terminates the PON interface and converts it to user
all existing subscriber equipment.
18.3


Table 18-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-020G-G.
Table 18-2 ONT hardware features (I-020G-G)
Features
Functional blocks
Connections
(1)
Chapter
ONT overview
Indoor ONT

blocks

Connections
(1 of 2)
18-2

Features
Chapter
Service interface
specifications
weight)

I-020E-H)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS
I-020G-G unit data sheet

(2 of 2)
Note
(1)
Table 18-3 describes software based features for the I-020G-G.

Table 18-3 ONT management and security features (I-020G-G)
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence
(1 of 2)

18-3
Features
Chapter


monitoring

button or EMS
(2 of 2)
18.4
None
18-4

19.1 Identification
19-2
19-2

19-2
19-4

19-1
19.1
Identification
Table 19-1 provides identification information about the I-040G-A indoor ONT.
Table 19-1 Identification of the I-040G-A indoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
3FE61515AA
I-040G-A
I-040G-A GPON I-series ONT, 4 Ethernet

10/100/1000Base-T
19.2
General description
Type III).
FSAN GPON standards compliant

Network management support
layers
19.3

Table 19-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-040G-A indoor ONT.
Table 19-2 Hardware features
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks

(1 of 2)
19-2

Features
Chapter
Connections
Connections
Service interface specifications
Physical description (height,

width, depth, weight)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage compartment
SLID entry via craft interface
SLID entry via POTS interface

interface
Supported UPS

compatibility table in the 7342 ISAM FTTU
ONT Planning and Ordering Guide
(2 of 2)
Table 19-3 describes software based features for the I-040G-A indoor ONT
Table 19-3 ONT management and security features
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence
(1 of 2)

19-3
Features
Chapter


monitoring

button or EMS
(2 of 2)
19.4
In order to provide four GE ports on the I-040G-A indoor ONT, an Ethernet switch
has been added between the SoC and the Ethernet ports; See Figure 19-1. The
Ethernet switch provides the following features:
IGMP packet replication for multicast channels

internal VLAN tagging to direct traffic to appropriate ports and priority queues
Figure 19-1 Ethernet switch
Power
Converter
GPON
Triplexer
POTS
RJ-11
Ethernet
switch
RJ-45
SOC
Video amplifier
19394

IGMP packet replication allows the I-040G-A indoor ONT to support IPTV on all
four Ethernet channels at the same time. Internal VLAN tagging allows traffic to be
routed and prioritized between the two Ethernet MACs on the SoC and the Ethernet
switch and the appropriate subscriber RJ-45 ports.
The new Ethernet switch functional block and the additional Ethernet switch features
have modified certain VLAN tagging and priority queuing behaviors. The following
sections describe these modifications.
19-4

Note 1 Due to certain Ethernet switch restrictions, the I-040G-A

indoor ONT provides up to 4 IP, 4 MAC, or 2 pairs of MAC/IP based
anti-spoofing (static only). MAC, IP, and MAC/IP anti-spoofing only
works on both IPoE packets.
Note 2 Congestion may occur if Ethernet ports 1 and 2 or ports 3
and 4 are each set to 1000Base-T and are being used simultaneously.
See the ONT Customer Release Notes for this product for throughput
details.
VLAN tagging behavior

Before traffic can be routed to and from the I-040G-A indoor ONT, the following
conditions must be met:
When port-to-port communication is disabled, a default C-VLAN must be created

for each Ethernet port. The VLAN must be unique for Ethernet port 1 and 2 or 3
and 4 on the ONT. The C-VLAN packet received at the ONT must be the same
as the default C-VLAN or the packet is dropped. When port-to-port
communication is enabled, each of the four Ethernet ports must have an unique
C-VLAN.
The default VLAN can be configured using the CVLANDEF parameter of the
ENT-ONTENETTL1 command described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations
and Maintenance Procedures Guide using TL1 and CLI. A null value will not be
accepted.
The CVLAN ID of any HSI service cannot be 0.
Default P-bits must be configured on each Ethernet port.
This can be configured using the ENT-QOS-MARKPROF command described
in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using
TL1 and CLI.
DSCP to 1P mapping rules are reduced from 64 to 8 with only the highest 3 bits
of the DSCP area used to determine P-bit value; see Table 19-4.
This can be configured using the ENT-PROFILE-DSCPBITMAP command
described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures
Guide using TL1 and CLI.
Table 19-4 Default DSCP to P-bit mapping
DSCP
P-bit
0 to 7
8 to 15
16 to 23
24 to 32
33 to 40
41 to 47
48 to 55
56 to 63

(1)
19-5

Note
(1)
Where x is a number from 0 to 7.
All VLAN tagging behavior operates as described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product
Information Manual except as indicated in the following sections.
Upstream traffic handling (trusted and untrusted)
Table 19-5 describes upstream VLAN tagging and P-bit allocation from trusted and
untrusted traffic.
Table 19-5 Upstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior
Traffic source
Traffic type
Ethernet switch behavior
Untrusted
Untagged packets
Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.
P-bit tagged packets
Default C-VLAN is added to the packets. P-bits are

overwritten.
P-bit and C-VLAN tagged

packets
Received C-VLAN and P-bits are overwritten.
Untagged packets
Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.If the

packets are IP, the DSCP to P-bits mapping is used. If the
packets are PPPoE, the default P-bits are used.
Received P-bits are overwritten with default C-VLAN. P-bits

are unchanged.

packets
Received C-VLAN must match default VLAN or the packet is

dropped. P-bits are unchanged.
Trusted
Downstream traffic handling (strip tag and tag through)
Table 19-6 describes downstream VLAN tagging behavior for strip tag and tag
through modes.
Table 19-6 Downstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior
Traffic mode
Traffic type
Transmitted to ONT port as
Strip tag
Untagged packets
Untagged packet.
Untagged packet.
C-VLAN tagged packets
Untagged packet.
Untagged packets
Untagged packet.
Default C-VLAN is added and the

maximum number of P-bits will be
accepted.
Default C-VLAN overwrites the received

C-VLAN and the maximum number of
P-bits will be accepted.
Tag through
19-6

VLAN translation traffic handling
VLAN translation is a feature that allows that ONT to translate a C-VLAN into
another C-VLAN. A network (NW) C-VLAN is used when data is sent over the
GPON network, and a user network interface (UNI) side C-VLAN is used when data
is sent to customer equipment.
When using VLAN translation, the use the following configuration rules:
Only a single UNI/NW C-VLAN pair is allowed per service.

Overlapping P-bits can be used for difference services on UNI. However, in
VLAN pass-tru mode, the same P-bits as other services cannot be used on the
UNI. Overlapping P-bits are allowed only for non-default services.
Table 19-7 describes upstream VLAN tagging and P-bit allocation in VLAN
translation mode.
Table 19-7 Upstream VLAN translation mode
Traffic mode
Traffic type
VLAN translation
Untagged packets

packets are PPPoE, the default P-bits are used. The C-VLAN
and derived P-bits are now considered the UNI side C-VLAN.
Received UNI C-VLAN and P-bits must match NW C-VLAN
configure P-bits or the packet is dropped.

packets

Table 19-8 describes downstream VLAN tagging behavior for VLAN translation.
Table 19-8 DownstreamVLAN translation behavior
Traffic mode
Traffic type
GPON behavior
VLAN translation
Tagged packets
Only accepts VLAN tagged

traffic that matches the
network VLAN ID configured
using the ENT-SERVICE-HSI
TL1 command. All non
matching VLAN IDs are
dropped.
The Ethernet switch converts

the network VLAN ID to the
user side VLAN ID and
forwards the packet to the
appropriate port.
Only one service is allowed

per VLAN.
Ethertype classification and Ethertype with VLAN translation
Ethertype classification is used to classify traffic in the upstream direction based on

the Ethernet type (IPoE or PPPoE). Ethertype classification operates as normal
except that the received C-VLAN must match the default C-VLAN configured at the
ONT or the packet is dropped.

19-7
Ethertype classification may also be used in conjunction with VLAN translation. All
the considerations described in the VLAN translation section apply with the
additional that the received C-VLAN and Ethertype must match the default NW
C-VLAN an Ethertype or the packet is dropped.
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual for more information on
Ethertype classification.
19-8

20.1 Identification
20-2
20-2

20-3
20-4

20-1
20.1
Identification
Table 20-1 provides identification information about the I-211M-D ONT.
Table 20-1 Identification information about I-211M-D ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON I-series ONT unit, version D, 2 POTS

interfaces, 1 10/100/1000 BASE-T Gigabit
Ethernet interface, 1 RF video, and 1 MoCA
interface.
BVM5W00CRA
211340
454724
(1)
3FE 51307 AA
I-211M-D
(customer-spec
ific logo on
door)
The 3FE 51307 AA has an OptiTap connector

while the 3FE 51307 BA variant has a
SC/APC connector. Both variants provide
optics that support RSSI.
3FE 51307 BA
(without
customer-speci
fic logo on
door)
UPS (included
with the ONTs
listed above
and not
orderable
separately)
The 3FE 51307 BA comes equipped with a

fiber strength member clamp.
The Delta 38 W, 12 V dc OPSU/BBU is a

power supply equipped with a backup
battery. The OPSU/BBU is located at a
subscriber location and converts ac input
(90 to 135 V ac, 47 to 63Hz) to a dc output
(47.5 to 52 V dc). The backup battery
provides up to 8 hours of temporary power
in the event of power loss.
The 3FE 51307 AA comes equipped with an
extra amount of OPSU to BBU cable for
remote OPSU installations while the 3FE
51307 BA does not.
PX12072
PXL12072
PWL12V7
Batteries supplied by GS Yuasa International

Ltd. approved for use with the I-211M-D
ONT.
Note
(1)
20.2
General description
Type III).
The I-211M-D ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as determined
by the Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA).
20-2


layers

interface
20.3

Table 20-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-211M-D ONT.
Table 20-2 Hardware features (I-211M-D)
Features
Chapter
Cross reference for more

information
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks
Current Generation ONT SoC

technology
blocks
Current Generation ONTs with RF
video subsystem
Current Generation ONTs with MoCA
subsystem
Connections
Connections
I-211M-D connections and components

Coaxial connectivity in the home

and design guidelines
Physical description (height, width,

depth, weight)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-D)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption
(1 of 2)

20-3
Features
Chapter

information
Location and installation options
Location options
SLID entry via Ethernet interface
Supported UPS
See the ONT, MDU, UPS, and power

adaptor compatibility table in the
7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Planning and
Ordering Guide
(2 of 2)
Table 20-3 describes software based features for the I-211M-D ONT.
Table 20-3 ONT management and security features (I-211M-D)
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
20.4
None.
20-4

21.1 Identification
21-2
21-2

21-3
21-4

21-1
21.1
Identification
Table 21-1 Identification of indoor ONTs
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 51296 AA
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
I-211M-E
GPON I-series ONT unit, version E, 2

POTS, 1 Ethernet interface, 1 RF video,
and MoCA interface
BVM5N00CRA
211040
454318
3EM 22496 AA
(This variant
provides a
customer
specific logo.)
See Delta OPSU/BBU unit data sheet
BVM6C10FRA
N70988
456475
3EM 22495 AA
(This variant
provides no
logo.)
BVM6D10FRA
N70988
456479
Note
(1)
21.2
General description
Type III).
The I-211M-E ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as determined

layers

interface
provides optics that support received signal strength indication (RSSI)
21-2

21.3

Table 21-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-211M-E ONT.
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks

Connections
Connections
I-211M-E connections and components
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-E)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS


21-3
Table 21-3 describes software based features for the I-211M-E ONT.
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
21.4
None.
21-4

22.1 Identification
22-2
22-2

22-3
22-4

22-1
22.1
Identification
Table 22-1 provides identification information about the I-211M-G ONT.
Part number
Mnemonic
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON I-series ONT unit, version G, 2 POTS

interfaces, 1 10/100/1000 BASE-T Gigabit
Ethernet interface, 1 RF video, and 1 MoCA
interface.
BVM5200CRA
211742
456782
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(1)
3FE 51307 AA
I-211M-G
(customer-spec
ific logo on
door)
3FE 51307 BB
The 3FE 51307 BB comes equipped with a

fiber strength member clamp.
(without
customer-speci
fic logo on
door)
This part number provides an installation kit

that includes an skirt, 20 feet (6.1 m)
cabling, and fiber slack storage tray,
suitable for an on wall installation.
Both variants use a later release of MoCAas
well as providing optics that support RSSI.
3EM 22705 AA
in wall
installation
kit
Installation kit required for the I-211M-G

ONT to be mounted inside a cabinet, which
can then be mounted between the studs in
a SFU, also known as an in wall
installation.
This installation kit provides an OptiTap to
SC adaptor connector and push rivets for
installation inside a Suttle cabinet.
UPS (included
with the ONTs
listed above
and not
orderable
separately)
The Delta 38 W, 12 V dc OPSU/BBU, see

the Delta OPSU/BBU unit data sheet.
N/A
N/A
N/A
PX12072
Batteries supplied by GS Yuasa International

Ltd. approved for use with the I-211M-D
ONT.
N/A
N/A
N/A
PXL12072
PWL12V7
Note
(1)
22.2
General description
Type III).
The I-211M-G ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as determined
22-2


layers

interface
22.3

Table 22-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-211M-G ONT.
Features
Chapter

information
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks
Current Generation ONT SoC

technology
blocks
Current Generation ONTs with RF
video subsystem
Current Generation ONTs with MoCA
subsystem
Connections
Connections
I-211M-G connections and
components



depth, weight)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-G)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
(1 of 2)

22-3
Features
Chapter

information
Power consumption
Power consumption
Location options
Supported UPS

Ordering Guide
(2 of 2)
Table 22-3 describes software based features for the I-211M-G ONT.
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
22.4
None.
22-4

23.1 Identification
23-2
23-2

23-2
23-4

23-1
23.1
Identification
Table 23-1 provides identification information about the I-211M-H indoor ONT.
Table 23-1 Identification of the I-211M-H indoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 51852 AA
I-211M-H
(1)
(Customer
specific logo.)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON I-series ONT unit, version H, 2

POTS, 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface, 1 RF
video, and 1 MoCA interface
BVM7R00ARA
N70AFK
459420
Note
(1)
23.2
General description
The I-211M-H indoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the
The I-211M-H indoor ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as
determined by the Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA).

layers

interface
optics that support received signal strength indication (RSSI)
23.3

Table 23-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-211M-H ONT.
23-2


Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks
Connections

Connections
I-211M-H connections and components
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-H)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS

Table 23-3 describes software based features for the I-211M-H ONT.

23-3

Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
23.4
None.
23-4

24.1 Identification
24-2
24-2

24-2
24-4

24-1
24.1
Identification
Table 24-1 provides identification information about the I-211M-K indoor ONT.
Table 24-1 Identification of an I-211M-K indoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 52343 AA
(Customer-spe
cific logo)
I-211M-K
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON I-series ONT unit, version K, 2

POTS, 1 Ethernet, 1 RF video, and MoCA
interfaces.
BVM7S00ARA
N70AFL
459421
Note
(1)
24.2
General description
The I-211M-K indoor ONT provides a subscriber interface for the
The I-211M-K indoor ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as
This ONT provides the following functions:

24.3
layers
interface
optics that support received signal strength indication (RSSI)

Table 24-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-211M-K indoor ONT.
24-2


Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks
Connections

Connections
I-211M-K connections and components
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
Indoor ONT (I-211M-K)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS

Table 24-3 describes software based features for the I-211M-K ONT.

24-3

Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
24.4
None.
24-4

25.1 Identification
25-2
25-2

25-3
25-4

25-1
25.1
Identification
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 50754 AA
I-221E-A
3FE 50754 AD
3FE 50754 AB
I-220E-A
3FE 50754 AE
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code

2 POTS, 2 Ethernet, and 1 RF video
BVM3L00CRA
209112
449280
BVM4P10DRA
210858
453967
BVM3M00CRA
209113
449281
BVM4R10DRA
210860
453971

2 POTS, 2 Ethernet. The AF variant provides
a customer-specific logo on the enclosure.
3FE 50754 AF
1AF 01226 AK
The AC/DC power converter converts 120 V

ac to 12 V dc and installs inside the
customer residence. An Alcatel-Lucent
approved power cable is required.
1AB 07676
0009 (1)
Cable, AS 3112 plug to IEC 60320 C13

connector, 3-conductor, 10 A, 250 V ac,
1.78 m, black (Australia/China)
Note
(1)
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Planning and Ordering guide for product identification information, including additional
AC/DC power converter cabling information.
25.2
General description
Type III).

25-2
layers
interface

25.3

Table 25-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-220E-A and the
I-221E-A.
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks

Connections
Connections
I-221E-A and I-220E-A connections and components
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
Indoor ONT (I-221E-A and I-220E-A)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS
I-221E-A and I-220E-A unit data sheet


25-3
Table 25-3 describes software based features for the I-220E-A and the I-221E-A.
Features
Chapter
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
AES support
(1)
Note
(1)
The 3FE 50754 AA and 3FE 50754 AB do not support AES.
25.4
None.
25-4

26 I-241G-A and I-240G-A unit data

sheet
26.1 Identification
26-2
26-2

26-3
26-4

26-1
26.1
Identification
Table 26-1 provides identification information about the I-241G-A and the I-240G-A
indoor ONTs.
Part number
Mnemonic
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
3FE 60344 AA
I-241G-A
I-241G-AGPON I-series ONT, version A,

asymmetric, 2 POTS, 4 Ethernet
10/100/1000Base-T, and 1 RF video
3FE 60344 AB
I-240G-A
3FE 60397 AAI-240G-AGPON I-series ONT,

version A, asymmetric, 2 POTS, and 4
Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T
3FE 60344 AC
I-240G-A
3FE 60397 AAI-240G-AGPON I-series ONT,

version A, asymmetric, 2 POTS, and 4
Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T. The AC
variant provides RSSI-capable optics
1AB 07676 0009

26.2
General description
Type III).
26-2
FSAN GPON standards compliant

Network management support
IP video with multistage IGMPv3 or IGMPv2 for channel change
layers
interface

26.3

Table 26-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the I-241G-A and the
I-240G-A.
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks

Current Generation ONTs with RF video
subsystem
Connections
Connections
I-241G-A and I-240G-A connections and
components

Coaxial connectivity in the home and

design guidelines
Physical description (height,

width, depth, weight)
Indoor ONT (I-241G-A and I-240G-A)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Indoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range

interface
Supported UPS

compatibility table in the 7342 ISAM FTTU
ONT Planning and Ordering Guide

26-3
Table 26-3 describes software based features for the I-241G-A and the I-240G-A
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
26.4
In order to provide four GE ports on the I-241G-A and the I-240G-A, an Ethernet
switch has been added between the SoC and the Ethernet ports; See Figure 26-1. The
Ethernet switch provides the following features:
IGMP packet replication for multicast channels

internal VLAN tagging to direct traffic to appropriate ports and priority queues
Figure 26-1 Ethernet switch
Power
Converter
GPON
Triplexer
POTS
RJ-11
Ethernet
switch
RJ-45
SOC
Video amplifier
19394
26-4


IGMP packet replication allows the I-241G-A and the I-240G-A to support IPTV on
all four Ethernet channels at the same time. Internal VLAN tagging allows traffic to
be routed and prioritized between the two Ethernet MACs on the SoC and the
Ethernet switch and the appropriate subscriber RJ-45 ports.
Downstream multicast traffic received on a user side C-VLAN tagged port will use
VLAN ID 4094 and have a P-bit value of 6.
When an unstacked cross-connect VLAN is provisioned on the ONT UNI,
downstream multicast traffic that is single tagged is dropped.
The new Ethernet switch functional block and the additional Ethernet switch features
have modified certain VLAN tagging and priority queuing behaviors. The following
sections describe these modifications.
Note 1 Due to certain Ethernet switch restrictions, the I-241G-A
and the I-240G-A provides up to 4 IP, 4 MAC, or 2 pairs of MAC/IP
based anti-spoofing (static only). MAC, IP, and MAC/IP
anti-spoofing only works on both IPoE packets.
Note 2 Congestion may occur if Ethernet ports 1 and 2 or ports 3
and 4 are each set to 1000Base-T and are being used simultaneously.
See the ONT Customer Release Notes for this product for throughput
details.
VLAN tagging behavior

Before traffic can be routed to and from the I-241G-A and the I-240G-A, the
following conditions must be met:
The CVLAN ID of any HSI service cannot be 0.

Default P-bits must be configured on each Ethernet port.
This can be configured using the ENT-QOS-MARKPROF command described
in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures Guide using
TL1 and CLI.
When port-to-port communication is disabled, a default C-VLAN must be created
for each Ethernet port. The VLAN must be unique for Ethernet port 1 and 2 or 3
and 4 on the ONT. The C-VLAN packet received at the ONT must be the same
as the default C-VLAN or the packet is dropped. When port-to-port
communication is enabled, each of the four Ethernet ports must have an unique
C-VLAN. The default VLAN can be configured using the CVLANDEF
parameter.
DSCP to 1P mapping rules are reduced from 64 to 8 with only the highest 3 bits
of the DSCP area used to determine P-bit value; see Table 26-4.
This can be configured using the ENT-PROFILE-DSCPBITMAP command
described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Operations and Maintenance Procedures
Guide using TL1 and CLI.

26-5

Table 26-4 Default DSCP to P-bit mapping
DSCP
P-bit
0 to 7
8 to 15
16 to 23
24 to 32
33 to 40
41 to 47
48 to 55
56 to 63
(1)
Note
(1)
Where x is a number from 0 to 7.
All VLAN tagging behavior operates as described in the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product
Information Manual except as indicated in the following sections.
Upstream traffic handling (trusted and untrusted)
Table 26-5 describes upstream VLAN tagging and P-bit allocation from trusted and
untrusted traffic.
Table 26-5 Upstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior
Traffic source
Traffic type
Untrusted
Untagged packets
Default C-VLAN and P-bits are added to the packets.
Default C-VLAN is added to the packets. P-bits are

overwritten.

packets
Received C-VLAN and P-bits are overwritten.
Untagged packets

packets are PPPoE, the default P-bits are used.
Received P-bits are overwritten with default C-VLAN. P-bits

are unchanged.

packets
Received C-VLAN must match default VLAN or the packet is

dropped. P-bits are unchanged.
Trusted
Downstream traffic handling (strip tag and tag through)
Table 26-6 describes downstream VLAN tagging behavior for strip tag and tag
through modes.
26-6


Table 26-6 Downstream untrusted and trusted tagging behavior
Traffic mode
Traffic type
Transmitted to ONT port as
Strip tag
Untagged packets
Untagged packet.
Untagged packet.
Untagged packet.
Untagged packets
Untagged packet.
Default C-VLAN is added and the

maximum number of P-bits will be
accepted.
Default C-VLAN overwrites the received

C-VLAN and the maximum number of
P-bits will be accepted.
Tag through
VLAN translation traffic handling
VLAN translation is a feature that allows that ONT to translate a C-VLAN into
another C-VLAN. A network (NW) C-VLAN is used when data is sent over the
GPON network, and a user network interface (UNI) side C-VLAN is used when data
is sent to customer equipment.
When using VLAN translation, the use the following configuration rules:
Only a single UNI/NW C-VLAN pair is allowed per service.

Overlapping P-bits can be used for difference services on UNI. However, in
VLAN pass-tru mode, the same P-bits as other services cannot be used on the
UNI. Overlapping P-bits are allowed only for non-default services.
Table 26-7 describes upstream VLAN tagging and P-bit allocation in VLAN
translation mode.
Table 26-7 Upstream VLAN translation mode
Traffic mode
Traffic type
VLAN translation
Untagged packets

packets are PPPoE, the default P-bits are used. The C-VLAN
and derived P-bits are now considered the UNI side C-VLAN.

packets

Table 26-8 describes downstream VLAN tagging behavior for VLAN translation.

26-7

Table 26-8 Downstream VLAN translation behavior
Traffic mode
Traffic type
GPON behavior
VLAN translation
Tagged packets
Only accepts VLAN tagged

traffic that matches the
network VLAN ID configured
using the ENT-SERVICE-HSI
TL1 command. All non
matching VLAN IDs are
dropped.
The Ethernet switch converts

the network VLAN ID to the
user side VLAN ID and
forwards the packet to the
appropriate port.
Only one service is allowed

per VLAN.
Ethertype classification and Ethertype with VLAN translation
Ethertype classification is used to classify traffic in the upstream direction based on

the Ethernet type (IPoE or PPPoE). Ethertype classification operates as normal
except that the received C-VLAN must match the default C-VLAN configured at the
ONT or the packet is dropped.
Ethertype classification may also be used in conjunction with VLAN translation. All
the considerations described in the VLAN translation section apply with the
additional that the received C-VLAN and Ethertype must match the default NW
C-VLAN an Ethertype or the packet is dropped.
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU Product Information Manual for more information on
Ethertype classification.
26-8

27 M-300-A and S-840V-A unit data

sheet
27.1 Identification
27-2
27-2

27-2
27-4

27-1
27.1
Identification
Table 27-1 provides identification information about the modular ONTs.
Table 27-1 Identification of modular ONTs
Part number
Mnemonic
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
(1)
3FE 50533 AA
M-300-A
GPON M-series ONT unit, version AA, up to

24 POTS, up to 12 VDSL2 ports, up to 3
S-840V-As, standard SC connector type.
BVM2W10DRA
208814
448715
3FE 50533 AB
M-300-A
GPON M-series ONT unit, version AB, up to

24 POTS, up to 12 VDSL2 ports, up to 3
S-840V-As, OptiTap connector type.
BVM2X10DRA
208815
448716
3FE 50537 AA
S-840V-A
Service plug-in unit
BVL2MR0BAA
070AZF
138487
Note
(1)
Note Currently the M-300-A and the S-840V-A are only

supported in the ANSI market and DELT is not supported on the
M-300-A ONT.
27.2
General description
The modular ONT provides the subscriber interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The
connect to subscriber devices. The modular ONT is compatible with all existing
subscriber equipment, including analog phones with both tone and rotary dial
capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and caller ID boxes (Type I,
Type II, and Type III).
The modular ONT provides the following functions:
27.3

voice interworking function from the POTS lines to the VoIP/Ethernet layers
interworking functions between the VDSL2 layer and Ethernet layer

Table 27-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the M-300-A and the
S-840V-A.
27-2


Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Functional blocks

Modular ONT and plug-in unit functional blocks
Connections
Connections
Modular ONT and plug-in unit connections and
components
Service interface
specifications
weight)
Modular ONTs (M-300-A)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Modular ONT and service unit LEDs
ONT overview
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Modular ONT and plug in unit

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS

Table 27-3 describes software based features for the M-300-A and the S-840V-A
Features
Chapter
(1 of 2)

27-3
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
(2 of 2)
27.4
None.
27-4

28 O-210E-B and O-211E-B unit data

sheet
28.1 Identification
28-2
28-2
28.3 ONT hardware and software feature

28-3
28-4

28-1
28.1
Identification
Table 28-1 provides identification information about the outdoor ONTs.
Table 28-1 Identification of outdoor ONTs
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 50683 AF
O-210E-B
3FE 50683 AP
3FE 50683 AB
O-210E-B
3FE 50683 AK
3FE 50683 AU
3FE 50683 AH
O-210E-B
3FE 50683 AS
3FE 50683 AC
O-211E-B
3FE 50683 AL
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON O-series ONT unit, version B, 2 POTS,

1 Ethernet interface for both data and IP
video, craft interface, and SC/APC
interface
BVM3J00CRA
209106
449273
BVM4510DRA
210867
453984

video, and SC/APC interface. The AU
variant has optics that support received
signal strength indication (RSSI).
BVM3E00CRA
209102
449269
BVM4110DRA
210862
453979

video, craft interface, and OptiTap
interface
BVM4710DRA
210869
453986

video, RF video, EPC jumper for +12V PoE,
craft interfaces, and SC/APC interface
BVM3F00CRA
209103
449270
BVM4210DRA
210864
453981
BVM3K00CRA
209107
449274
BVM4610DRA
210868
453985
The AL variant provides optics that support

RSSI.
3FE 50683 AG
3FE 50683 AR
O-211E-B

video, RF video, EPC jumper for +12V PoE,
craft interface, and OptiTap interface
The AR variant provides optics that support
RSSI.
Note
(1)
28.2
General description
The outdoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The
Type III).
28-2

The outdoor ONT provides the following functions:

layers

interface

28.3
ONT hardware and software feature

Table 28-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-210E-B and the
O-211E-B.
Table 28-2 ONT hardware features
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks
Connections

Connections
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
Outdoor ONT
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption
Outdoor ONTs

options
Location options
(1 of 2)

28-3
Features
Chapter

range
Fiber storage
compartment


interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS and power

adapter

(2 of 2)
Table 28-3 describes software based features for the O-210E-B and the O-211E-B.
Features
Chapter
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
AES support
(1)
Note
(1)
The following outdoor ONTs do not support AES: 3FE 50683 AF, 3FE 50683 AH, 3FE 50683 AC, and 3FE 50683 AG.
28.4
None.
28-4

29 O-211M-C, O-211M-E, and O-211M-G

unit data sheet
29.1 Identification
29-2
29-2

29-3
29-4

29-1
29.1
Identification
Table 29-1 Identification of outdoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 50762 AA
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
O-211M-C
GPON O-series ONT unit, version C, 2 POTS,

1 Ethernet interface, 1 RF video and MoCA
interface, and SC/APC interface
O-211M-E
GPON O-series ONT unit, version E, 2 POTS,

1 10/100/1000 BASE-T Ethernet interface, 1
RF video and MoCA interface, and OptiTap
interface
BVM4S00DRA
210013
452789
BVM6L10FRA
N70AAR
456705
3FE 50762 BA
3FE 50762 AC
(1)
This variant provides optics that support

received signal strength indication (RSSI).
3FE 50762 BB
O-211M-E
GPON O-series ONT unit, version E, 2 POTS,

1 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet interface, 1
RF video and MoCA interface, SC/APC
interface, no vendor-specific logo
3FE 50762 AE
O-211M-G
GPON O-series ONT unit, version G, 2 POTS,

RF video and later release MoCA interface,
OptiTap interface, vendor-specific logo
RSSI.
3FE 50762 BE
O-211M-G
GPON O-series ONT unit, version G, 2 POTS,

RF video and later release MoCA interface,
SC/APC interface, no vendor-specific logo
RSSI.
Note
(1)
29.2
General description
Type III).
The O-211M-C, O-211M-E, and O-211M-G ONTs meet or exceed the specifications
of MoCA 1.0 as determined by the Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA).
29-2


layers

interface
29.3

Table 29-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-211M-C, O-211M-E,
and O-211M-G ONTs.
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks

Connections
Connections
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
Outdoor ONT
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options
(1 of 2)

29-3
Features
Chapter

range
Fiber storage
compartment

3EM 20293 AA compartment (only compartment
used by the O-211M-E and O-211M-G)

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS

(2 of 2)
Table 29-3 describes software based features for the O-211M-C, O-211M-E, and the
O-211M-G.
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
29.4
None.
29-4

30.1 Identification
30-2
30-2

30-2
30-4

30-1
30.1
Identification
Table 30-1 provides identification information about the O-211M-H outdoor ONT.
Table 30-1 Identification of the O-211M-H outdoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 51851 AA
O-211M-H
(Customer
specific logo.)
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON O-series ONT unit, version H, 2

POTS, 1 Ethernet interface, 1 RF video,
and MoCA interface
BVM7P00ARA
N70AFJ
459418
This ONT provides optics that support

Note
(1)
30.2
General description
The O-211M-H outdoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the
The O-211M-H outdoor ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as
The ONT provides the following functions:

30.3
layers
interface

Table 30-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-211M-H outdoor
ONT.
30-2


Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks
Connections

Connections
O-211M-H connections and components
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
Outdoor ONT
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment


interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS

Table 30-3 describes software based features for the O-211M-H outdoor ONT.

30-3

Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
30.4
None.
30-4

31.1 Identification
31-2
31-2

31-2
31-4

31-1
31.1
Identification
Table 31-1 provides identification information about the O-211M-R outdoor ONTs.
Table 31-1 Identification of outdoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 51886 AA
O-211M-R
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON O-series ONT unit, version R, 2 POTS,

1 Gigabit Ethernet interface, 1 RF video and
MoCA interface, and SC/APC interface
Note
(1)
31.2
General description
Type III).
The O-211M-R ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as

31.3
layers
interface

Table 31-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-211M-R outdoor
ONT.
31-2


Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks

Connections
Connections
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
Outdoor ONT
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment


interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS

Table 31-3 describes software based features for the O-211M-R outdoor ONT.

31-3

Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
31.4
None.
31-4

32 O-420E-B and O-421E-B unit data

sheet
32.1 Identification
32-2
32-2

32-3
32-4

32-1
32.1
Identification
Table 32-1 Identification of outdoor ONTs
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 50683 AA
O-421E-B
3FE 50683 AJ
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code

2 Ethernet interfaces for both data and IP
video, EPC jumper for +12V EPC, RF video,
craft interfaces, and SC/APC interface
BVM3D00CRA
209101
449268
BVM4T10DRA
210861
453976

video supporting PLL, EPC jumper for +12V
EPC, RF video, craft interfaces, and SC/APC
interface
BVM3H00CRA
209105
449272
BVM4410DRA
210866
453983
The AJ variant provides optics that support

3FE 50683 AE
3EM 23162 AA
Gemtek HPAC-100 dongle for use with the

O-421E-B ONT. This device uses HPNA 3.1
technology to provide a RF return path and
contains 2 RF coax ports and 2
10/100BASE-T Ethernet RJ-45 output ports.
Power is supplied by a 12 V dc 500 mA cable
connected to the first Ethernet RJ-45 port.
3EM 23161 AA
Power injector is an optional device for use

with the O-421E-B and Gemtek dongle.
Contains 1 Ethernet Power Connection
(EPC)/Data port and 1 10/100BASE-T
Ethernet RJ-45 output port. The power
injector connects to the first Ethernet RJ-45
port and is used only if power to the ONT is
not supplied by the 12 V dc 500 mA cable.
3FE 50683 AD
O-420E-B

video, craft interface, and SC/APC
interface
BVM3G00CRA
209104
449271
BVM4310DRA
210865
453982

video, craft interface, and OptiTap
interface
3FE 50683 AM
3FE 50683 AT
Note
(1)
32.2
General description
Type III).
32-2


layers

interface

32.3

Table 32-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-420E-B and the
O-421E-B.
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks
Connections

Connections
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
Outdoor ONT
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption
Outdoor ONTs

options
Location options
(1 of 2)

32-3
Features
Chapter

range
Fiber storage
compartment


interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS and power

adapter

(2 of 2)
Table 32-3 describes software based features for the O-420E-B and the O-421E-B.
Features
Chapter
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
AES support
(1)
Note
(1)
The following outdoor ONTs do not support AES: 3FE 50683 AA and 3FE 50683 AD.
32.4
The VLANs between the ONT and the dongle are fixed:
VLAN ID 35 carries the IP multicast stream from the ONT to the subscriber.
VLAN ID 38 carries the RF return path from the subscriber to the ONT.
32-4

To ensure the proper mapping of the VLANs from the subscriber-side to the
network-side, the following configurations are required:
Two HSI services are needed: one to carry the IP multicast stream from the PON
to the subscriber, and the other to carry the RF return path from the subscriber to
the IPTV service provider.
The ONT UNI ports that support the HSI services must be configured for VLAN
translation mode in the QoS marker profile.
The HSI services must be properly configured so that:
VLAN ID 35 maps to the IPTV C-VLAN on the PON

VLAN ID 38 maps to the RF return path (AMR) C-VLAN on the PON
The AMR PON C-VLAN must be configured in pass-through mode.
Figure 32-1 illustrates the mapping of dongle VLANs in the upstream direction.
Figure 32-1 Mapping of dongle VLANs
ONT
OLT
HSI VLAN = 101
1
Ethernet
IPTV iB
PON
Translator
AMR iB
AMR VLAN = 4038
100 BT
IPTV CVLAN
AMR CVLAN
HPNA
100 BT Dongle
1 IPTV SVLAN = MC VLAN

2 AMR SVLAN = NW CVLAN
19828

32-5
32-6

33 O-820G-D and O-821G-D unit data

sheet
33.1 Identification
33-2
33-2

33-2
33-4

33-1
33.1
Identification
Table 33-1 provides identification information about the SOHO outdoor ONTs.
Table 33-1 Identification of SOHO outdoor ONTs
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 50774 AC
O-820G-D
3FE 50774 AG
3FE 50774 AD
O-821G-D
3FE 50774 AH
3FE 50774 AJ
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON O-series small office home office

(SOHO) ONT with 8 POTS, 2
10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet, and one
GPON SC/APC interface and PLL.
BVM4W00DRA
210084
452885
BVM5J00CRA
211014
454266

10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet, 1 RF video,
and one GPON OptiTap interface and PLL.
BVM4X00DRA
210085
452886
BVM5K00CRA
211015
454269
BVM5L00CRA
211016
454270
The AJ variant uses an SC/APC connector.
Note
(1)
33.2
General description
The SOHO outdoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the
The SOHO outdoor ONT provides the following functions:

33.3
layers
interface

Table 33-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-820G-D and the
O-821G-D.
33-2


Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks

Connections
Connections
components
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface

interface
Supported UPS

Table 33-3 describes software based features for the O-811G-D and the O-810G-D.

33-3

Features
Chapter
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
AES support
(1)
Note
(1)
The following SOHO ONTs do not support AES: 3FE 50744 AC and 3FE 50744 AG.
33.4
None.
33-4

34.1 Identification
34-2
34-2

34-3
34-4

34-1
34.1
Identification
Table 34-1 provides identification information about the SOHO outdoor ONTs.
Table 34-1 Identification of SOHO outdoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 51369 AA
O-821M-E
(1)
3FE 51369 AC
3FE 51369 AD
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code

10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet, 1 RF video
and MoCA interface, one GPON OptiTap
interface and PLL.
BVM5R00CRA
211158
454493
The AA and AC variants have a

customer-specific logo on the cover. The AD
variant does not have a specific logo.
The AC and AD variants use and support a
later release of MoCA functionality.
The AA and AC variants use an OptiTap
GPON connector. The AD variant uses an
SC/APC connector.
Note
(1)
34.2
General description
The SOHO outdoor ONT provides the subscriber interface for the
The O-821M-E ONT meets or exceeds the specifications of MoCA 1.0 as
The SOHO outdoor ONT provides the following functions:

layers

interface
34-2

34.3

Table 34-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-821M-E.
Features
Chapter
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Functional blocks

blocks

Connections
Connections
components
Service interface
specifications


guidelines
weight)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
Outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption

options
Location options

range
Fiber storage
compartment

interface
SLID entry via POTS

interface
(1 of 2)

34-3
Features
Chapter

interface
Supported UPS

(2 of 2)
Table 34-3 describes software based features for the O-821M-E.

Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
34.4
The O-821M-E is factory default configured with 2 POTS, 1 GigE and 1 MoCA
interface. When switching between HSI service delivery over both GigE ports to one
GigE port and one MoCA port or vice versa, perform the following using TL1 or an
EMS, as described in the appropriate configuration guides:
If the MoCA interface will be provisioned, the second GigE port must be
deactivated and deleted, and the MoCA interface provisioned and activated
If the second GigE port will be provisioned, the MoCA interface must be
deactivated and deleted, and the second GigE port must be provisioned and
activated.
In both cases, the O-821M-E must be rebooted for the provisioning change to
take effect. In both cases, no service mismatch alarm is raised.
34-4

35 O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A unit

data sheet
35.1 Identification
35-2
35-4

35-5
35-6

35-1
35.1
Identification
Table 35-1 provides identification information about the O-24121G-A and
O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONTs.
Table 35-1 Identification of O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONT
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 51185 AA
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
O-24121G-A
GPON O-series ONT unit, version AA, up to

24 POTS, up to 12 10/100/1000BASE-T
Ethernet ports, 1 RF video connector, and 1
SC/APC connector type
BVM4Z00DRA
210924
454087
3FE 51185 BA
O-24121G-A
GPON O-series ONT unit, version BA with

customer-specific logo, up to 24 POTS, up
to 12 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet ports, 1
RF video connector, and 1 SC/APC
connector type
3FE 51185 AB
O-24120G-A
GPON O-series ONT unit, version AB, up to

24 POTS, up to 12 10/100/1000BASE-T
Ethernet ports, and 1 SC/APC connector
type
BVM5F00CRA
210923
454088
The SWRD has two 10/100 Ethernet ports

and 2 RF ports. The SWRD is powered from
the ONT by an Ethernet cable once the
SWRD is installed and an Ethernet UNI is
provisioned.
BVM5Z10CRA
N70ABJ
457124

Contact your
Alcatel-Lucent
sales
representative
SWRD
The SWRD is separately orderable from the

manufacturer, and is not included with the
3EM 21550 xx LP MDU with outdoor
enclosure.
Enclosures
LP MDU 3EM
21550 BA
variant
The unit is used as an outdoor enclosure for

the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU
outdoor ONT. The variant determines the
type of POTS connector, fiber connector,
SWRD support (SWRD is separately
orderable), and door alarm and security
option. MRJ-21 cables are sold separately.
This BA variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
rear fiber storage

OptiTap fiber connector
non-conduit cable entry fittings (3EM
20886 AA)
(1 of 3)
35-2

Part number
Mnemonic
LP MDU 3EM
21550 BB
variant
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code

BVM5110CRA
N70ABK
457125
BVM5D10CRA
N70ABC
457078
BVM5310CRA
N70ABL
457126
This BB variant supports the no RF variant

LP MDU and provides:
LP MDU 3EM
21550 BC
variant
rear fiber storage

SC fiber connector
Door switch alarm capability

This BC variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
LP MDU 3EM
21550 BD
variant
SWRD and SWRD cables

rear fiber storage
SC fiber connector
punchdown POTS block
door switch alarm capability
cable entry fittings

This BD variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:

rear fiber storage
(2 of 3)

35-3
Part number
Mnemonic
LP MDU 3EM
21550 BE
variant
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code

BVM5610CRA
N70ABM
457127
BVM5710CRA
N70ABN
457128
This BE variant supports the no RF variant

LP MDU 3EM
21550 BF
variant
rear fiber storage

SC fiber connector

This BF variant supports the no RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
rear fiber storage

(3 of 3)
Note
(1)
35.2
General description
The O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONTs provide the subscriber
interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The ONT terminates the PON interface and
converts it to user interfaces that directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is
compatible with all existing subscriber equipment, including analog phones with
both tone and rotary dial capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and
caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and Type III).
35-4

The O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONT provides the following
functions:

35.3
layers
available to be installed in a rack, on a wall, or in an enclosure (outdoors or
indoors)

Table 35-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-24121G-A and
O-24120G-A MDU outdoor ONT.
Features
Chapter

information
ONT overview
LP MDU outdoor ONT
Functional blocks

Connections
Connections
O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A



depth, weight)
LP MDU ONT
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
LP MDU outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
LP MDU outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption
Location options
(1 of 2)

35-5
Features
Chapter

information
Supported UPS

Ordering Guide
(2 of 2)
Table 35-3 describes software based features for the O-24121G-A and O-24120G-A
MDU outdoor ONT.
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
35.4
None.
35-6

36 O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A unit

data sheet
36.1 Identification
36-2
36-4

36-5
36-6

36-1
36.1
Identification
Table 36-1 provides identification information about the O-24121V-A and
O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONTs.
Table 36-1 Identification of O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONTs
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 51063 AA
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
O-24121V-A

24 POTS, up to 12 VDSL2 ports, 1 RF video
connector, and SC/APC connector type
BVM4Y00DRA
210181
453072
3FE 51063 BA
O-24121V-A
GPON O-series ONT unit, version BA with

customer specific logo, up to 24 POTS, up to
12 VDSL2 ports, 1 RF video connector, and
3FE 51063 AB
O-24120V-A
GPON O-series ONT unit, version AB, up to

24 POTS, up to 12 VDSL2 ports, and SC/APC
connector type
BVM4Z00DRA
21082
453073
The SWRD has two 10/100 Ethernet ports

and 2 RF ports. The SWRD is powered from
the ONT by an Ethernet cable once the
SWRD is installed and an Ethernet UNI is
provisioned.
BVM5P10CRA
N70ABD
457119

Contact your
Alcatel-Lucent
sales
representative
SWRD
The SWRD is separately orderable from the

manufacturer, and is not included with the
3EM 21550 xx LP MDU with outdoor
enclosure.
Enclosures
LP MDU 3EM
21550 AA
variant

the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU
type of VDSL2/POTS connector, fiber
connector, SWRD support (SWRD is
separately orderable), and door alarm and
security option.
This AA variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
rear fiber storage

non-conduit cable entry fittings (3EM
20886 AA)
(1 of 3)
36-2

Part number
Mnemonic
LP MDU 3EM
21550 AB
variant
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code

security option.
BVM5S10CRA
N70ABE
457120
BVM5T10CRA
N70ABF
457121
BVM5U10CRA
N70ABG
457122
This AB variant supports the no RF variant

LP MDU 3EM
21550 AC
variant
rear fiber storage

SC fiber connector
Door switch alarm capability

security option.
This AC variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:
LP MDU 3EM
21550 AD
variant

rear fiber storage
SC fiber connector
punchdown VDSL2/POTS block

security option.
This AD variant supports the RF variant LP
MDU and provides:

rear fiber storage
(2 of 3)

36-3
Part number
Mnemonic
LP MDU 3EM
21550 AE
variant
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code

security option.
BVM5C10CRA
N70ABB
457076
BVM5V10CRA
N70ABH
457123
This AE variant supports the no RF variant

LP MDU 3EM
21550 AF
variant
rear fiber storage

SC fiber connector

security option.
This AF variant supports the no RF variant
rear fiber storage

(3 of 3)
Note
(1)
36.2
General description
The O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONT provides the subscriber
interface for the 7342 ISAM FTTU. The ONT terminates the PON interface and
converts it to user interfaces that directly connect to subscriber devices. The ONT is
compatible with all existing subscriber equipment, including analog phones with
both tone and rotary dial capabilities, cordless phones, modems, fax machines, and
caller ID boxes (Type I, Type II, and Type III).
The O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A MDU outdoor ONT provides the following
functions:

layers

36-4

36.3

Table 36-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-24121V-A and
O-24120V-A ONT.
Features
Chapter

information
ONT overview
LP MDU outdoor ONT
Functional blocks

Connections
LP MDU ONT



depth, weight)
Connections
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
LP MDU outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
LP MDU outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption
Location options
Supported UPS

Ordering Guide
O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A

Table 36-3 describes software based features for the O-24121V-A and O-24120V-A
ONT.

36-5

Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS
36.4
None.
36-6

37.1 Identification
37-2
37-2

37-2
37-4

37-1
37.1
Identification
Table 37-1 provides identification information about the 7352 ISAM FTTB ONT.
Table 37-1 Identification of the 7352 ISAM FTTB ONT
(1)
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 51469 AA
O-00240V-A
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code

24 VDSL2 ports, 1 Ethernet interface, and
BVM5400CRA
211738
456763
Note
(1)
37.2
General description
The O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT provides the VDSL2 interface with VDSL2
modems at the subscribers premises. The VDSL2 modem interfaces directly with
the subscriber devices such as phones and fax machines.
This outdoor ONT provides the following functions:

37.3

Table 37-2 provides a list of hardware based features for the O-00240V-A MDU
outdoor ONT.
Features
Chapter

information
ONT overview
MDU outdoor ONT
Functional blocks

O-00240V-A MDU ONT functional

blocks
Connections
O-00240V-A ONT connections and

components

depth, weight)
O-00240V-A MDU ONT
(1 of 2)
37-2

Features
Chapter

information
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
MDU outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
MDU outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption
Location options
Supported UPS or power converter

Ordering Guide
(2 of 2)
Table 37-3 describes software based features for the O-00240V-A MDU outdoor
ONT.
Features
Chapter
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS

37-3
37.4
Since there are no individual LEDs on the O-00240V-A MDU outdoor ONT for the
line status of each VDSL2 port, a craft command is used to retrieve port status from
the local craft interface.
After logging in to the craft port, check the VDSL2 port status by typing:
vdsl_test linstat
Example of the output when port 1 is enabled and up:

TEST_MDU_NO1# vdsl_test linstat system response
Followed by the system response described in Table 37-4.

Table 37-4 Line status summary
37-4
Line
Admin State
Oper State
01
enabled
up
02
enabled
down
03
enabled
down
04
enabled
down
05
enabled
down
06
enabled
down
07
enabled
down
08
enabled
down
09
enabled
down
10
enabled
down
11
enabled
down
12
enabled
down
13
enabled
down
14
enabled
down
15
enabled
down
16
enabled
down
17
enabled
down
18
enabled
down
19
enabled
down
20
enabled
down
21
enabled
down
22
enabled
down
23
enabled
down
24
enabled
down

38.1 Identification
38-2
38-2

38-2
38-4

38-1
38.1
Identification
Table 38-1 provides identification information about the 7352 ISAM FTTB
O-0881V-A MDU ONTs.
Table 38-1 Identification of the 7352 ISAM FTTB ONTs
Part number
Mnemonic
3FE 51905 AA
O-0881V-A
(1)
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
GPON O-series ONT unit, version AA, with 8

VDSL2 ports, 8 Fast Ethernet interfaces, 1
RF video connector, and 1 SC/APC type
connector.
BVM7F00ARA
212359
458425
Note
(1)
38.2
General description
O-0881V-A MDU ONTs provide the VDSL2 interface with VDSL2 modems at the
subscribers premises. The VDSL2 modem interfaces directly with the subscriber
devices such as phones and fax machines.
Among the features these ONTs provide are
38.3
a FSAN GPON standards-compliant ONT for MDU

eight configurable VDSL2 interfaces
eight Fast Ethernet 10/100 Base-T ports compliant with IEEE 802.3
one coaxial port

Table 38-2 provides a list of hardware based features for O-0881V-A MDU ONTs.
Features
Chapter
Reference
ONT overview
MDU outdoor ONT
Functional blocks


Connections
O-0881V-A MDU ONT connections and

components

(1 of 2)
38-2

Features
Chapter
Reference

depth, weight)
LEDs
ONT LEDs
Outdoor ONT LEDs
ONT overview
MDU outdoor ONT
GPON wavelength
ONT overview
MDU outdoor ONT
Optical budget
ONT optical budget
Power consumption
Power consumption
Location options
Supported UPS

Ordering Guide
MDU outdoor ONT
(2 of 2)
Table 38-3 describes software based features for the O-0881V-A MDU ONT.
Features
Chapter
Reference
AES support
AES
FEC support
FEC
Fragmentation
Rogue ONT defence


monitoring

button or EMS

38-3
38.4
None
38-4


46 CyberPower CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU unit data sheet
48 CyberPower CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS unit data sheet

55 Elpac Power Supplies AC power adapter unit data sheet

56 Emerson 16 W AC/DC switching power adapter unit data sheet
59 Li Tone Electronics AC/DC switching power adapter unit data
sheet

39 Alpha 30 W DC power connector unit

data sheet
39.1 Identification
39-2

39.4 LEDs
39.5 Alarms
39-2
39-2
39-2
39-2
39.6 Connections
39.7 Specifications
39-3
39-3

39-1
39.1
Identification
Table 39-1 provides identification information about the indoor ONT 30 W BBPSU
connector home converter from Alpha Technologies Inc.. See the appropriate ONT
data sheet for information about indoor ONTs that support this power connector.
Table 39-1 Identification of the Alpha power connector
39.2
Part Number
Description
1AF 03877 AT
Alpha 30 W, 11.6 to 16 V dc power connector stand-alone modulewith

an ANSI-market plug

The power connector provides:
30 W power capability with 11.6 to 16 V dc output voltage when used with a

supported Alpha 30 W BBPSU
input voltage range of 85 V to 170 V ac with frequency auto-ranging
wall mounting
The power connector meets the following safety standard specifications:
UL 60950
FCC PART 15 Class B
IEEE C62.41 1991 Level C surge resistance
Note If the plug is not the correct type, please contact the local
Alcatel-Lucent support group for a recommended plug.
39.3
General description
The Alpha power connector converts ac input power (85 to 170 V ac) to dc power
(30 W, 11.6 to 16 V dc) when supporing an Alpha 30 W BBPSU.
39.4
LEDs
There are no LEDs associated with the Alpha DC power connector.
39.5
Alarms
There are no alarms associated with the Alpha DC power connector.
39-2

39.6
Connections
Figure 39-1 shows the Alpha DC power connector.
Figure 39-1 Alpha DC power converter
20088
Table 39-2 describes the Alpha output cable and barrel polarity.
There must be less than 30 feet (10 m) between the Alpha DC power connector and
the approved ONT. The two-wire DC cord is 8 feet (2.44 m) long.
Table 39-2 Alpha adaptor power wiring chart
39.7
DC cable
Connector type
Pin number
Signal
Output
DC cable two-wire cord (5.5 x 2.5

mm) barrel DC plug
DC plug center
+V
DC plug outer
- V (return)
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Alpha DC power connector.
The Alpha power connector has the following physical descriptions:
height: 2.0 in. (5.0 cm)

width: 3.0 in. (7.6 cm)
length: 8.5 in. (21.5 cm)
weight: 1.0 lb (0.45 kg)
Power
The Alpha power connector has the following input specifications:
input frequency: 50 to 60 Hz
input voltage: 85 to 170V ac
maximum current limit: 1.6 A

39-3
The Alpha power adapter has the following output specifications:
output voltages: 11.6 to 16 V dc nominal

output current: 2.4 A maximum
output power: 30 W
Environmental
Table 39-3 lists the environmental conditions for the Alpha dc power connector. The
unit must be protected from moisture.
Table 39-3 Alpha power connector environmental conditions
Altitude
Operating temperature:
Maximum operating altitude 0 ft to 10 000 ft (0 to

3048 m)
-40F to 113F (-40C to 45C) ambient

Operating humidity:
5% to 95% non-condensing
Storage:
40F to 185F (40C to 85C)
39-4
Maximum storage altitude is 0 ft to 50 000 ft (0 to

15000 m)

40.1 Identification
40-2

40.4 Operating modes
40-2
40-3
40.5 Status LEDs and user controls

40.6 Alarms
40-2
40-3
40-3
40.7 Connections
40.8 Specifications
40-4
40-4

40-1
40.1
Identification
Table 40-1 provides identification information about the ONT Battery Backup
Power Supply Unit (BBPSU) from Alpha Technologies Inc..
Table 40-1 Identification of the Alpha BBPSU
Part Number
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
1AF 03892 AF
Alpha Battery Backup Power Supply Unit (BBPSU) 30 W,

12 V dc UPS with lead-acid battery backup.
1AF 02175 AF
7.2 Ah battery backup module. Manufacturer part

number 181-063-10.
40.2

The Alpha BBPSU provides:
30 W 12 V dc power supply with battery module

input voltage range of 85 to 132 V ac at 50 to 60 Hz frequency range
sealed lead-acid battery backup 12 V dc / 7.2 Ah
input surge protection
battery diagnostics, self-tests, and status alarm outputs
The Alpha BBPSU components meets:
Class B FCC limits

CSA No. 60950-1/UL 60950-1
40.3
General description
The Alpha BBPSU provides 30 W dc output power (12 V dc).
Alarm outputs are available to monitor the operational status of the battery backup.
The battery backup indicates its status to the service personnel with alarms and to the
ONT by a signal return connection. The ONT can communicate the battery backup
status upstream to the P-OLT.
40-2

40.4
Operating modes
There are two operating modes as follows:
Normal: Under normal operating conditions, the green SYSTEM STATUS LED
light is green. The battery receives power from the Alpha power converter and
battery charge is maintained.
Battery power: During a commercial utility outage, the battery power supplies the
load. When operating in battery mode, the ON BATTERY LED light is green.
Note The battery recharges to at least 80% of full capacity in 16
hours with a normal input.
40.5
Status LEDs and user controls

Four indicator LEDs are present on the front of the UPS. For descriptions of these
LEDs, see Table 40-2.
Table 40-2 Alpha BBPSU status LED indicators
40.6
LED name
System status
Green solid normal mode of operation
Battery power
Green blinking battery is supplying power
Replace Battery
Red solid battery power is running out
Missing Battery
Red blinking external power source with

adequate voltage (12V dc) is connected to unit
Alarms
Table 40-3 describes battery backup audio alarms and signal information.
Table 40-3 Alpha BBPSU alarm condition
Alarm
Condition
AC FAIL
The batter is being drawn to provide output power.
REPLACE BATTERY
The replace-battery alarm indicates that the battery has

failed a periodic battery test.
Replace the battery if there is a failure.
BATTERY MISSING
The battery is disconnected.
BATTERY LOW
The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery is nearly

depleted.

40-3
40.7
Connections
The Alpha BBPSU is connected to the home converter by terminal wires and the use
of terminal blocks.
40.8
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Alpha BBPSU.
The UPS has the following physical description. Note that design specifications are
subject to change by the manufacturer without notice:
height: 9.37 in. (238 mm)

width: 7.48 in. (190 mm)
depth: 3.39 in. (86 mm)
weight: 1.79 lb (0.8 kg without battery)
Power
The BBPSU has the following input specifications:
input voltage: 85 to 132 V ac
The BBPSU has the following output specifications:
output voltages: 13.5 5% V dc

output power: 30 W
efficiency: 75% (at 75% maximum load)
Environmental
The operating conditions for the Alpha BBPSU are:
temperature range: 40 to 149F (40 to 65C)

relative humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95%
The operating altitude is:
0 to + 10 000 feet (3 000 m) above sea level

The battery storage conditions are:

The maximum storage altitude is:
50 000 feet (15 000 m) above sea level

40-4

41.1 Identification
41-2

41-2
41.4 Operating modes and LEDs

41.5 Alarms
41-2
41-3
41-5
41.6 Connectors
41-5
41.7 Environmental requirements

41.8 Physical measurements
41-6
41-6

41-1
41.1
Identification
Table 41-1 provides identification information about the APC UPS for the outdoor
ONT.
Table 41-1 Identification of the APC UPS
41.2
Part Number
Mnemonic
Description
3EM 07427 AB
UPS-HB
APC ac/dc power converter

with battery replacement label
3EM 07427 AD
UPS-HD

with choice of battery
3EM 07427 AH
UPS-HH

with 3-prong pass-through
power cord
3EM 07427 AG
UPS-HG

with 2-prong pass-through
power cord

The APC UPS for the outdoor ONT provides:
nominal 12 V dc, 24 W output using 100/240 V ac input power

extended battery run time with backup times of up to 8 h
easy replacement of battery by the subscriber
battery diagnostics, self-testing, and communication capability with an alarm
output to provider networks from the subscriber equipment
battery life of 4 to 6 years
automatic battery replacement program through the Internet
Note If the plug is not the correct type, please contact
Alcatel-Lucent support for a recommended adapter.
41.3
General description
The APC UPS is mounted inside the subscriber residence. The UPS provides 4 to 8 h
of backup battery power for lifeline POTS service, depending on environmental
conditions and load. The UPS converts 100 to 240 V ac to 12 V dc and serves as a
temporary backup in case of residential power loss for the outdoor ONT.
Alarm outputs are available on the UPS to monitor the status of the backup battery
(On/Low/Faulty/Missing). The UPS indicates its status to the subscriber with LEDs
and to the outdoor ONT via a signal return connection. The outdoor ONT can
communicate this status upstream to the P-OLT.
41-2

The ANSI UPS offers a 12 V dc uninterruptible power supply with 100 to 240 V ac
input, 12 V dc output.
41.4
Operating modes and LEDs

The operating indicators changed for the ANSI UPS models delivered with FGH
1.0.5 and later. This section describes the operating modes and indicators for the
current UPS models and the UPS models delivered before FGH 1.0.5.
Current UPS model (ANSI)

For the current UPS model, there are four operating modes:
Normal: Under normal operating conditions, both green lights are on and the red
light is off. The load receives its power from the utility and battery charge is
maintained.
On-Battery: During a commercial utility outage, the UPS supplies the load from
battery power. The green DC Output LED light is on and the AC Present LED
light is yellow.
Low-Battery: When the UPS operates on battery power for extended periods, the
battery charge is depleted and the UPS shuts down. In this case, all lights are off.
The UPS remains off until utility power is restored.
Overload: When the UPS shuts down due to an overload, the green DC Output
LED light is off and the AC Present LED light is green. After 6 s, the UPS
automatically restarts.
Note The battery recharges to at least 90% of full capacity in 24 h.
The UPS has three LEDs on the front panel. The operating mode can be determined
by the state of these LEDs; see Table 41-2. Each light is labeled with an icon.
Figure 41-1 shows the icons and the associated descriptions.
Table 41-2 UPS LEDs for current UPS model
LED name
Status
Bad battery (3)
Operating on ac
power
Operating on
battery power
Low battery
shutdown (1)
Overload
condition
AC Present
Green
Yellow
Off
Green
Green or yellow
DC Output
Green
Green
Off
Off
Green
Battery Bad
Off
Off
Off
Off
Red
(2)
Notes
(1)
Occurs when operating on battery for an extended period.
(2)
If the UPS shuts down due to overload, it automatically restarts after 6 s.
(3)
Replace battery. If the outdoor ONT power cable with beeper assembly is installed, an audible alarm sounds.

41-3

Figure 41-1 UPS icons and description
UPS model prior to FGH 1.0.5 (ANSI)

For the UPS model before FGH1.0.5, there are four operating modes:
Normal: Under normal operating conditions, both green lights are on and the red
light is off. The load receives its power from the utility. The battery charge is
maintained.
battery power. The green DC Output LED light is on and the green AC Present
LED light is off.
Low-Battery: When the UPS operates on battery for extended periods, the battery
charge is depleted, and the UPS shuts down. In this case, all lights are off. The
UPS remains off until utility power is restored.
Overload: When the UPS shuts down due to an overload, the green DC Output
LED light is off. After 30 s, the UPS automatically restarts.
Note The battery recharges to at least 90% of full capacity in 24 h.
The UPS has three LEDs on the front panel. The operating mode can be determined
by the state of these LEDs; see Table 41-3.
Table 41-3 UPS LEDs for model prior to FGH 1.0.5
LED name
Status OFF
Status ON
AC Present (green)
No ac power present
DC Output (green)
The UPS has overloaded. If both AC

Present and Battery Bad LED lights are off,
the UPS battery has shut down.
12 V output is present. If the AC Present

LED light is off, the UPS battery is in use.
Battery Bad (red)
Battery and/or ac power is in use. If both

AC Present and DC Output LED lights are
off, the UPS battery has shut down.
Battery needs to be replaced.
41-4

41.5
Alarms
The UPS is equipped with intelligent internal diagnostics that provide power supply
alarm signals. These signals can be monitored by the service provider so that
corrective actions can be taken. Proper escalation of alarms can dramatically
improve QoS. The alarms are:
On-Battery: The outdoor ONT is being powered by the UPS battery.

Replace Battery: The battery failed a periodic test. It should be replaced because
system availability has been compromised (BATTFAIL).
Battery Missing: The battery is disconnected. The load will not be supported if
the commercial power fails (BATTMISS).
Low Battery: The battery has been reduced to the point that roughly 20% of the
available runtime is available (BATTLOW).
Loss of external power: The ac power is not available (PWR).
41.6
Connectors
The UPS has the following input or output connectors:
input connector: IEC320/C7, 2-wire

(ETSI) input power cable: 3-conductor Schuko European, CEE 7/7, 2.44 m
(ANSI) input cord: 5/15 three-prong power cord with a right-angle, pass-through,
8 ft (2.44 m)
output connector: 3.5 mm removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector (accepts 16
to 26 AWG)
The output connector is a 3.5-mm, removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector that
provides the interface between the UPS and the outdoor ONT. The connector accepts
16 to 26 A. Table 41-4 defines the pinouts.
Table 41-4 UPS output pinouts
Pin number
Signal
Wire color
12 V dc
Red (RED)
Common (12 V dc Return)
Black (BLK)
Signal Return
Green (GRN)
On-Battery
Slate (SLT)
Replace Battery
Brown (BRN)
Battery Missing
Orange (ORN)
Low Battery
Blue (BLU)

41-5
41.7
The environmental conditions within which the UPS operates are:
temperature range: 4F to 113F (20C to 45C)

elevation range: 0 ft to 10 000 ft (0 to 3048 m)
humidity range: 0% RH to 95% RH
41.8
Physical measurements
Table 41-5 provides the physical measurements of the UPS.
Table 41-5 UPS physical measurements
41-6
Description
Measurement
Height
7.5 in. (19.1 cm)
Width
9.5 in. (24.1 cm)
Depth
3.1 in. (8.9 cm)
Weight
7.0 lb. (3.2 kg)

42 APC 150 W 48 V dc UPS unit data

sheet
42.1 Identification
42-2

42.5 Status LEDs
42.6 Alarms
42-2
42-2
42-3
42-3
42-4
42.7 Connections
42.8 Specifications
42-4
42-5

42-1
42.1
Identification
Table 42-1 provides identification information about the modular ONT APC UPS.
Table 42-1 Identification of the APC UPS for the modular ONT
42.2
Part Number
Description
1AF 03877 AHAA
APC 150 W 48 V dc UPS for the modular ONT

The APC UPS for the modular ONT provides:
150 W 48 V dc UPS for the modular ONT located at a multi-dwelling residence,
such as a condominium or apartment building

150 VA, 150 W output using universal input voltage range of 87 V ac to 264 V ac
input power
broadband gel cell type battery (P/N 1AF 05327 AAAA)
extended backup battery run time
battery diagnostics, self-testing, and communication capability by alarm output to
the service provider network using the customer premises electronics
battery life of 5 to 10 years
UL 1950, IEC 60950, EN60950, FCC Part 15, EN55022 (CISPR 22) Class B
compliance
easy replacement of the battery by a craft person while the unit is powered
Note If the plug is not the right type, please contact Alcatel-Lucent
support for a recommended adapter.
42.3
General description
The APC UPS is mounted either inside or outside a customer premises. It provides
backup battery power for lifeline POTS service in the modular ONT, depending on
environmental conditions and load. It converts 87 V ac to 264 V ac input (50/60 Hz)
to 46 V dc to 52 V dc (150 W) output and serves as a temporary backup in case of
power loss.
Alarm outputs are available on the UPS to monitor the operational status of the
backup battery. The UPS indicates its status to the craft person with LEDs and to the
modular ONT by a signal return connection. The modular ONT can communicate the
UPS status upstream to the P-OLT.
42-2

42.4
Operating modes
There are four operating modes as follows:
Normal: Under normal operating conditions, the green LED light is on and the red
LED light is off. The load receives its power from the utility and battery charge
is maintained.
battery power. When operating in On-Battery mode, the AC Present LED light is
yellow.
Low-Battery Shutdown: When the UPS operates on battery power for extended
periods, the battery charge is depleted and the UPS shuts down. In this case, all
LED lights are off. The UPS remains in the Off condition until utility power is
restored and no battery current is drawn.
Overload Condition: When the unit shuts down due to an overload, the unit
automatically restarts after 5 s.
Note The battery recharges to at least 90% of full capacity in 48
hours.
42.5
Status LEDs
Three indicator LEDs are present on the front of the UPS. Each LED is labeled with
an icon. These icons, with their meanings, are shown in Figure 42-1. The operating
mode can be determined by the state of these LEDs; see Table 42-2.
Figure 42-1 UPS icons and meanings
Table 42-2 LEDs

Name
Color
Description
AC Present
Green
Green Flashing
High-charge mode
Yellow
DC Output On
Green
DC output present
Battery Bad
Red

42-3
42.6
Alarms
alarm signals. The service provider can monitor these signals in order to isolate
problems and take corrective action. The alarms are as follows:
On-Battery: The modular ONT is being powered by the UPS battery.

Battery Missing: The battery is disconnected. The load will not be supported if
42.7
Connections
The output connector is a 3.5 mm, removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector
(ANSI: accepts 16 to 26 AWG) that provides the interface between the UPS and the
modular ONT.
The UPS has the following input/output connectors:
input connector: IEC320/C5 3-wire inlet

cord length: 6.5 ft (1.98 m)
number of power cords: 1
output connector: 3.5 mm removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector (ANSI:
accepts 16 to 26 AWG)
Table 42-3 shows the UPS output pinouts.

Pin number
Signal
Wire color
Vo+
(1)
Red (RED)
Vo
(2)
Black (BLK)
Signal Return
Green (GRN)
On-Battery
Slate (SLT)
Replace Battery
Brown (BRN)
Battery Missing
Orange (ORN)
Low Battery
Blue (BLU)
Notes
(1)
Tied to earth ground.
(2)
48 V reference to pin 1.
Figure 42-2 shows the output connectors.

42-4


Figure 42-2 APC UPS connector
UPS Connector
1/4 in.
(.64 cm)
Red
Black Green Slate Brown Orange Blue

18205
42.8
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the UPS.
The UPS has the following physical description:
height: 16.21 in. (41.17 cm)

width: 16.87 in. (42.85 cm)
depth without bracket: 9.39 in. (23.85 cm)
depth including bracket: 12 in. (30.63 cm)
enclosure only weight: 18.20 lb. (8.25 kg)
enclosure with battery weight: approximately 100 lb (45.36 kg)
Power
The UPS has the following input frequency/voltages:
input frequency: 47 Hz to 63 Hz (auto sensing)

input voltage: 87 V ac to 264 V ac
The UPS has the following output specifications:
output voltages: 50
output power capacity: 150 VA, 150 W
maximum configurable power: 150 VA, 150 W

42-5
Environmental
The runtime specifications at 25C using one 12 V dc, 96 AH Broadband Gel Cell
type battery are defined as follows:
load, 25 W: 33.37 h
load, 100 W: 10.68 h
load, 150 W: 5.35 h
The operating conditions are defined as follows:
42-6
temperature range 1, without battery heater: 5F to 122F (15C to 50C)

temperature range 2, with battery heater: 40F to 122F (40C to 50C)
elevation: 0 to 10 000 ft above sea level (0 to 3000 m)
humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95% RH

43 APC UPS cable assembly with beeper

unit data sheet
43.1 Identification
43-2

43-2
43-2
43.4 Output connections on the PowerShield

43.5 Alarm descriptions
43.6 Interface details
43-3
43-3
43-4

43-1
43.1
Identification
Table 43-1 provides identification information about the APC UPS cable assembly
with beeper unit.
Table 43-1 Identification of cable beeper assembly
43.2
Part number
Description
3EM 11078 AC
Cable beeper assembly

The APC UPS cable assembly with beeper provides:
43.3
a local power connection from the PowerShield to the subscriber equipment

fast and simple connections reducing installation time
audible beeper assembly for alarms
alarm disable push button that silences the Battery Missing alarm
maximum voltage of 30 V
maximum current of 5 mA
General description
The cable assembly with beeper as shown in Figure 43-1 is optional. The beeper
assembly attaches to the UPS and has an audible beeper, which sounds when an
alarm is detected. See Table 43-2 for a description of the alarms and their associated
beeps. The beeper also has an alarm disable function for the Battery Missing alarm
that is activated when the alarm disable push button, as shown in Figure 43-2, is
pushed. Its status is acknowledged only when the system has flagged a REPLACE
BATT signal. When acknowledged, the alarm disable function silences the
REPLACE BATT beep sound for 24 h. If the battery has not been replaced after 24
h, the REPLACE BATT beep sound resumes.
Figure 43-1 APC cable assembly with beeper
18341
43-2


Table 43-2 Audible alarms for cable beeper
Alarm
Description
ON BATTERY
Four beeps at 1-s intervals, no repeating.
LOW BATTERY
Four beeps at 1-s intervals, repeating every 5 min.
REPLACE BATTERY
One 0.5-s beep, repeating every 5 min.
Figure 43-2 Alarm disable push button for cable beeper
Alarm disable
push button
18494
43.4
Output connections on the PowerShield

The UPS is equipped with intelligent internal diagnostics, which provide power
supply alarm signals. These signals can be monitored by the service provider so that
corrective actions can be taken. Proper escalation of alarms can dramatically
improve QoS. Table 43-3 describes the alarm connector pinouts and their associated
states.
Table 43-3 Alarm connector pinouts
43.5
Signal
Pin number
Normal state
Alarm state
Wire color
12 V dc
Red
Common 12 V dc Return
Black
Signal Return
Green
On-Battery
Closed
Open
Slate
Replace Battery
Closed
Open
Brown
Battery Missing
Closed
Open
Orange
Low Battery
Closed
Open
Blue
Alarm descriptions
Table 43-4 describes the status alarms received from the UPS.

43-3

Table 43-4 Alarm descriptions
43.6
Signal name
Description
On-Battery
Alarm indicates that the load is receiving power from battery.
Replace Battery
Alarm indicates that the battery has failed its periodic test. The battery
should be replaced as system availability has been compromised.
Battery Missing
Alarm indicates that the battery is disconnected. Backup power will not be
available if the commercial power fails.
Low Battery
Alarm indicates that the battery has been reduced to roughly 20% of the total
runtime available.
Interface details
The PowerShield status signals are isolated from its internal circuitry using
opto-couplers; see Figure 43-3. The connection labeled SIGNAL RETURN is a
common return point for all status signals.
Figure 43-3 Schematic for typical PowerShield alarm signal
In the typical application, the digital ground on attached equipment attaches to the
signal return, and pull-up resistors are used to turn the open collector signals into
TTL levels.
The 10 resistor and capacitor on each output signal provide ESD protection.
43-4

44.1 Identification
44-2

44-2
44-2

44.6 Alarms
44-2
44-3
44-4
44.7 Connections
44.8 Specifications
44-4
44-4

44-1
44.1
Identification
Table 44-1 provides identification information about the ONT Battery Backup
Power Supply Unit (BBPSU) from CyberPower Systems, Inc.
Table 44-1 Identification of the CyberPower BBPSU
Part Number
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
3EM 22993 AA
(customer-specific
logo)
CyberPower Battery Backup Power Supply Unit (BBPSU)

36 W, 12 V dc UPS with an optional lead-acid battery
backup.
BVM6310FRA
3EM 22700 AA
Battery for BBPSU.
44.2

The CyberPower BBPSU provides:
36 W, 12 V dc power supply for the battery

sealed lead-acid battery backup 12 V dc / 7.2 Ah
input surge protection
The CyberPower BBPSU meets:
Class B FCC limits
44.3
General description
The CyberPower BBPSU converts ac input power (100 to 240 V ac) to 36 W dc
output power (12 V dc) for the battery.
44.4
Operating modes
There are two operating modes as follows:
light is green. The battery receives power from the UPS and battery charge is
maintained.
load. When operating in battery mode, the ON BATTERY LED light is green.
44-2

44.5

Four indicator LEDs and one user control button are present on the front of the UPS
as shown in Figure 44-1. For descriptions of these LEDs and the user control button,
see Tables 44-2 and 44-3.
Figure 44-1 CyberPower BBPSU LEDs and user control button
Alarm Silence
System Status
Alarm
Silence
System Status
Battery Power
Replace Battery
Missing Battery
Battery Power
Replace Battery
Missing Battery
20090
Table 44-2 describes the status LED indicators for the CyberPower BBPSU.
Table 44-2 CyberPower BBPSU status LED indicators
LED name
System status
Green normal mode of operation
Battery power
Green battery is supplying power
Replace Battery
Red battery power is running out
Missing Battery
Red external power source with adequate

voltage (12V dc) is connected to unit
Note Sealed lead-acid batteries should not be left discharged

below 50% of full charge for any significant period of time. Sealed
lead-acid batteries stored for extended periods of time at low charge
may become incapable of being recharged and are subject to
permanent failure.
Table 44-3 describes the user control button for the CyberPower BBPSU.

44-3

Table 44-3 User control button
Name
Type
ALARM SILENCE
(1)
Push button
Description
(2)
Audible alarms are silenced for 24 hours
Notes
(1)
The alarm silence button disables an audible alarm for 24 hours. After 24 hours, the alarm will
recommence if the underlying fault condition has not be corrected.
(2)
To restore the alarm, press the button and hold down for 3 seconds.
44.6
Alarms
Audible alarms alert the user of abnormal or service-effecting conditions on the
CyberPower BBPSU.
Table 44-4 Battery backup audio alarm and condition
Alarm
Condition
Alarm audio
REPLACE BATTERY

failed a periodic battery test.
Two beeps every 15

minutes

BATTERY LOW
44.7
The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery is nearly

depleted.
Four beeps every two

minutes
Connections
The CyberPower BBPSU has a NEMA 1-15, 3-prong plug, Earth grounded input
power cord.
Alcatel-Lucent support group for a recommended adapter.
44.8
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the CyberPower BBPSU.
44-4


width: 7.48 in. (190 mm)
depth: 3.39 in. (86 mm)
Power
The UPS has the following input specifications:
input surge protection: yes

output power: 36 W
efficiency: 75% (at 75% maximum load)
Environmental
The operating conditions for the CyberPower BBPSU are:

0 to + 10 000 feet (3 000 m) above sea level

The storage conditions are:

The maximum storage altitude is:
50 000 feet (15 000 m) above sea level

44-5
44-6

45 CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS

unit data sheet
45.1 Identification
45-2

45.4 Status LEDs
45.5 Alarms
45-2
45-3
45-3
45-3
45.6 Connections
45.7 Specifications
45-4
45-5

45-1
45.1
Identification
Table 45-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply with
battery backup from CyberPower Systems, Inc.
Table 45-1 Identification of the UPS
45.2
Part Number
Description
1AF 03877 BR
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc UPS (outdoor ONTs)
1AF 03877 BZ
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc SC3 UPS (outdoor ONTs,

Germany, Austria)
1AF 03877 BY
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc NA3-G UPS (indoor ONTs,

grounded for ANSI market)
1AF 03877 CB
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc AZ3 UPS (outdoor ONTs,

Australia, New Zealand)
1AF 03877 CD
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc UK3 UPS (outdoor ONTs,

U.K., Pakistan, Kuwait)
1AF 03877 CC
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc UK3 UPS (indoor ONTs,

Australia, New Zealand)
1AF 03877 CE
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc UK3-G UPS (indoor ONTs,

U.K., Pakistan, Kuwait)
1AF 03877 CA
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc SC3-G UPS (indoor ONTs,

generic ETSI power cord)
3EM 23264 AA
CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 24W, 12 V dc JP2-SB-NC (outdoor ONTs,

no battery, no power cord. PSE compliant)

The UPS provides:
24 W power capability with 12 V dc on battery output voltage

in most units, commercially sealed lead-acid battery (12 V 7.2 Ah)
battery diagnostic LEDs, and battery status outputs
The UPS meets:
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, NEBS Level 1 and 3 (GR1089 and
GR63), FCC Part 15 Class B
PSE compliance for the JP2-SB-NC model tested with specific SFU outdoor
ONTs and using a CyberPower Japanese PSE AC power cord (1AB 38334 0006).
45-2

45.3
General description
The UPS converts ac input power (85 to 264 V ac) to dc power (24 W, 12 V dc). The
battery provides up to 14 h of backup power for the lifeline POTS service, depending
on environmental conditions and load.
An audible alarm is available on the UPS to monitor the operational status of the
backup battery. LED status indicators also provide the service personnel with
information on the status of the ac input, dc output, and battery.
45.4
Status LEDs
an icon. The LEDs and the icons, with their meanings, are shown in Table 45-2. The
operating mode can be determined by the state of these LEDs.
Name
Indicator
Color
Description
Green
Yellow
OUTPUT
Green
BATTERY
Red
AC
45.5
Alarms
alarm information. Open collector opto-isolators isolate the alarm signals which are
present on the power and alarm connector. The service provider can monitor these
alarm signals to isolate problems and take corrective action.
Table 45-3 describes the UPS alarm signals and output levels.
Table 45-3 Alarm signal and output levels
Signal
Description
ON BATTERY
The on-battery alarm indicates that the BBU is operating

using the backup battery.
REPLACE BATTERY
The replace-battery alarm indicates that the battery is

either discharged, or has failed the self test.
(1 of 2)

45-3
Signal
Description
BATTERY MISSING
The battery-missing alarm indicates that no battery is

detected.
LOW BATTERY
The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery charger

has fallen below 45% capacity when operating from the
battery.
(2 of 2)
The UPS is also equipped with a switch, located on the back of the unit, that when
activated emits an alarm under certain conditions. If you want to enable the switch,
insert a paper clip or other object with a narrow point into the hole and press the
button.
Table 45-4 describes the function of the Buzzer On/Off switch.
Table 45-4 Buzzer On/Off switch
Setting
Description
ON
The alarm buzzer emits a long beep in response to a utility

failure or short beep when the battery is low on power.
OFF
The alarm will not sound.

The default setting.
45.6
Connections
The UPS has the following:
input connector: NEMA 1-15P plug

output connector: Phoenix QC 0.5/2-ST-3.81 LC RD/BK IDC connector
Table 45-5 describes the UPS output pinouts.
Table 45-5 CyberShield CS 24 power wiring chart
45-4
Wire color
Signal
Red (RED)
+ 12 V
Black (BLK)
- 12 V RTN
Green (GRN)
SIG RTN
Slate (SLT)
ON BATTERY
Brown (BRN)
REPLACE BATTERY
Blue (BLU)
BATTERY MISSING
Orange (ORN)
LOW BATTERY

45.7
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the CyberPower CyberShield CS 24 UPS.

width: 9.4 in. (240 mm)
depth: 3.2 in. (81 mm)
Power
output voltages: 12 V dc
output current: 2 A maximum
output power: 24 W
efficiency: > 75% (at 75% maximum load)
The battery has the following specifications:
battery type: commercially sealed lead free battery

numbers of battery: 7.2 AH/12 V x 1
typical recharge time: 18 hours
replaceable: yes, hot swappable
Note The backup battery supports ONT operations for a minimum
of 8 h with the loading profile defined in GR-1089.
Environmental
Table 45-6 lists the environmental conditions for the CyberShield CS 24 UPS.

45-5

Table 45-6 CyberShield CS 24 UPS environmental conditions
Altitude
Maximum operating altitude 10 000 ft (3 000 m)
32F to 104F (32C to 40C)

Operating with battery heater:
Operating humidity:
0% to 100% non-condensing within enclosure
Storage:
Maximum storage altitude is 50 000 ft (15 000 m)
5F to 113F (15C to 45C)
45-6

46 CyberPower CyberShield CS 36
PSU/BBU unit data sheet
46.1 Identification
46-2

46-3

46.5 Alarms
46-2
46-3
46-4
46.6 Connections
46.7 Specifications
46-5
46-6

46-1
46.1
Identification
Table 46-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply
unit/battery backup unit (PSU/BBU) from CyberPower Systems, Inc.
Table 46-1 Identification of the OPSU/BBU
Part Number
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar Code
3EM 22496 AB
(customer-specific logo)
CyberShield CS 36 PSU 50 W, 48
V dc and BBU 36 W, 12 V dc
BVM6C10FRA
N70988
456475
3EM 22496 AB (no logo)
46.2

The PSU provides:
50 W, 47.5 to 56 V dc power supply for the BBU

input voltage range of 90 to 135 V ac at 60 Hz frequency range
surge protection of 660 joules
The BBU provides:
36 W, output voltages of 10.5 to 20 V dc while discharging, 13.1 V to 14.6 V dc

normally
commerically sealed lead-acid backup battery (12 V 7.2 Ah)
battery diagnostics, self-tests, and BBU status alarm outputs
battery and alarm control functions
The PSU/BBU meets:
46-2

46.3
General description
The PSU converts ac power (50W, 48 V dc) to dc power (36 W, 12 V dc) to supply
the BBU. The BBU provides up to 8 h of backup battery power depending on
environmental conditions and load. The BBU charges the battery and sends the 36 W
of power (12.5 to 20 V dc) to the ONT. The BBU also provides an auxiliary power
connection that supplies 13.1 to 14.6 V dc in the event of a power outage that
depletes the backup battery. The auxiliary power connection supplies power to the
ONT but does not charge the battery. The BBU also supplies power and alarm
connections to the ONT.
Alarm outputs are available on the BBU to monitor the operational status of the
backup battery. The BBU indicates its status to the service personnel with LEDs and
to the ONT by a signal return connection. The ONT can communicate the BBU status
upstream to the P-OLT.
46.4

Four indicator LEDs are present on the front of the BBU and one on the PSU. The
LEDs and with their meanings, are shown in Figure 46-1. The operating mode can
be determined by the state of these LEDs; see Table 46-2.
Figure 46-1 PSU/BBU LEDs and user control buttons
Alarm Silence
Alarm
Silence
Battery emergency use
Battery
Emergency Use
Auxiliary
Power Source
Replace Battery
Auxiliary power source

Replace battery
Battery Power
Battery power
System Status
Protected
Power
OK
Power OK
System status
Protected
LED
19143
Table 46-2 LEDs and audible alarms

Name
Color
Description
Audible alarm
Power OK
Green
Normal operation
Protected
Green
Protected from surge voltage
PSU LED
(1 of 2)

46-3
Name
Color
Description
Audible alarm
Auxiliary
Power
Source
Green
Replace
Battery
Red

needs replacement
Battery
Power
Green
On Battery
Flashing green
Low capacity
System
Status
Green
Normal operation
BBU LEDs
(2 of 2)
Two user controls buttons are present on the front of the BBU; see Figure 46-1 and
Table 46-3.
Table 46-3 BBU user controls
Name
Type
Description
Alarm Silence
Push button
Battery
Emergency Use
Push button
(1)
Note
(1)
46.5
This operating mode is reserved for emergency use only and will shorten the life of the backup
battery if used excessively.
Alarms
The BBU is equipped with intelligent internal diagnostics that provide power supply
alarm information. Open collector opto-isolators isolate the alarm signals, which are
present on the 9-pin power and alarm connector. The service provider can monitor
these alarm signals to isolate problems and take corrective action.
Table 46-4 describes the BBU alarms and identifies the power and alarm connector
pins.
Signal
Pin
Description
ON BATTERY
The on-battery alarm indicates ac power interrupt

meaning that the BBU is operating using the backup
battery.
REPLACE BATTERY

(1 of 2)
46-4

Signal
Pin
Description
MISSING BATTERY

detected or battery is incorrectly connected.
LOW BATTERY

battery.
(2 of 2)
46.6
Connections
The voltage output connector at the BBU is a removable, 9-position IDC connector.
A 9-position Phoenix IDC connector is also used at the ONT.
The PSU has the following:
input connector: NEMA 6-15 plug

Table 46-5 describes the PSU output pinouts.
Table 46-5 PSU output pinouts
Pin number
Signal
Wire color
+48 V (V dc)
Red (RED)
48 V (Vo dc)
Black (BLK)
The BBU has the following input/output connectors:
input connector: Phoenix QC 0.5/2-ST-3.81 LC RD/BK IDC connector

output connector: Phoenix QC 1.5/7-ST-5.00 COD FTTH IDC connector
Table 46-6 describes the BBU output pinouts.
Table 46-6 BBU output pinouts
Wire color
Pin number
Signal
Red (RED)
48 V in +
Black (BLK)
48 V in
Red (RED)
12 V out +
Black (BLK)
12 V out
Green (GRN)
Signal Return
Slate (SLT)
On Battery
(1 of 2)

46-5
Wire color
Pin number
Signal
Brown (BRN)
Replace Battery
Blue (BLU)
Missing Battery
Orange (ORN)
Low Battery
(2 of 2)
46.7
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the PSU/BBU.
The PSU has the following physical description:
height: 5.5 in. (14 cm)

width: 2.65 in. (6.72 cm)
depth: 1.8 in. (4.55 cm)
The BBU has the following physical description:
height: 6.89 in. (17.5 cm)

width: 6.75 in. (17.2 cm)
depth: 3.47 in. (8.8 cm)
Power
The PSU has the following input specifications:
input frequency: 60 Hz
The PSU has the following output specifications:
output voltages: 47.5 to 56 V dc

output current: 1000 mA continuous, 1200 mA maximum
output power: 50 W maximum (1.0Amp)
efficiency: > 80% at full load by specification
The BBU has 12.5 to 20 V dc auxiliary input voltage.

The BBU has the following output specifications when powered by the PSU:
46-6
output voltages: 13.1 to 14.5 V dc normally

output current: 2A continuous, 3A maximum
output power capacity: 36 W
The BBU has the following output specifications when using the backup battery or
auxiliary power:
output voltages for battery backup: 10.5 to 20 V dc while discharging

output voltages for auxiliary power: 12.5 to 20 V dc (1.3 mm coax power jack)
Environmental
Table 46-7 lists the environmental conditions for the CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU.
Table 46-7 CyberShield CS 36 PSU/BBU environmental conditions
Altitude range
Operating:
Operating altitude:
4F to 115F (20C to 50C) plus solar loading
0 to 10 000 ft (0 to 3 000 m)
Operating humidity:
Storage:
Storage altitude:
40F to 115F (40C to 50C)
0 to 10 000 ft (0 to 3 000 m)
Humidity:

46-7
46-8

47 CyberPower CyberShield CS 50 UPS

unit data sheet
47.1 Identification
47-2

47.4 Status LEDs
47.5 Alarms
47-2
47-2
47-2
47-3
47.6 Connections
47.7 Specifications
47-4
47-4

47-1
47.1
Identification
Table 47-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply with
battery backup from CyberPower Systems, Inc.
Table 47-1 Identification of the UPS
47.2
Part Number
Description
CyberPower CyberShield CS 50 50 W, 48V ac UPS.

The UPS provides:
50 W power capability with 48 V dc on battery output voltage

sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid battery (12 V 20 Ah)
battery diagnostic LEDs, and battery status outputs
The UPS meets:
47.3
General description
The UPS converts ac input power (87 to 264 V ac) to dc power (50 W, 48 V dc). The
battery provides up to 8 h of backup power for the lifeline POTS service, depending
on environmental conditions and load.
An audible alarm is available on the UPS to monitor the operational status of the
backup battery. LED status indicators also provide the service personnel with
information on the status of the ac input, dc output, and battery.
47.4
Status LEDs
an icon. The LEDs and the icons, with their meanings, are shown in Table 47-2. The
operating mode can be determined by the state of these LEDs.
47-2


Name
Indicator
Color
Description
Green
Yellow
OUTPUT
Green
BATTERY
Red
AC
47.5
Alarms
alarm information. Open collector opto-isolators isolate the alarm signals which are
present on the power and alarm connector. The service provider can monitor these
alarm signals to isolate problems and take corrective action.
Table 47-3 describes the UPS alarm signal and output levels.
Signal
Description
ON BATTERY

REPLACE BATTERY

BATTERY MISSING

detected.
LOW BATTERY
The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery charge

battery.
The UPS is also equipped with a switch, located on the back of the unit, that when
activated emits an alarm under certain conditions. If you want to enable the switch,
insert a paper clip or other object with a narrow point into the hole and press the
button.
Table 47-4 describes the function of the Buzzer On/Off switch.

47-3

Table 47-4 Buzzer On/Off switch
Setting
Description
ON
The alarm buzzer emits a long beep in response to a utility

failure or short beep when the battery is low on power.
OFF
The alarm will not sound.

The default setting.
47.6
Connections
The UPS has the following:

output connector: supplied with UPS
Table 47-5 describes the UPS output pinouts.
Table 47-5 CyberShield CS 50 power wiring chart
47.7
Wire color
Signal
Red (RED)
48 V
Black (BLK)
48 V RTN
Green (GRN)
SIG RTN
Slate (SLT)
ON BATTERY
Brown (BRN)
REPLACE BATTERY
Blue (BLU)
BATTERY MISSING
Orange (ORN)
LOW BATTERY
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the CyberPower CyberShield CS 50 UPS.
47-4
height: 11.75 in. (298 mm)

width: 11 in. (279 mm)
depth: 4 in. (101 mm)

Power
output power: 50 W
efficiency: > 76% (at maximum load)
The battery has the following specifications:
battery type: sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid battery

numbers of battery: 20 AH/12 V x 1
typical recharge time: 18 hours
replaceable: yes, hot swappable
Environmental
Table 47-6 lists the environmental conditions for the CyberShield CS 50 UPS.
Table 47-6 CyberShield CS 50 UPS environmental conditions
Altitude
32F to 104F (0C to 40C)

Operating humidity:
Storage:
5F to 113F (15C to 45C)

47-5
47-6

48 CyberPower CyberShield MI36A12V3

UPS unit data sheet
48.1 Identification
48-2

48-2

48.5 Alarms
48-2
48-3
48-4
48.6 Connections
48.7 Specifications
48-4
48-4

48-1
48.1
Identification
Table 48-1 provides identification information about the CyberShield MI36A12V3
UPS power supply unit with battery backup unit (BBU) from CyberPower Systems,
Inc.
Table 48-1 Identification of the CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS
Part Number
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar Code
3EM 23698 AA
(customer-specific logo)
CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS 36

W, 12 V dc and BBU 36 W, 12 V
dc
BVPUAAJAAA
070VGU
171296
48.2

The CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS provides:
36 W, 47 to 70 V dc power supply for the BBU

36 W, output voltages of 10.5 to 20 V dc while discharging, 13.1 V to 14.6 V dc
normally
commerically sealed lead-acid backup replaceable battery (12 V dc / 7.2 Ah)
typical recharge time of less than 24 hours
surge and lightning protection
The CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS meets the following regulatory requirements:
UL 60950, NEBS Level 1 and 3 (GR1089 and GR63), and FCC Part 15 Class B
48.3
General description
The CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS converts ac power (36W, 12 V dc) to dc power
(36 W, 12 V dc) to supply the BBU. The BBU charges the battery and sends the 36 W
of power (12 V dc) to the ONT. The BBU also provides an auxiliary power
connection in the event of a power outage that depletes the backup battery. The
auxiliary power connection supplies power to the ONT but does not charge the
battery. The BBU also supplies power and alarm connections to the ONT.
48-2

48.4

Four indicator LEDs are present on the front of the CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS.
The location of the LEDs are shown in Figure 48-1. The operating mode can be
determined by the state of these LEDs; see Table 48-2.
Figure 48-1 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS LEDs and user control buttons
SYSTEM
STATUS
AUXILIARY
POWER
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE
SYSTEM AUXILIARY BATTERY REPLACE

STATUS
POWER
POWER BATTERY
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE
20258
Table 48-2 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS status LED indicators

LED name and description
Front of unit
System Status
Auxiliary Power Source
Green solid External power source with

adequate voltage (12 V dc) is connected to the
unit
Battery Power
Green solid Battery is supplying power to the

unit
Green flashing Battery charge at 45% capacity
Replace Battery
Red solid Battery not connected, requires

replacement, or is currently being replaced
Back of unit (not depicted in Figure 48-1)

Wiring fault detection
Green solid Wiring fault protection is active

(no fault detected)

48-3
Two user controls buttons are present on the front of the CyberShield MI36A12V3
UPS; see Figure 48-1 and Table 48-3.
Table 48-3 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS user control buttons
48.5
Name
Type
Condition
Alarm Silence
Push button
Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to silence the

audible alarm.
Battery
Emergency Use
Push button
Press and hold the button to activate the emergency

battery capacity.
Alarms
Table 48-4 describes the CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS alarms.
Alarm
Condition
Alarm audio
ON Battery
The on-battery alarm indicates that the UPS is operating

using the battery backup.
One beep every 15

seconds
Replace Battery

failed the self test.
One beep every 15

minutes

Battery Missing
The battery-missing alarm indicates that the battery is

missing or there is an open circuit.
None
Battery Low
The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery is near

45% capacity.
None
48.6
Connections
The CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS has the following connections:
input power connector: Earth grounded, NEMA 5-15 plug with 3-prong power
cord
auxiliary input power connector: customer-supplied dc power cord

Note Use only properly-rated power cables that are compliant with
local electrical codes when installing this power supply unit.
48.7
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS.
48-4

The CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS has the following physical description:
height: 7.1 in. (18 cm)

width: 3.2 in. (8.1 cm)
depth: 6.7 in. (17 cm)
distance between wall mounting holes: 5.7 in. (14.5 cm)
Power
The CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS has the following input specifications:
The CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS has the following output specifications:
output power: 36 W maximum
Environmental
Table 48-5 lists the environmental conditions for the CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS.
Table 48-5 CyberShield MI36A12V3 UPS environmental conditions
Altitude range
Operating:
Operating altitude:
41F to 104F (5C to 40C) with excursions to 149F (65C)
0 to 10 000 ft (0 to 3 000 m)
Operating humidity:
Storage:
Storage altitude:
41F to 104F (5C to 40C)
0 to 50 000 ft (0 to 15 000 m)
Humidity:

48-5
48-6

49 Delta AC/DC power converter unit

data sheet
49.1 Identification
49-2

49.4 Status LED
49.5 Alarms
49-2
49-3
49-3
49-3
49.6 Connections
49.7 Specifications
49-3
49-4

49-1
49.1
Identification
Table 49-1 provides identification information about the Delta Electronics ac/dc
power converter.
Table 49-1 Identification of the Delta Electronics ac/dc power converter
Part Number
Mnemonic
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
1AF 15749
AA (1)
The Delta Electronics ac/dc power

converter unit converts 100 to 240 V ac
to 48 V dc.
1AB 07676
0009 (1)

1AB 07676
0010 (1)
Cable, BS 1363 plug to IEC 60320 C13

1.78 m, 13 A fuse in plug, black (United
Kingdom/Ireland)
1AB 07676
0071 (1)
Cable, CEE 7/7 plug to IEC 60320 C13

1.78 m, black (Continental Europe)
1AB 07676
0072 (1)

1.78 m, black (India/Pakistan/S. Africa)
1AB 07676
0073 (1)
Cable, NEMA 5-15 plug to IEC 60320 C13

1.78 m, black (United States)
Note
(1)
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Planning and Ordering guide for product identification information,
including additional AC/DC power converter cabling information.
49.2

The Delta ac/dc power converter provides:
150 W power capability with 48 V dc output voltage

input voltage range of 100 to 240 V ac
49-2

The Delta ac/dc power converter meets the following EMI and EMS safety
specifications:
49.3
FCC Class B
EN55022 class B
EN61000-4-2 Electrostatic discharge
EN61000-4-3 Radiated radio frequency field
EN61000-4-4 Electrical fast transient burst
EN61000-4-5 Surge test
EN61000-4-6 Conducted disturbances induced by radio frequency fields
EN61000-4-8 Power frequency magnetic field
EN61000-4-11 Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations
General description
The Delta ac/dc power converter converts ac input power (100 to 240 V ac) to dc
power (150 W, 48 V dc).
49.4
Status LED
There are no status LEDs provided with the Delta ac/dc power converter.
49.5
Alarms
There are no alarms associated with the Delta ac/dc power converter.
49.6
Connections
Table 49-2 describes the Delta ac/dc power converter output pinouts while
Figure 49-1 shows the power converter input connection.
Table 49-2 Delta ac/dc power converter power wiring chart
Connection
direction
Connector type
Pin number
Signal
AC input
3-pin IEC320 AC socket
Pole 1
LINE
Pole 2
NEUTRAL
Pole 3
GROUND
Inner
48 V OUTPUT
Outer
GROUND
DC output
2-pin jack

49-3

Figure 49-1 Delta Electronics ac/dc power converter
AC input connector
Spec label
20093
49.7
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Delta ac/dc power converter.
The Delta ac/dc power converter has the following physical descriptions:

width: 3.35 in. (85 mm)
length: 6.69 in. (170 mm)
Power
The Delta ac/dc power converter has the following input specifications:
input current: 2.0 Amp @ 100 V ac maximum
The Delta ac/dc power converter has the following output specifications:
49-4
output power: 150 W
efficiency: > 86% (with full load and 100 V ac/50 Hz)

Environmental
Table 49-3 lists the environmental conditions for the Delta ac/dc power converter.
Table 49-3 Delta ac/dc power converter environmental conditions
Altitude
32F to 104F (0C to 40C)

Operating humidity:
10% to 85%
Storage:
14F to 185F (10C to 85C)

Storage humidity:
5% to 95%

49-5
49-6

50.1 Identification
50-2

50-3
50-3

50.6 Alarms
50-2
50-3
50-5
50.7 Connections
50.8 Specifications
50-6
50-7

50-1
50.1
Identification
Table 50-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply/battery
backup unit (OPSU/BBU) from Delta Electronics Inc.
Table 50-1 Identification of the OPSU/BBU
Part Number
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
3EM 22496 AA
Delta OPSU/BBU 38 W, 12 V dc with lead acid backup

battery.
BVM6C10FRA
N70988
456475
BVM6D10FRA
N70988
456479
The 3EM 22496 AA variant provides a customer-specific

logo on the unit.
3EM 22495 AA
50.2
The 3EM 22495 AA variant has no logo on the unit. This

variant is available in the ANSI market only.

The OPSU provides:
50 W, 47.5 to 52 V dc power supply for the BBU

OPSU status alarm output
surge protection to 6 KV
The BBU provides:
38 W, 11 to 20 V dc power and battery backup for the ONT

input voltage range of 44 to 52 V dc
valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) backup battery 12 V 7.2 Ah
battery diagnostics, self-tests, and BBU status alarm outputs
battery and alarm control functions
The OPSU/BBU meets:
operating temperature: 20 to 46C (4 to 115 F) plus solar loading

50-2

50.3
General description
The OPSU converts ac power to dc power to supply the BBU. The BBU provides 4
to 8 h of backup battery power for the lifeline POTS service, depending on
environmental conditions and load. The BBU also supplies power and alarm
The OPSU converts ac input power (90 to 135 V ac) to 50 W dc output power (47.5
to 52 V dc) for the BBU. The BBU charges the battery and sends the 38 W of power
(11 to 20 V dc) to the ONT. The BBU also provides an auxiliary power connection
that supplies 38 W (11 to 20 V dc) in the event of a power outage that depletes the
backup battery. The auxiliary power connection supplies power to the ONT but does
not charge the battery.
50.4
Operating modes
light is on. The BBU receives power from the OPSU and battery charge is
maintained.
Battery power: During a commercial utility outage, the BBU supplies the load
from battery power. When operating in battery mode, the BATTERY POWER
LED light is green.
Low-Battery Shutdown: When the BBU battery charge is 40% depleted, the BBU
shuts down. In this case, the BATTERY POWER LED flashes green and the
alarm beeps four times every minute. The battery remains in the Off condition
until utility power is restored and no battery current is drawn, or the BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE button is pressed. The BATTERY EMERGENCY USE
button allows the BBU to use the remaining 40% power.
Auxiliary power: If the BBU battery is depleted, an auxiliary battery can be
connected to the BBU. In this case, the green AUXILIARY POWER LED will
light.
Note The battery recharges to at least 80% of full capacity in
18 hours with a normal 48 V dc input from the OPSU.
50.5

Four indicator LEDs are present on the front of the BBU and one on the OPSU. Each
LED is labeled with an icon. The LEDs and the icons, with their meanings, are shown
in Figure 50-1. The operating mode can be determined by the state of these LEDs;
see Table 50-2.

50-3

Figure 50-1 OPSU/BBU LEDs and icons
SYSTEM
STATUS
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
AUXILIARY
POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
OK
BATTERY
EMERGENCY
USE
19040
Table 50-2 LEDs and audible alarms

Name
Color
Description
Audible alarm
SYSTEM
STATUS
Green
BATTERY
POWER
Green
Battery is discharging with dc output to

the ONT present.
The BBU beeps

once during
switch over to
battery backup.
May indicate the BBU is in maintenance

mode.
Flashing green
The BBU beeps

four times every
minute.
Off
Battery charging
REPLACE
BATTERY
Red

needs replacement
The BBU beeps

once every fifteen
minutes.
AUXILIARY
POWER
Green
Two user controls blue buttons are present on the front of the BBU; see Figure 50-1
and Table 50-3.
50-4


Table 50-3 BBU user controls
Name
Type
Description
ALARM SILENCE
Push button
BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE
Push button
(1)
Note
(1)
50.6
This operating mode is reserved for emergency use only and will shorten the life of the backup
battery if used excessively.
Alarms
The BBU is equipped with intelligent internal diagnostics that provide power supply
alarm information. Open collector opto-coupled transistors isolate the alarm signals,
which are present on the 7-pin power and alarm connector. The service provider can
monitor these alarm signals to isolate problems and take corrective action.
Table 50-4 describes the BBU alarms and identifies the power and alarm connector
pins; see Figure 50-2.
Figure 50-2 BBU power and alarm connections
Vo +
Vo SIGNAL
RETURN
Power and
alarm connection
ON BATTERY
REPLACE
BATTERY
BATTERY
MISSING
LOW BATTERY
48V
+ -
OPSU to BBU and

power connector
19041

50-5

Signal
Pin
Description
ON BATTERY

When the BBU is in maintenance mode, the ONBATT status
is not sent to the ONT. However, the ON BATT LED is lit
green to show that the BBU is in maintenance testing
mode. See Table 50-2 for a list of BBU LEDs.
REPLACE BATTERY

50.7
BATTERY MISSING

detected.
LOW BATTERY

battery.
Connections
The voltage output connector at the BBU is a removable, 7-position IDC connector.
A 7-position Phoenix IDC connector is also used at the ONT.
The OPSU has the following:

Table 50-5 describes the OPSU output pinouts.
Table 50-5 OPSU output pinouts
Pin number
Signal
Wire color
+48 V (V dc)
Red (RED)
48 V (Vo dc)
Black (BLK)
The BBU has the following input/output connectors:
input connector: Phoenix QC 0.5/2-ST-3.81 LC RD/BK IDC connector

output connector: Phoenix QC 1.5/7-ST-5.00 COD FTTH IDC connector
Table 50-6 describes the BBU output pinouts.
50-6


Table 50-6 BBU output pinouts
Pin number
Signal
Wire color
Positive return (Vo+)
Red (RED)
12 V dc (Vo)
Black (BLK)
Alarm Signal Return
Green (GRN)
On Battery
Slate (SLT)
Replace Battery
Brown (BRN)
Battery Missing
Blue (BLU)
Low Battery
Orange (ORN)
Figure 50-3 shows the BBU output power and alarm connector.
Figure 50-3 BBU output power and alarm connector
Red
Black
Green
Slate
Brown
Blue
Orange
18800
50.8
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the OPSU/BBU.
The OPSU has the following physical description:

width: 2.8 in. (70.5 mm)
depth: 5.2 in. (132.5 mm)

50-7
The BBU has the following physical description:
height: 3.1 in. (77.5 mm)

width: 8.2 in. (208.0 mm)
depth: 6.9 in. (174.0 mm)
Power
The OPSU has the following input specifications:
input surge protection: NEBS GR1089 section 4 @ 6KV
The OPSU has the following output specifications:
output voltages: 47.5 to 52 V dc

output power: 50 W
efficiency: > 85%
ripple: 200 mV RMS maximum
noise: 250 mV peak-to-peak maximum
The BBU has 44 to 52 V dc input voltage.

The BBU has the following output specifications when powered by the OPSU:
output voltages: 11.8 to 14.2 V dc during typical loading

efficiency: > 80% with battery fully charged
The BBU has the following output specifications when using the backup battery or
auxiliary power:
output voltages for battery backup: 10 to 14.2 V dc

output voltages for auxiliary power: 10.5 to 20 V dc
efficiency: > 92% at 12 V dc battery voltage
50-8

Environmental
The runtime specifications at 25C while operating from the battery are defined in
Table 50-7.
Table 50-7 Constant power runtime
Constant power
6W
8W
10 W
Pre-emergency reserve
9 h 16 min
6 h 34 min
5 h 32 min
Emergency reserve
3 h 5 min
2 h 22 min
1 h 26 min
Total time
12 h 21 min
8 h 59 min
6 h 58 min
The operating conditions are:
temperature range: 4 to 115 F (20 to 46C)

relative humidity (non-condensing) within enclosure: 0% to 95%

50-9
50-10

51 Delta DMDU-4850R UPS unit data

sheet
51.1 Identification
51-2

51-3
51-3

51.6 Alarms
51-2
51-3
51-5
51.7 Connections
51.8 Specifications
51-5
51-6

51-1
51.1
Identification
Table 51-1 provides identification information about the Delta DMDU-4850R power
supply from Delta Electronics Inc.
Table 51-1 Identification of the Delta DMDU-4850R UPS
Part Number
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
3EM 23372 AA
Delta DMDU-4850R 50 W, 48 V dc UPS with lead-acid

battery backup.
Optional input power cord for specific markets: USA

(NEMA 5-15P, 8-feet (2.44 m)
Optional input power cord for specific markets: UK

(BS1363 6-feet (1.83 m)
Optional input power cord for specific markets: France

and Germany (CEE 7/7 6-feet (1.83 m)
Optional input power cord for specific markets:

Australia and New Zealand (AZ/NZS3112 6-feet (1.83
m)
The manufacturer part number is GES500W48V0081.

A variant that has no logo on the unit.
1AB383340010
3090228101
(manufacturer)
1AB383340009
3090233300
(manufacturer)
1AB383340008
3090232700
(manufacturer)
1AB383340007
3090233400
(manufacturer)
51.2

The Delta DMDU-4850R UPS provides:
50 W, 48 V dc power supply output in both normal and backup modes

input surge protection of 6 KV meeting IEC61000-4.5 @ Level 2 and ITU K.21
standards
valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery backup 12 V 20 Ah for up to 2.5 hours
12.5 to 20 V dc input voltage when using auxiliary power
The Delta DMDU-4850R UPS meets:
UL 60950-1, IEC 60950-1, EN 60950-1, CB, ITU K.21, and NEBS TP76200
51-2

51.3
General description
The Delta DMDU-4850R UPS converts ac power to dc power to supply the battery.
The battery provides up to 2.5 h of backup power depending on environmental
conditions and load. The UPS also supplies power and alarm connections to the
ONT.
The Delta DMDU-4850R UPS converts ac input power (85 to 264 V ac) to 50 W dc
output power for the battery. The battery is charged and sends the 50 W of power to
the ONT and a peak 60 W power output for up to 2 seconds. The UPS also provides
an auxiliary power connection that supplies continuous 50 W (12.5 to 20 V dc) in the
event of a power outage that depletes the battery backup. The auxiliary power
connection supplies power to the ONT but does not charge the battery.
51.4
Operating modes
Normal: Under normal operating conditions, the SYSTEM STATUS LED light
is lit. The battery receives power from the UPS and battery charge is maintained.
load. When operating in battery mode, the BATTERY POWER LED light is lit.
When the battery charge is more than 55% depleted, the UPS switches to
low-battery mode. In this case, the BATTERY POWER LED light flashes.
Replace battery: When the battery fails a self-test, the REPLACE BATTERY
LED light is lit.
Auxiliary power: If the battery backup is depleted, an auxiliary battery can be
connected to the UPS. When operating on auxiliary power, the AUXILIARY
POWER LED light is lit.
18 hours with a normal input.
51.5

Four status LEDs and two user control buttons are present on the front of the UPS.
Each LED is labeled with an icon as are the user control buttons as shown in
Figure 51-1.

51-3

Figure 51-1 Delta DMDU-4850R LEDs and user control button
SYSTEM
STATUS
SYSTEM
STATUS
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
BATTERY
POWER
AUXILIARY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY
USE
AUXILIARY
POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY
USE
19885
Table 51-2 describes the status LED indicators for the Delta DMDU-4850R UPS.
Table 51-2 Delta DMDU-4850R UPS status LED indicators
LED name
SYSTEM STATUS
Green solid System ON and is either idle or

discharging
BATTERY POWER
Off Battery charging

REPLACE BATTERY
AUXILIARY POWER
Green solid Auxiliary source connected
Table 51-3 describes the user control buttons for the Delta DMDU-4850R UPS.
Table 51-3 Delta DMDU-4850R user control buttons
Name
ALARM SILENCE
Type
(1)
BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE
51-4
Description
Push button
(2)
Push button
(2)
The unit will operate on the remaining 45% of battery

power.


Notes
(1)
(2)
To restore the alarm, press the button and hold down for 3 to 5 seconds.
51.6
Alarms
Delta DMDU-4850R UPS.
Alarm
Condition
Alarm audio
ON BATTERY
The on battery alarm indicates that the battery is being

discharged.
One beep during

switchover to battery
backup
REPLACE BATTERY

One beep every 15

minutes

BATTERY MISSING

None
LOW BATTERY

battery.
Four beeps every

minute
51.7
Connections
The Delta DMDU-4850R UPS has the following connections:
input connector/plug: IEC 320/C6, 3-prong plug

input cord length (varies): 6.0 to 8.0 ft (1.83 to 2.44 m)
output connector: 3.5 mm (0.14 inch) removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector
(accepts 16-26 AWG)
auxiliary power connector: coax jack connector (OD: 6.0 mm/ID: 1.3 mm) (OD:
0.24 inch/ID: 0.05 inch)
Table 51-5 describes the 7-pin screw terminal output connector.
Table 51-5 Output connector for the Delta DMDU-4850 UPS
Pin
number
Signal name
Color
+48 V dc O/P
Red
Common (+48 V Return)
Black
(1 of 2)

51-5
Pin
number
Signal name
Color
Signal Return
Green
On Battery Signal
White
Replace Battery Signal
Brown
Battery Missing Signal
Blue
Low Battery Signal
Orange
(2 of 2)
51.8
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Delta DMDU-4850R UPS.

width: 10.9 in. (279 mm)
depth: 3.8 in. (97 mm)
Power
The Delta DMDU-4850R UPS has the following input specifications:
input surge protection: IEC61000-4.5 @ Level 2 and ITU K.21 at 6KV
output voltages: 48 V dc (with a range of plus or minus 10%)

efficiency: 80% with full load
In battery backup operation mode, the UPS has the following output specifications:
51-6
output voltages: 48 V dc (with a range of plus or minus 10%)

efficiency at full load: 75% with full load
Note The battery backup supports ONT operations for a minimum

of 1.8 h at 50 W output when fully loaded.
Environmental
The operating conditions for the Delta DMDU-4850R UPS are:

0 to + 10 000 feet above sea level



51-7
51-8

52 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS unit data

sheet
52.1 Identification
52-2

52-3
52-3

52.6 Alarms
52-2
52-4
52-5
52.7 Connections
52.8 Specifications
52-5
52-7

52-1
52.1
Identification
Table 52-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply from
Delta Electronics Inc.
Table 52-1 Identification of the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS
Part Number
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
3EM 23134 AA
(no logo)
Delta DUPS-1232A 32 W, 12 V dc UPS with lead-acid

battery backup.
3EM 22993 AA
(customer-specific
logo)
Delta DUPS-1232A 32 W, 12 V dc UPS with lead-acid

battery backup.
BVM6310FRA
N70988
457851
1AB383340010
Optional input power cord for specific markets: USA

(NEMA 5-15P, 8-feet (2.44 m)
Optional input power cord for specific markets: UK

(BS1363 6-feet (1.83 m)
Optional input power cord for specific markets: France

and Germany (CEE 7/7 6-feet (1.83 m)
Optional input power cord for specific markets:

Australia and New Zealand (AZ/NZS3112 6-feet (1.83
m)
3090228101
(manufacturer)
1AB383340009
3090233300
(manufacturer)
1AB383340008
3090232700
(manufacturer)
1AB383340007
3090233400
(manufacturer)
52.2

The Delta DUPS-1232A UPS provides:
32 W, 12.5 to 14.5 V dc power supply for the battery

input voltage range of 90 to 264 V ac at 47 to 70Hz frequency range
valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery backup 12 V 7.2 Ah
input surge protection of 6 KV meeting NEBS GR1089 Issue 4 standards
In battery backup mode, the UPS provides 32 W, 10 to 13.5 V dc power for up to 1.8
h, and 8 W POTS backup for 8 h.
The Delta DUPS-1232A UPS meets:
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2, and NEBS Level 1 and 3 (GR1089 and GR63) and
Level 4 (GR1089)
52-2

52.3
General description
The Delta DUPS-1232A UPS converts ac power to dc power to supply the battery.
The battery provides up to 8 h of backup power for the lifeline POTS service,
depending on environmental conditions and load. The UPS also supplies power and
alarm connections to the ONT.
The Delta DUPS-1232A UPS converts ac input power (90 to 264 V ac) to 32 W dc
output power (12.5 to 14.5 V dc) for the battery. The UPS also provides an auxiliary
power connection that supplies 32 W in the event of a power outage that depletes the
battery backup. The auxiliary power connection supplies power to the ONT but does
52.4
Operating modes
Normal: Under normal operating conditions, the green AC Power LED light is
on. The battery receives power from the UPS and battery charge is maintained.
load. When operating in battery mode, the ON BATTERY LED light is solid
green.
Low battery: When the battery charge is more than 45% depleted, the UPS
switches to low-battery mode. In this case, the LOW BATTERY LED flashes
green and the alarm beeps four times every minute.
connected to the UPS.
18 hours with a normal input.

52-3
52.5

Four indicator LEDs and one user control button are present on the front of the UPS.
Each LED is labeled with an icon as well as the user control button as shown in
Figure 52-1. For descriptions of these LEDs and the user control button, see
Tables 52-2 and 52-3.
Figure 52-1 Delta DUPS-1232A LEDs and user control button
AC
POWER
LOW
BATTERY
REPLACE
BETTERY
MISSING
BATTERY
ALARM
SILENCE
19817
Table 52-2 describes the status LED indicators for the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS.
Table 52-2 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS status LED indicators
LED name
AC Power
Green solid OK
Green flashing Fail
Low Battery/Battery Backup

Mode
Replace Battery
Missing Battery
Green solid Open circuit
Table 52-3 describes the user control button for the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS.
52-4


Table 52-3 User control button
Name
Type
ALARM SILENCE
(1)
Push button
Description
(2)
Notes
(1)
(2)
To restore the alarm, press the button and hold down for 3 to 5 seconds.
52.6
Alarms
Delta DUPS-1232A UPS.
Alarm
Condition
Alarm audio
ON BATTERY (or AC
Fail or backup mode)

One beep at time of

power loss
REPLACE BATTERY

One beep every 15

minutes

BATTERY MISSING

None
BATTERY LOW

battery.
Four beeps every

minute
52.7
Connections
The Delta DUPS-1232A UPS has the following connections:
input connector/plug: IEC 320/C6, NEMA 1-15P, 3-prong plug/pass through

output connector: 3.5 mm (0.14 inch) 7-position screw terminal connectors
auxiliary input power connector: coaxial DC jack, OD return 3.8 mm (0.15 inch),
ID (1.3 mm or 0.05 inch) positive center
Figure 52-2 shows the UPS output power and alarm connector.

52-5

Figure 52-2 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS output power and alarm connector
Vo +
Vo Signal
Return
On
Battery
Replace
Battery
Missing
Battery
Low
Battery
19819
Figure 52-3 shows the location of the auxiliary power connector.

Figure 52-3 Delta DUPS-1232A UPS auxiliary power connector
AUXILARY
19818
Table 52-5 describes the output pin assignments shown in Figure 52-2.
Table 52-5 Pin assignments for the DUPS-1232A UPS
52-6
Pin
number
Signal name
Color (if applicable)
+12 V dc O/P
Red
Black
Signal Return
Green
On Battery Signal
White
Brown
Blue
Low Battery Signal
Orange

52.8
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS.

width: 10.47 in. (260 mm)
depth: 3.16 in. (80.4 mm)
weight: 7.78 lb (3.53 kg with 12 V/7 ah battery)
Power
input surge protection: NEBS GR1089 Issue 4 @ 6KV

output power: 32 W continuous or peak 38 W for 10 min
efficiency: 79% with battery fully charged
output voltages: 10 to 13.5 V dc 5%

efficiency at full load: 90%
Note The battery backup supports lifeline POTS operations for a
minimum of 8 h with the loading profile defined in GR1089.

52-7
Environmental
The operating conditions for the Delta DUPS-1232A UPS are:



52-8

53 Delta DUPS-1232V UPS unit data

sheet
53.1 Identification
53-2

53-2
53-3

53.6 Alarms
53-2
53-3
53-5
53.7 Connections
53.8 Specifications
53-5
53-6

53-1
53.1
Identification
Table 53-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply unit
with battery backup unit from Delta Electronics Inc.
Table 53-1 Identification of the Delta DUPS-1232V UPS
Part Number
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
3EM 23698 AB
(customer-specific
logo)
Delta DUPS-1232V 32 W, 12 V dc UPS with lead-acid

battery backup.
BVPUAAKAAA
070VGV
171297
53.2

The Delta DUPS-1232V UPS provides:
32 W, 13.5 5% V dc power supply for the battery

valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery backup 12 V 7 or 7.2 Ah
input surge protection of 6 KV meeting NEBS GR1089 standards
In battery backup mode, the UPS provides 32 W, 10 to 13.5 V dc power for up to 1.8
h, and 8 W POTS backup for 8 h.
The Delta DUPS-1232V UPS meets the following safety standards:
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No.60950-1, IEC 60950-1, EN 60950-1, and NEBS

Level 3.
The Delta DUPS-1232V UPS meets the following EMC standards:
FCC Part 15 Class B. GR 1089 Issue 4, and EN55022 (CISPR 22) Class B.
53.3
General description
The Delta DUPS-1232V UPS converts ac power to dc power to supply the battery.
The battery provides up to 8 h of backup power for the lifeline POTS service,
depending on environmental conditions and load. The UPS also supplies power and
alarm connections to the ONT.
53-2

The Delta DUPS-1232V UPS converts ac input power (90 to 264 V ac) to 32 W dc
output power (13.5 5% V dc) for the battery. The UPS also provides an auxiliary
power connection that supplies 32 W in the event of a power outage that depletes the
battery backup. The auxiliary power connection supplies power to the ONT but does
53.4
Operating modes
Normal: Under normal operating conditions, the green AC Mode (PWR) LED
light is on. The battery receives power from the UPS and battery charge is
maintained.
load. When operating in battery mode, the Battery Backup Mode LED light is
solid green.
Low battery: When the battery charge is more than 45% depleted, the UPS
switches to low-battery mode. In this case, the Low Battery LED flashes green
and the alarm beeps four times every minute.
connected to the UPS.
53.5

Four indicator LEDs and two user control buttons are present on the front of the UPS.
The location of the LEDs and user control buttons are shown in Figure 53-1. For
descriptions of these LEDs and the user control buttons, see Tables 53-2 and 53-3.

53-3

Figure 53-1 Delta DUPS-1232V LEDs and user control button
SYSTEM
STATUS
SYSTEM
STATUS
BATTERY
POWER
REPLACE
BATTERY
AUXILIARY
POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE
BATTERY REPLACE AUXILIARY

POWER BATTERY POWER
ALARM
SILENCE
BATTERY
EMERGENCY USE
20247
Table 53-2 describes the status LED indicators for the Delta DUPS-1232V UPS.
Table 53-2 Delta DUPS-1232V UPS status LED indicators
LED name
Power (System status)

Green flashing System fault
Battery Power

Green flashing Battery charge below 45%
Replace Battery
Red solid Battery not connected or requires

replacement
AUX (Auxiliary power)
Green solid Auxiliary power is in use
Table 53-3 describes the user control buttons for the Delta DUPS-1232V UPS.
Table 53-3 User control buttons
Name
53-4
Type
Description
Alarm Silence
Push button
(1)
Battery
Emergency Use
Push button
(3)
(2)
Switch to reserve battery power or restart with a new

battery.


Notes
(1)
To mute the alarm for 24 hours, press the button and hold down for 1 to 2 seconds. To restore the
alarm, press the button and hold down for 1 to 2 seconds.
(2)
After 24 hours, the alarm will recommence if the underlying fault condition has not be corrected.
(3)
To switch to reserve battery power or restart with a new battery, press the button and hold down
for 2 seconds until a beep is emitted and all four LEDs are lit. If the button is held down for more
than five seconds, operation is disabled.
53.6
Alarms
Delta DUPS-1232V UPS.
Alarm
Condition
Alarm audio
ON Battery

One beep for one

second in duration at
the time of power loss
Replace Battery

One beep every 15

minutes

Battery Missing

None
Battery Low
The low-battery alarm indicates that the battery is near

45% capacity.
Four beeps every

minute
53.7
Connections
The Delta DUPS-1232V UPS has the following connections:
input connector/plug: NEMA 5-15P, 3-prong plug

output connector: 5.0 mm (0.19 inch) removable, 7-pin IDC terminal connector
auxiliary input power connector: coaxial jack connector, OD return 3.8 mm (0.15
inch), ID (1.3 mm or 0.05 inch) positive center
Note Use only properly-rated power cables that are compliant with
local electrical codes when installing this power supply unit.
Figure 53-2 shows the UPS output power and alarm connector.

53-5

Figure 53-2 Delta DUPS-1232V UPS output power and alarm connector
Vo +
Vo Signal
Return
On
Battery
Replace
Battery
Missing
Battery
Low
Battery
19819
Table 53-5 describes the output pin assignments shown in Figure 53-2.
Table 53-5 Pin assignments for the DUPS-1232A UPS
53.8
Pin
number
Signal name
+12 V dc O/P
Signal Return
On Battery Signal
Low Battery Signal
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Delta DUPS-1232V UPS.
53-6
height: 8 in. (20.3 cm)

width: 3.3 in. (8.4 mm)
depth: 7.8 in. (19.8 mm)
distance between wall mounting holes: 2.5 in. (6.4 cm)

Power
input surge protection: NEBS GR1089 @ 6KV

efficiency: 81% with battery fully charged
output voltages: 10 to 13.5 5% V dc

The UPS has a 12.5 to 20 V dc UL-approved auxiliary power source.
Environmental
The operating conditions for the Delta DUPS-1232V UPS are:




53-7
53-8

54.1 Identification
54-2

54-2
54-3

54.6 Alarms
54-2
54-3
54-4
54.7 Connections
54.8 Specifications
54-4
54-5

54-1
54.1
Identification
Table 54-1 provides identification information about the ONT power supply from
Delta Electronics Inc.
Table 54-1 Identification of the Delta DUPS-1215 UPS
Part Number
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
3FE 52412 AA
Delta DUPS-1215 15 W, 12 V dc UPS with lead-acid

battery backup.
Optional 8-pin Molex output power cord, 6.56 feet (2

m)
54.2

The Delta DUPS-1215 UPS provides:
15 W, 10 to 13.5 V dc power supply for the battery

valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery backup 12 V 4.5 Ah
input surge protection of IEC61000-4-5 @ level 2
In battery backup mode, the UPS provides 15 W, 10 to 13.5 V dc power for up to 2

hours or 8 W, 10 to 13.5 V dc power for up to 4 hours.
The Delta DUPS-1215 UPS the following safety regulations:
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 (No. 60950-1), IEC 60950-1, EN 60950-1, and CB

The Delta DUPS-1215 UPS the following EMC regulations:
FCC Part 15 Class B, CE EN55022 (CISPR 22) C-Tick (AS/NZS CISPR 22)
Class B, and EN 300386-1 Class B
54.3
General description
The Delta DUPS-1215 UPS converts ac power to dc power to supply the battery. The
battery provides up to 4 h of backup power to continue service, depending on
environmental conditions and load. The UPS also supplies power and alarm
The Delta DUPS-1215 UPS converts ac input power (90 to 264 V ac) to 15 W dc
output power (10 to 13.5 V dc) for the battery. The UPS is shipped with an optional
8-pin Molex output power cord for connection to an ONT and a regular power cord
that connects the unit to an electric outlet.
54-2

54.4
Operating modes
There are three operating modes as follows:
Normal: Under normal operating conditions, the green AC Power LED light is
on. The battery receives power from the UPS and battery charge is maintained.
Battery Backup or Low Battery: During a commercial utility outage, the battery
power supplies the load. When operating in battery backup mode, the BATTERY
POWER LED light is solid green. When battery charge nears only 45% of
capacity, the UPS switches to Low Battery mode. In this case, the BATTERY
POWER LED flashes green.
Replace Battery or Missing Battery: When the battery fails a self-test or a open
circuit is detected, the UPS switches to Replace/Missing battery mode. In this
case, the REPLACE BATTERY LED is solid red.
54.5

The Delta DUPS-1215 UPS features three indicator LEDs. Each LED is labeled with
an icon as shown in Figure 54-1. For descriptions of these LEDs, see Table 54-2.
Figure 54-1 Delta DUPS-1215 LEDs
20
Table 54-2 describes the status LED indicators for the Delta DUPS-1215 UPS.

54-3

Table 54-2 Delta DUPS-1215 UPS status LED indicators
LED name
AC Power
Green solid ac normal
Backup Battery/Low Battery
Green solid On battery mode

Replace Battery/Missing
Battery
Red solid Battery failed self-test (failed

battery)
Red solid Open circuit (no battery)
54.6
Alarms
Delta DUPS-1215 UPS.
Alarm
Condition
Alarm audio
ON BATTERY
Alarm indicates that the UPS is operating using the

battery power.
One beep at time of

power loss
REPLACE BATTERY
Alarm indicates that the battery has failed a periodic self

test.
One beep every 15

minutes

BATTERY MISSING
Alarm indicates that the battery is missing or there is an

open circuit.
None
UPS will not be supported if commercial power fails.

BATTERY LOW
54.7
Alarm indicates that the battery charge has fallen below

20% capacity.
Four beeps every

minute
Connections
The Delta DUPS-1215 UPS has the following connections:
input connector/inlet: IEC 320/C6 3-prong plug

output connector: DIN 9-pin (MD-09R-02) connector
output cable: DIN 9-pin (CA3-MD9A-2M) / Molex (43025-0800) connector
Figure 54-2 shows the UPS DIN 9-pin output and IEC 3-prong input connectors.
54-4


Figure 54-2 Delta DUPS-1215 UPS output and input connectors
6
9
5
2
1
8
4
7
3
20171
Table 54-4 describes both the DIN and Molex pin assignments for the optional 8-pin
Molex output power cord.
Table 54-4 Pin assignments for the DUPS-1215 UPS
54.8
DIN pin
number
Signal name
Molex pin
number
On Battery
Frame Ground
Missing Battery
Battery Failure
Signal Return
+ 12 V dc Input
Low Battery
Ground
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Delta DUPS-1215 UPS.

54-5

width: 4.21 in. (107 mm)
depth: 3.35 in. (85 mm)
weight: 4.63 lb (2.1 kg with 12 V/4.5 Ah battery)
Power
input surge protection: IEC61000-4-5@ Level 2

output power: 15 W continuous or peak 24 W for 2 seconds
efficiency: 77% @ 115/230 V ac full load with full battery charge
output voltages: 10 to 13.5 5% V dc

backup time: 4 hours at 8 W
Environmental
The operating conditions for the Delta DUPS-1215 UPS are:



54-6

55 Elpac Power Supplies AC power

55.1 Identification
55-2

55.4 Status LED
55.5 Alarms
55-2
55-3
55-3
55-3
55.6 Connections
55.7 Specifications
55-3
55-4

55-1
55.1
Identification
Table 55-1 provides identification information about the Elpac Power Supplies
FW30 Series AC power adapter.
Table 55-1 Identification of the Elpac power adapter
Part Number
Mnemonic
Description
CLEI
CPR
ECI/Bar
code
1AF 01226
AK (1)
Elpac Power Supplies FW30 Series 30W,

12 V dc power adapter
1AB 07676
0009 (2)

1AB 07676
0010 (2)

1.78 m, 13 A fuse in plug, black (United
Kingdom/Ireland)
1AB 07676
0071 (2)
Cable, CEE 7/7 plug to IEC 60320 C13

1.78 m, black (Continental Europe)
1AB 07676
0072 (2)

1.78 m, black (India/Pakistan/S. Africa)
1AB 07676
0073 (2)
Cable, NEMA 5-15 plug to IEC 60320 C13

1.78 m, black (United States)
Notes
(1)
Autec Power Systems supplies a nearly identical power adapter that shares the same part number.
Any differences between the Autec and Elpac adaptors are noted in the text below.
(2)
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT Planning and Ordering guide for product identification information,
including additional AC/DC power converter cabling information.
55.2

The Elpac AC power adapter provides:

input voltage range of 100 to 240 V ac
The AC power adapter meets the following safety standard and EMI specifications:
55-2
UL 1950
cUL CSA 22.2 NO. 950
Nemko EN 60950
CE Marked
FCC Class B
CISPR 22 class B

55.3
General description
The Elpac Power Supplies AC power adapter converts ac input power (100 to 240
V ac) to dc power (30 W, 12 V dc).
55.4
Status LED
There are no status LEDs provided with the Elpac Power Supplies AC power
adapter.
55.5
Alarms
There are no alarms associated with the Elpac Power Supplies AC power adapter.
55.6
Connections
Table 55-2 describes the Elpac Power Supplies AC power adapter output pinouts
while Figure 55-1 shows the power adapter input and output connections.
Table 55-2 Elpac power adapter power wiring chart
AC connection
direction
Connector type
Pin number
Signal
Input
3-pin IEC320
Pole 1
LINE
Pole 2
NEUTRAL
Pole 3
GROUND
Inner
+OUTPUT
Outer
RETURN
Output
Barrel type (5.5 x 2.5 x 9.5 mm)

55-3

Figure 55-1 Elpac Power Supplies AC power adapter
4.25"
(108.0 cm)
3-pin IEC
320 input
receptable
2.5"
(6.45 cm)
2.5"
(6.45 cm)
19989
55.7
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Elpac Power Supplies AC power adapter.
The Elpac power adapter has the following physical descriptions:

width: 4.25 in. (108 mm)
depth: 2.5 in. (64.4 mm)
Power
The Elpac power adapter has the following input specifications:
input current: 1.0 Amp @ 100 V ac
The Elpac power adapter has the following output specifications:
output current: 2.5 A maximum (2 A @ 12 V dc for the Autec Power Systems
version of the power adapter)
output power: 30 W
efficiency: > 80% (with full load and 115 V ac)
55-4

Environmental
Table 55-3 lists the environmental conditions for the Elpac power adapter.
Table 55-3 Elpac power adapter environmental conditions
Type of temperature
Temperature range
Operating
32F to 104F (0C to 40C)
Storage
67F to 185F (55C to 85C)

55-5
55-6

56 Emerson 16 W AC/DC switching power

56.1 Identification
56-2

56.4 Status LED
56.5 Alarms
56-2
56-2
56-3
56-3
56.6 Connections
56.7 Specifications
56-3
56-4

56-1
56.1
Identification
Table 56-1 provides identification information about the ONT 16 W switching wall
mount power supply/adaptor from Emerson
Table 56-1 Identification of the power adapter
56.2
Part Number
Description
3FE 61585 AA
Emerson 16W, 12 V ac/dc power adapter; with an ANSI-market plug
3FE 61585 AB
Emerson 16W, 12 V ac/dc power adapter; with an UK-market plug
3FE 61585 AC
Emerson 16W, 12 V ac/dc power adapter; with an ETSI-market plug

The power adapter provides:
16 W power capability with 12.2 V dc output voltage

input voltage range of 90 to 264 V ac with frequency auto-ranging
a power LED
built-in EMI filter (CISPR 22 Class B)
The power adapter meets the following safety standard specifications:
UL 60950/6500
CSA 60950
TUV 60950
NEMKO 60950
AS/NZS 60950
CB certificate and report
CE mark EMC89/366/EEC
FCC PART 15 Class B
EN55024
EN55022
56.3
General description
The Emerson power adapter converts ac input power (90 to 264 V ac) to dc power
(16 W, 12.2 V dc).
56-2

56.4
Status LED
One indicator LED is present on the top of the AC/DC switching power adaptor. The
LED is shown in Figure 56-1 and explained in Table 56-2.
Figure 56-1 Emerson power adapter LED
Power LED
AC mains
connector
DC output country specific cable

20052
Table 56-2 Emerson power adapter LED
56.5
Name
Color
Description
Power
Green
Operating on ac power; power good
Off
No ac power available
Alarms
There are no alarms associated with the Emerson AC/DC switching power adapter.
56.6
Connections
Table 56-3 describes the Emerson output cable and barrel polarity.
Table 56-3 Emerson adaptor power wiring chart
DC cable
Connector type
Pin number
Signal
Output
DC cable two-wire cord (5.5 x 2.5

mm) barrel DC plug
DC plug center
+V
DC plug outer
- V (return)

56-3
56.7
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Emerson AC/DC switching power adapter.
The Emerson power adapter has the following physical descriptions:
height: 1.17 in. (29.7 mm)

width: 3.03 in. (77 mm)
depth: 2.08 in. (53 mm)
weight: 0.325 lb (0.148 kg)
Power
The Emerson power adapter has the following input specifications:
The Emerson power adapter has the following output specifications:
output voltages: 12.2 V dc

output power: 16 W
efficiency: > 80% (with full load)
Environmental
Table 56-4 lists the environmental conditions for the Emerson AC/DC switching
power adapter.
Table 56-4 Emerson power adapter environmental conditions
Altitude
Maximum operating altitude 0 ft to 10 000 ft (0 to

3048 m)
32F to 104F (0C to 40C) ambient

Operating humidity:
Storage:
40F to 185F (40C to 85C)
56-4
Maximum storage altitude is 0 ft to 10 000 ft (0 to

3048 m)

57 Emerson 24 W AC/DC switching power

57.1 Identification
57-2

57.4 Status LED
57.5 Alarms
57-2
57-3
57-3
57-3
57.6 Connections
57.7 Specifications
57-4
57-4

57-1
57.1
Identification
Table 57-1 provides identification information about the 24 W AC/DC switching
power adapter from Emerson
Table 57-1 Identification of the Emerson power adapter
Part Number
Description
AD2412N3L-401 (1AF 01226 AS)
Emerson 24W, 12 V ac/dc power adapter with Molex connector

Specialized output power cables with Molex connectors:
DA12-120US-401 (1AF 17075 AA)

DA12-120EU-401 (1AF 17075 AB)
DA12-120UK-401 (1AF 17075 AC)
DA12-120AU-401 (1AF 17075 AD)
USA
Europe
United Kingdom or Ireland
Australia
C13 IEC320 to plug ac power input cords for the power adapter:
1AB 07676 0010

1AB 07676 0009
1AB 07676 0071
1AB 07676 0072
1AB 07676 0073
57.2
United Kingdom or Ireland

Australia
Europe
Pakistan, Indian, & South Africa
USA

The Emerson 24 W AC/DC switching power adapter provides:
24 W maximum power with 12 V dc output voltage

built-in EMI filter (CISPR 22 Class B)
UL 60950-1
CSA-C22.2 No. 60950
TUV EN/IEC 60950-1
CB Certificate
CE Mark LVD and EMC
CCC Certificate
57-2

57.3
General description
The Emerson 24 W AC/DC switching power adapter converts ac input power (90 to
264 V ac) to dc power (24 W, 12 V dc).
57.4
Status LED
One indicator LED is present on the top of the Emerson 24 W AC/DC switching
power adaptor. The LED is shown in Figure 57-1 and explained in Table 57-2.
Figure 57-1 Emerson 24 W power adapter LED
AC inlet
Power LED
DC output cable
20183
Table 57-2 Emerson power adapter LED
57.5
Name
Color
Description
Power
Green
Operating on ac power; power good
Off
Alarms
There are no alarms associated with the Emerson 24 W AC/DC switching power
adapter.

57-3
57.6
Connections
Table 57-3 describes the pin assignments for the Molex connector on the output cable
while Figure 57-2 shows the Molex connector and pin arrangement.
Table 57-3 Pin assignments for the output Molex connectorS
Pin
number
Signal name
+12 V dc
+12 V dc Return
On_Battery
Alarm Ground
Missing_Battery
Replace_Battery
NC/Optional Frame Ground
Low_Battery
Figure 57-2 Molex 8-pin power cable connector

Pin 2
Pin 1
Pin 8
Pin 3
Pin 7
20179
57.7
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Emerson 24 W AC/DC switching power
adapter.
The Emerson power adapter has the following physical descriptions:
57-4

width: 1.89 in. (48 mm)
length: 4.13 in. (105 mm)
weight: less than 0.61 lb (0.28 kg)

Power
The Emerson power adapter has the following input specifications:
efficiency: > 82% typical
The Emerson power adapter has the following output specifications:
output power: 24 W
Environmental
Table 57-4 lists the environmental conditions for the Emerson power adapter.
Table 57-4 Emerson power adapter environmental conditions
Altitude
Maximum operating altitude 9 843 ft (3000 m)
23F to 122F (-5C to 50C) ambient

Operating humidity:
Storage:
Maximum storage altitude is 29 528 ft (9000 m)
49F to 185F (45C to 85C)

Storage humidity:

57-5
57-6

58 FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS unit data

sheet
58.1 Identification
58-2

58.5 Status LEDs
58.6 Alarms
58-2
58-3
58-3
58-4
58-4
58.7 Connections
58.8 Specifications
58-5
58-6

58-1
58.1
Identification
Table 58-1 provides identification information about the FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS
from Alpha Technologies, Inc. that is used with the small office home office (SOHO)
ONT, business ONT, and LP multi dwelling unit (MDU) outdoor ONT.
Table 58-1 Identification of the FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS
Part Number
Description
1AF 14373 AB
FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS with heater. Has customer specific logo.
1AF 14373 AC
FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS without heater.
1AF 14373 AD
FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS with heater.
1AB395370001
Power cord with special locking plug that is used between the UPS
and the wall outlet, necessary for CE mark compliance in the
following locations:
See the 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT

58.2
Germany/Austria (plug type CEE 7/7) special plug needed

Denmark (plug type SR107/DK2-5A) special plug needed
United Kingdom (plug type BS1363) special plug needed
Batteries for the FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS.

The FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS provides:
48 V dc to 58 V dc output when operating on ac power, or 42 V dc to 58 V dc
58-2
when using batteries

simple power connections from the + dc lead on the Alpha FMPS to the + input
terminal on the ONT or MDU, and from the dc lead on the Alpha FMPS to the
input terminal on the ONT or MDU
150 W output using universal input voltage range of 90 V ac to 320 V ac input
power, 45 Hz to 66 Hz
support for two strings of four 7.2 Ah valve regulated lead acid (VRLA) batteries
provide up to 8 h of backup battery power, depending upon conditions
battery diagnostics, self-testing, and communication capability by alarm output to
the service provider network using the customer premises electronics
surge protection compliant to ANSI/IEEE Std. C62.41 to Category A, B, or C
requirements, using a ring wave or combination waveform at a level of 6 kV
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1/UL 60950-1 1st Edition, EN 60950-1:2001

58.3
General description
The FlexNet FMPS-150W UPS can be mounted inside the customers premises. It
powers the SOHO, business ONT, and LP MDU and provides up to 8 h of backup
power for lifeline POTS services, depending on environmental conditions and load.
The UPS converts 90 V ac to 320 V ac input (45/66 Hz autosensing) to 150 W
continuous output of 48 V dc to 58 V dc. You can install up to two FMPS-150W UPS
units on a single dedicated 15 A circuit.
backup battery. The UPS indicates its status using LEDs and to the ONT by a
5-conductor alarm signal return connection. The ONT can communicate the UPS
Two dc output and alarm connectors are provided on the UPS; however,
Alcatel-Lucent recommends the use of only one dc and alarm connection per UPS
for an ONT installation. As well, Alcatel-Lucent recommends running the power
wires in a separate conduit from the alarm wires.
58.4
Operating modes
There are three operating modes as follows:
is maintained. Three exception states can occur during normal operation:
Replace battery: This state is entered when the charge control circuit determines the
battery is not holding a charge, or is incapable of being charged. The replace battery
alarm is raised when the battery capacity falls to less than 70% of capacity.
Battery missing: This is a critical condition in which the UPS is unable to provide
adequate back up power should the main ac supply fail. A battery missing alarm is
sent to the ONT if one or more of the eight batteries are missing.
Overcurrent: This state occurs if the external load current drawn exceeds the
capacity of the UPS, for example, the output power leads are inadvertently shorted.
An overcurrent condition could damage the UPS.
Battery backup: In the event of an AC power outage, the UPS supplies the load
from the backup batteries. The Battery LED lights when in battery backup mode.
The UPS remains in battery backup mode until the AC power is restored or the
batteries reach the low-voltage shutdown level of 42 V dc. When AC power is
restored, backup batteries are recharged at a maximum current of 1.8 A per string
of batteries.
Charging: A float charge maintains the batteries at 100% capacity during normal
operation and ceases charging if the ac input power fails. Battery charging
automatically resumes after ac power is restored if the unit was operating in
battery backup mode. Charging continues until:
Battery has reached 100% capacity.

Another ac power failure occurs.
Additional power is required by the ONT, causing power from the batteries to be
diverted to the ONT (charging resumes when the additional ONT power demand
ends).
The backup battery is depleted.

58-3
58.5
Status LEDs
Three indicator LEDs are present on the front of the UPS. These same LEDs also
appear inside the unit cover. Each LED is labeled with an icon. These icons, with
their meanings, are shown in Figure 58-1. The LED states are described in
Table 58-2.
Normal
operation
Backup battery
is in use
Replace
battery
18919
Table 58-2 LEDs
58.6
Name
Color
Description
System
Green
Normal mode of operation
Battery
Yellow
Power supply is operating from the battery pack
Replace battery
Red
DC output present
Alarms
alarm signals. The service provider can monitor these signals in order to isolate
problems and take corrective action. The alarms are as follows:
AC Fail: There is insufficient ac supply line voltage to maintain battery charge.
This alarm is only set when the batteries are discharging to avoid nuisance alarms
and clears when the battery begins receiving a consistent charge.
Missing Battery: The battery is disconnected. The load will not be supported if
Audible alarm: You can enable the audible alarm using the switch located above
the 5-position IDC alarm connectors inside the unit.
When enabled, the audible alarm gives a low battery warning of four short beeps
once an hour if the battery string voltage reaches 46.8 V ac. An externally accessible
silence alarm button is located beneath the status LEDs on the front panel. Press and
hold down the button once for 0.5 s to silence the audible alarm for 24 h. A second
silence alarm button is located inside the unit, directly below the internal status
LEDs. For more information about alarms, consult the manufacturers
documentation accompanying the unit.
58-4

You can install one string of four batteries or two strings of eight batteries in the UPS.
Alcatel-Lucent recommends installing both strings. If only one string of backup
batteries are installed, a battery missing alarm is sent to the ONT.
58.7
Connections
A 5-position IDC alarm output connector located inside the UPS accepts five
24 AWG alarm wires from the ONT. Two screw down terminals for output power
are located inside the UPS and accepts 2 x 16 AWG wire per class 1 NEC wiring
requirements. Use 16 AWG wires for the power output leads to the ONT.
Figure 58-2 shows the 5-position alarm IDC connector and screw-down power
terminals on the UPS.
Figure 58-2 FlexNet FMPS-150 W UPS alarm IDC connector and power terminals
Audible
Alarm
ON/OFF
OUTPUT 1
RED
BLK
48VDC
Alarm Return
AC Fail
Replace Battery
Missing Battery
Battery Low
48VDC
Alarm Return
AC Fail
Replace Battery
Missing Battery
Battery Low
RED
BLK
OUTPUT
CONNECTIONS
OUTPUT 2
19576
Table 58-3 lists the pin assignments for the 5-position IDC alarm connector on the
UPS.
Table 58-3 UPS alarm connector pin assignments
Pin number
Signal
Alarm Return
AC Fail
(1 of 2)

58-5
Pin number
Signal
Replace Battery
Missing Battery
Battery Low
(2 of 2)
Two dc output and alarm connectors are provided; however, Alcatel-Lucent

recommends the use of only one dc and alarm connection per UPS for an ONT
installation. As well, Alcatel-Lucent recommends running the power wires in a
separate conduit from the alarm wires.
The UPS comes with an 8 ft line cord for connection to the main ac power supply.
The UPS can also be hard wired to the ac supply. Follow the manufacturers
instructions in the documentation accompanying the unit for more information about
connecting the UPS to the main ac power source.
58.8
Specifications
height: 23.75 in. (60.3 cm)

width: 14 in. (35.6 cm)
depth: 5.5 in. (14 cm)
enclosure only weight: 25 lb (11.3 kg)
weight of enclosure with both battery strings: 44.128 lb (20 kg)
Power
ac input frequency: 45 Hz to 66 Hz (auto sensing)

nominal input: 90 V ac to 320 V ac
maximum ac current draw: 2.5 A at 120 V ac (with maximum dc output, plus
charger and heater)
output voltage (nominal): 55 Vdc

output current: 3.1 A typical
58-6

Environmental
The runtime specifications at 25C using two battery strings:
load, 30 W: 23 h
load, 40 W: 17.22 h
load, 50 W: 13.68 h
load, 60 W: 11.23 h
Battery recharge to 90% efficiency using two battery strings are defined as follows:
load, 25 W: 13.6 h
load, 100 W: 25.2 h
load, 150 W: no recharge
temperature range 1, with heater: 40F to 115F (40C to 46C)

temperature range 2, without heater: 14F to 115F (10C to 46C)
humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95% RH
The storage conditions are defined as follows:
temperature range: 5F to 185F (15C to 85C)

humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95% humidity

58-7
58-8

59 Li Tone Electronics AC/DC switching

power adapter unit data sheet
59.1 Identification
59-2

59.4 Status LED
59.5 Alarms
59-2
59-2
59-2
59-3
59.6 Connections
59.7 Specifications
59-3
59-3

59-1
59 Li Tone Electronics AC/DC switching power adapter unit data sheet
59.1
Identification
Table 59-1 provides identification information about the ONT power adapter from
Li Tone Electronics Co., Ltd.
Table 59-1 Identification of the power adapter
59.2
Part Number
Description
P00-1711-0024-052
(manufacturer)
Li Tone Electronics 24W, 12 V dc power adapter (LTE24E-S2-320A)

The power adapter provides:

input voltage range of 90 to 264 V ac with frequency auto-ranging
a power LED
UL 60950-1
cUL 60950-1
TUV EN 60950-1
FCC PART 15 Class B
EN55022 Class B
EN61000-3-3 compliant
59.3
General description
The Li Tone power adapter converts ac input power (90 to 264 V ac) to dc power (24
W, 12 V dc).
59.4
Status LED
One indicator LED is present on the top of the AC/DC switching power adaptor. The
LED is shown in Figure 59-1 and explained in Table 59-2.
59-2


Figure 59-1 Li Tone Electronics power adapter LED
Power LED
AC mains
connector
DC output coax cable

19849
Table 59-2 Li Tone Electronics power adapter LED
59.5
Name
Color
Description
Power
Green
Off
Alarms
There are no alarms associated with the Li Tone Electronics AC/DC switching power
adapter.
59.6
Connections
Table 59-3 describes the Li Tone power adapter output pinouts.
Table 59-3 Li Tone power adapter power wiring chart
AC connection
direction
Connector type
Pin number
Signal
Input
IEC320 C8
Pole 1
LINE
Pole 2
NEUTRAL
Inner
+OUTPUT
Outer
RETURN
Output
59.7
Flat two-wire cord with black

18AWG 1.8M combined (5.5 x 2.1
x 9.5mm) straight angle DC plug
Specifications
The following specifications apply to the Li Tone Electronics AC/DC switching
power adapter.

59-3
The Li Tone power adapter has the following physical descriptions:

width: 1.8 in. (45 mm)
depth: 3.9 in. (98.4 mm)
Power
The Li Tone power adapter has the following input specifications:
The Li Tone power adapter has the following output specifications:
output power: 24 W
efficiency: > 80% (with full load)
Environmental
Table 59-4 lists the environmental conditions for the Li Tone Electronics AC/DC
switching power adapter.
Table 59-4 Li Tone power adapter environmental conditions
Altitude
Maximum operating altitude x ft (x m)
32F to 104F (0C to 40C)

Operating humidity:
Storage:
Maximum storage altitude is x ft (x m)
40F to 185F (40C to 85C)
59-4

60 PowerShield CP50B48 UPS unit data

sheet
60.1 Identification
60-2

60.5 Status LEDs
60.6 Alarms
60-2
60-3
60-3
60-3
60-4
60.7 Connections
60.8 Specifications
60-4
60-5

60-1
60.1
Identification
Table 60-1 provides identification information about the PowerShield CP50B48
50 W 48 V dc to -52 V dc UPS from American Power Conversion Corporation, that
is used with the small office home office (SOHO) outdoor ONT and the business
ONT.
Table 60-1 Identification of the APC UPS
Part Number
Description
3EM 13372 AA
PowerShield CP50B48 (1) 50 W, 48 V dc UPS with spill-proof,

maintenance-free sealed lead acid backup battery and a 6.5 ft (1.98 m)
long three-conductor power cable with a with three-prong North
American plug.
1AF 03877 BF

long three-conductor F-Gnd Schuko power cord.
1AF 03877 BG

long power cord with European plug.
1AF 03877 BH

long power cord with an Australian/New Zealand plug.
Note
(1)
60.2
The CP50B48 UPS is manufacturer discontinued. Contact your Alcatel-Lucent representative for
details.

The PowerShield CP50B48 provides:
50 W 48 V dc UPS for the ONT

50 W output using universal input voltage range of 87 V ac to 264 V ac input
power
20 Ah spill-proof, maintenance-free sealed lead acid backup battery

battery diagnostics, self-tests, and UPS status alarm outputs
cUL Listed, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, EN 55022 Class B, EN 60950, FCC Part
15 Class B, UL Listed, VDE compliance
operating temperature: 20 C (4 F) to 45C (113 F), 0% to 95% relative
humidity, 0 to 10 000 ft (0 to 3000 m) elevation
Note If the plug is not the right type, please contact Alcatel-Lucent
support for a recommended adapter.
60-2

60.3
General description
The APC UPS is mounted either inside or outside a customer premises. It provides
backup battery power for lifeline POTS service in the business ONT, depending on
environmental conditions and load. It converts 87 V ac to 264 V ac input (50/60 Hz)
to 46 V dc to 52 V dc (50 W) output and serves as a temporary backup in case of
power loss.
backup battery. The UPS indicates its status to the craft person with LEDs and to the
business ONT by a signal return connection. The business ONT can communicate
the UPS status upstream to the P-OLT.
60.4
Operating modes
is maintained.
battery power. When operating in On-Battery mode, the AC Present LED light is
yellow.
Low-Battery Shutdown: When the UPS operates on battery power for extended
periods, the battery charge is depleted and the UPS shuts down. In this case, all
LED lights are off. The UPS remains in the Off condition until utility power is
restored and no battery current is drawn.
Overload Condition: When the unit shuts down due to an overload, the unit
automatically restarts after 5 s.
48 hours.
60.5
Status LEDs
an icon. These icons, with their meanings, are shown in Figure 60-1. The operating
mode can be determined by the state of these LEDs; see Table 60-2.

60-3

Table 60-2 LEDs
60.6
Name
Color
Description
AC Present
Green
Green Flashing
High-charge mode
Yellow
DC Output On
Green
DC output present
Battery Bad
Red
Alarms
alarm information. Open collector opto-coupled transistors isolate the alarm signals,
which are present on the 7-pin power and alarm connector. The service provider can
monitor these alarm signals to isolate problems and take corrective action.
Table 60-3 describes the UPS alarms, as well as provides the output signal levels at
the power and alarm connector pins.
Signal
Pin
Description
Level
ON BATT
The on-battery alarm indicates if the UPS

is operating using the main AC power
source or backup battery.
Low = operating from

main AC power source
The replace-battery alarm indicates that

the battery is either charged, or has
Low = battery is charged
REPLACE BATT
Open = operating from

backup battery
Open = battery failed
Replace the battery if this alarm indicates

a failure. Availability has been
compromised.
BATT MISSING
LOW BATT
60.7
6
7
The battery-missing alarm indicates

whether or not the battery is detected.
Low = battery is present
The low-battery alarm indicates that the

battery charge is either near full
capacity, or has fallen below 20% capacity
when operating from the battery.
Low = battery is nearly

fully charged
Open = battery is missing
Open = battery charge is

below 20% capacity
Connections
The voltage output connector at the UPS is a 3.5 mm, removable, 7-pin screw
terminal connector (ANSI: accepts 16 to 26 AWG). A 7-position Phoenix IDC
connector is used at the ONT.
60-4

The UPS has the following input/output connectors:
input connector: IEC320/C5 3-wire inlet

number of power cords: 1
output connector: 3.5 mm removable, 7-pin screw terminal connector (ANSI:
accepts 16 to 26 AWG)
Table 60-4 shows the UPS output pinouts.

Pin number
Signal
Wire color
Positive return (Vo+)
48 V dc (Vo)
Alarm Signal Return
Green (GRN)
On-Battery
Slate (SLT)
Replace Battery
Brown (BRN)
Battery Missing
Blue (BLU)
Low Battery
Orange (ORN)
(1)
(2)
Red (RED)
Black (BLK)
Notes
(1)
Tied to earth ground.
(2)
48 V dc reference to pin 1 positive return (Vo+).
Figure 60-2 shows the output power and alarm connector.

Figure 60-2 APC UPS connector
UPS Connector
1/4 in.
(.64 cm)
Red
Black Green Slate Brown
Blue Orange
18977
60.8
Specifications

60-5
height: 11.60 in. (29.5 cm)

width: 11 in. (27.9 cm)
depth: 3.7 in. (9.4 cm)
weight: 18.50 lb (8.41 kg)
Power
input frequency: 47 Hz to 63 Hz (auto sensing)

input voltage: 87 V ac to 264 V ac
maximum configurable power: 50 W
Environmental
The runtime specifications at 25C while operating off of the battery are defined as
follows:
load, 8 W: 24 h
load, 15 W: 13 h
load, 25 W: 8 h
load, 50 W: 4 h
60-6
temperature range: 4 F to 113 F (20C to 45C)

operating elevation: 0 to 10 000 ft above sea level (0 to 3000 m)
storage elevation: 0 to 50 000 ft above sea level (0 to 15 000 m)
relative humidity (non-condensing) within enclosure: 0% to 95%

Glossary
1000Base-LX
An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for 1000 Mb/s gigabit Ethernet
(GE) using Long Wavelength (LX) laser transmitters over fiber-optic cable.
1000Base-SX
An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for 1000 Mb/s gigabit Ethernet
(GE) using Short Wavelength (SX) laser transmitters over fiber-optic cable.
10/100Base-T
10- to 100-Mb/s LAN

An IEEE standard for 10/100 Mb/s twisted-pair Ethernet wiring.
10Base-T
An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for Ethernet. 10Base-T carries

data at 10 Mb/s to a maximum distance of 328 ft (100 m) over unshielded
twisted-pair cabling.
5526 AMS
The Alcatel-Lucent 5526 Access Management System

The Alcatel-Lucent UNIX-based, client-server architecture controller for
7342 ISAM FTTU systems.
5528 WAM
5528 Web-based Access Manager

The Alcatel-Lucent 5528 Web-based Access Manager is a web server-based
network manager software. The 5528 WAM allows registered users to
connect to the NE through the Internet or craft port, providing a uniform and
simplified method of monitoring, provisioning, and configuring NEs.
AAA server
Authentication, Authorization, Accounting server
AACU-C
Alarm Control Unit, Version C

A card that performs alarm control functions and provides connectivity for
a craft terminal and Ethernet 10Base-T connectivity for maintenance access.

GL-1
Glossary
AAI
Access-to-Access Interface
The interface that the line termination (LT) card uses to subtend to the
passive optical network (PON).
ACK
Acknowledgement
ACO
Alarm Cut Off

ACO is a push button that allows the audible alarms to be extinguished
without affecting the visual alarms. The audible alarms can be toggled as
enabled or disabled.
ACU
Alarm Control Unit

A component located on the optical line termination (OLT) shelf that
collects rack alarms, controls top rack unit alarm displays, and provides an
alarm interface to the central office alarm system
AFAN
Fan
A fan unit installed at the bottom of each optical line termination (OLT)
shelf.
AFAN-H
Fan, version H
A fan unit installed at the bottom of each optical line termination (ALTS-N)
shelf. AFAN-H is only used in the ETSI market.
AFAN-P
Fan, version P
A fan unit installed at the bottom of each optical line termination (OLTS-K)
shelf. AFAN-P is only used in the ANSI market.
AFAN-R
Fan, version R
A fan unit installed at the bottom of each optical line termination (OLTS-L)
shelf. AFAN-R is only used in the ANSI market.
AFAN-S
Fan, version S
A fan unit installed at the bottom of each optical line termination (OLTS-M)
shelf. AFAN-S is only used in the ETSI market.
AFE
Analog Front End
AGC
Automatic Gain Control

An electronic device that controls the gain of a signal to ensure some level
of performance over changing conditions.
AID
Access Identifier
AIS
Alarm Indication Signal
ALM
Alarm
GL-2

Glossary
ALTS-N
ADSL Line Termination Shelf, version N

The ASAM shelf that provides mounting locations and slide-in rails for unit
insertion into backplane-mounted connectors. The ALTS-N is only used in
the ETSI market.
ANSI
American National Standards Institute

A nonprofit, nongovernmental body supported by over 1000 trade
organizations, professional societies, and companies; ANSI was established
for the creation of voluntary industry standards.
APC
American Power Conversion
APS
Automatic Protection Switching

The capability of a transmission system to detect a failure on a working
facility and switch to a protection facility to recover the traffic, thus
increasing overall system availability
ARP
Address Resolution Protocol

A protocol within TCP/IP that maps IP addresses to Ethernet
MAC addresses. TCP/IP requires ARP for use with Ethernet
ASCII
American Standard Code for Information Interchange

Coding method used to convert letters, numbers, punctuation, and control
codes into digital form
AU
Automatically Out-of-Service
An alarm signal that indicates that the unit failed and is automatically taken
out-of-service
AUMA
Automatically and Manually Out-of-Service

An alarm signal that indicates that the unit failed and the user has manually
(administratively) taken it out of service.
AWG
American Wire Gauge

AWG is a standard measuring gauge for non-ferrous conductors.
BAC
Buffer Acceptance Control
BATA
Battery A
BATB
Battery B
BATRET
Battery Return
BER
Bit Error Rate

Measure of transmission quality expressed as the percentage of received bits
in error compared to the total number of bits received.
BITS
Building Integrated Timing Supply

GL-3
Glossary
BITS-A
BITS backplane adapter, version A

BITS-A is only used in the ANSI market.
BITS-B
BITS backplane adapter, version B

BITS-B is only used in the ETSI market.
BMLD
Burst Mode Laser Driver
BOOTP
Bootstrap Protocol
Application layer configuration protocol that allows a host to configure itself
dynamically at boot time. This protocol provides 3 services:
IP address assignment
Detection of the IP address for a serving machine
The name of a file to be loaded and executed by the client machine
BRAS
Broadband Remote Access Server
CAC
Connection Admission Control

CAC is an algorithm that evaluates whether a new service can be added to a
VLAN on a PON, and whether a new VLAN can be added to a gigabit
Ethernet port or LAG on the EHNT.
CB
Circuit Breaker
CDE
Component Development Environment

Development discipline based on the reuse of components to ease rapid
time-to-market.
CDR
Clock Data Recovery
CDRH
Center for Devices and Radiological Health (U.S.)
CEMT
Cable Entry Management Tray
CES
Circuit Emulation Service
CEV
Controlled Environment Vault
CFR
Code of Federal Regulation (U.S.)
CRoHS
China Restriction of Hazardous Substances

The CRoHS regulations provide information about the installation and
operation of ONT systems with regards to the use of hazardous substances
in products and subassemblies.
CID
Channel Identifier or Consecutive Identical Digit
CLEC
Competitive Local Exchange Carrier
CLEI
Common Language Equipment Identifier
GL-4

Glossary
CLI
Command Line Interface

A workstation access method interface that uses CLI commands to
communicate to any network element in the 7342 ISAM FTTU network.
CO
Central Office
Telephone switching center that connects subscribers within a telephone
network.
CODEC
Coder Decoder
CoS
Class of Service
a method of managing traffic in a network by grouping similar types of
traffic together and treating each type as a class with its own level of service
priority.
CPE
Customer Premises Equipment

Customer-owned telecommunications equipment at customer premises used
to terminate or process information from the public network
CPLD
Complex Programmable Logic Device
CPU
Central Processing Unit

The part of a computer that performs the logic computational and
decision-making functions
CSA
Carrier Serving Area

A type of trunk-loop architecture that typically includes a T1 carrier, a
cluster of subscribers, and a serving area
CSMA/CD
Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection

A data communications mode in a shared medium in which access
contention problems are solved by denying access to one of the contenders
CTAG
Correlation Tag
C-VLAN
Customer VLAN
DBA
Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation

The capacity of subdividing large high-capacity network transmission
resources among multiple applications almost instantaneously and providing
each application only the share of bandwidth each application requires
dBm
Decibel referenced to one millivolt across 75 ohms
DCE
Data Circuit Terminating Equipment

GL-5
Glossary
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

DHCP is a client/server service that is an extension of the BOOTP protocol.
DHCP simplifies the configuration of a client workstation since no IP
addresses, subnet masks, default gateways, domain names, or DNSs must be
programmed. With DHCP, this information is dynamically leased from the
DHCP server for a predefined amount of time. Because the information is
stored on a server, it centralizes IP address management, reduces the number
of IP addresses to be used, and simplifies maintenance. RFC 2131 defines
DHCP.
DLP
Detailed Level Procedure
DPE
Drum Plate Enlarger
DS1
Digital Service Level-1

A digital circuit with a total bandwidth or transmission speed of 1.5444
million bits per second. The trunk level-1 standard of 1.5444 is in support of
24-voice conversations each encoded at 64 Kb per second.
DSCP
Differentiated Services Code Point

A six-bit value encoded in the type of service field of an IP packet header. It
identifies the CoS that the packet should receive.
DSL
Digital Subscriber Line

A DSL is a single twisted-pair that supports full-duplex transmission at a bit
rate of 160 kb/s (144 kb/s for 2B+D data, 12 kb/s for framing and error
correction, and 4 kb/s for the embedded operations channel).
DSP
Digital Signaling Processing
DSS
Digital Satellite Service
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment

A definition of hardware specifications provided for data communications.
EAP
Extensible Authentication Protocol
EC
Echo Cancellation
A technique to stop a received signal from being transmitted back to its
origin by constructing a signal closely approximating the echo component
and subtracting this from the locally transmitted signal
ECT
Enhanced Craft Terminal
EDFA
Erdium-Doped Fiber Amplifier

A form of fiber optical amplification in which the transmittal light signal
passes through a section of erbium-doped fiber and is amplified by means of
a laser pump diode. EDFA is used in transmitter booster amplifiers, in-line
repeating amplifiers, and receiver preamplifiers.
EE
GL-6
Equipment Engineering
Glossary
EFT
Electrical Fast Transient
eHCL
Ethernet-based High Capacity Link
EHNT
Ethernet-based High-capacity Network Termination
EIA
Electronic Industries Association

Group that specifies electrical transmission standards. The EIA and TIA
have developed numerous well-known communications standards,
including EIA/TIA-232 and EIA/TIA-449.
EM
Element Manager
E-MAN
Ethernet Metropolitan Area Network
EMC
ElectroMagnetic Compatibility
EMC designates the ability of commodities to function normally in the
electromagnetic environment (this ability is termed Electromagnetic
Susceptibility [EMS]), and the ability not to generate unbearable
electromagnetic interference to other devices and equipment in the same
environment (this ability is termed Electromagnetic Interference [EMI].
These two abilities are collectively named EMC.
EMI
Electromagnetic Interference
EMS
Element Management System
EPC
Ethernet Power Connection
EPS
Equipment Protection Switching

The capability of physical equipment to detect a failure on a working facility
and switch to a protection facility to recover the traffic, thus increasing
overall system availability.
ES
Error Second
ESD
Electrostatic discharge
ETSI
European Telecommunications Standards Institute

The European counterpart to ANSI. Established to produce
telecommunication standards integration in the European community for
users, manufacturers, suppliers, and Post Telephone and Telegraph
administration.
FCC
Federal Communications Commission (U.S.)
FCS
Frame Check Sequence
FDA
Food and Drug Agency (U.S.)
FDB
Forwarding Database
FEC
Forward Error Correction
FGND
Frame Ground

GL-7
Glossary
FGU
Feature Group Fiber to the User
FPGA
Field Programmable Gate Array

An integrated chip with functions that can be programmed by software
FSST
Fiber Slack Storage Tray

A tray used in the Video Coupler shelf for excess PON fiber storage
FTP
File Transfer Protocol

A protocol by which clients can transfer files to a server. Commonly used to
transfer files to a web server for websites or to download files from the web
to install.
FTTU
Fiber To The User

A high-speed fiber-optic cable technology for delivery of broadband
services to home or office over and Ethernet passive optical network (PON).
GE
Gigabit Ethernet
Ethernet interface that runs at 1000 Mb/s
GEM
GPON encapsulated module
GLOB
GPON Line-termination Optical Block
GLT2
GPON Line Termination with 2 PONs
GLT4
GPON Line Termination with 4 PONs
GMII
Gigabit Ethernet Media Independent Interface
GMQ
General Membership Query
GND
Ground
GNDF
Ground Frame
GPON
Gigabit Passive Optical Network
GUI
Graphical User Interface

A user screen that includes menus, tables, or icons to query or change data;
usually distinguished from the command line interface.
HD
High Density
HS
hazardous substance
HSI
High Speed Internet
HST
hazardous substance table

The HST lists the hazardous substances present in products and
subassemblies, as required by CRoHS legislation.
GL-8

Glossary
HTRU
High-density Top Rack Unit

An FTTU component that provides redundant power distribution, as well as
fuse and alarm functions, for an equipment rack housing OLTS units.
IDC
Insulation Displacement Connector
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

The IEEE is a worldwide engineering publishing and standards-making
body. It is the organization responsible for defining many of the standards
used in the computer, electrical, and electronics industries.
IGMP
Internet Group Management Protocol

A protocol used between hosts and multicast routers on a single physical
network to establish hosts membership in particular multicast groups.
Version 2 of IGMP is described in RFC 2236.
IGS
IGMP system on the SHub
ILEC
Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier
IOCM
Input-Output Channel Manager
IP
Internet Protocol
Connectionless packet-switching protocol that works together with TCP.
IPoE
Internet Protocol over Ethernet
IPTV
IP Television
The delivery of video services over an end-to-end IP infrastructure. IPTV
can include various classes of video services, such as video on demand,
broadcast TV, video conferencing, and mobile video.
IS
In Service
ISAM
Intelligent Services Access Manager

The Intelligent Service Access Manager is a DSL access multiplexer that
operates in a packet aggregation network. The ISAM enables deployment of
triple-play services, such as video on demand, high-definition TV and
broadcast TV services for all subscribers simultaneously.
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network

An internationally accepted standard for voice, data, and signaling. There
are two basic types of ISDN service: Basic Rate Interface (BRI) and Primary
Rate Interface (PRI).
ISP
Internet Service Provider

A regional network-providing Internet service

GL-9
Glossary
ITU
International Telecommunication Union

Standards organization that develops international telecommunications
recommendations.
IXL
Index List
LACP
Link Aggregation Control Protocol

An IEEE specification (802.3ad) that allows you to bundle several physical
ports together to form a single logical channel.
LAN
Local Area Network

Type of network that sends and receives communications over a small area,
such as within an office or group of buildings.
LED
Light Emitting Diode

A semiconductor diode that emits light when a current is passed through it.
LGX
LightGuide Cross-connect
LIM
Line Interface Module
LLC
Logical Link Control

The common data link protocol in Layer 2 of the OSI model that multiplexes
one or more data links to and from separate service access points.
LLID
Loopback Location IDentifier

During a fault investigation by a network operator, the point to which
loopback cells return from a central location in the network.
LOP
Loss of Pointer
LOS
Loss of Signal
A condition at the receiver or a maintenance signal transmitted in the
physical overhead, indicating that the receiving equipment has lost the
received signal.
LT
Line Termination
MAC
Media Access Control

The IEEE sublayer in a local area network that controls access to the shared
medium by local area network attached devices.
MAU
Media Attachment Unit

Ethernet connector.
MBS
GL-10
Maximum Burst Size

Glossary
MCR
Minimum Cell Rate

An available bit-rate service traffic descriptor in cells/sec. The rate at which
the source is always allowed to send.
MD
MD is expanded in two ways:
Mixed Density
Monitor Diode
MD5
Message Digit algorithm 5
MDF
Main Distribution Frame
MDI
Medium Dependent Interface

MDI is a type of Ethernet port for use with twisted-pair cabling.
MDIX
Medium Dependent Interface Crossover

The MDIX version of MDI enables the connection of like devices using
straight-through twisted-pair for MDI port to MDIX port connections and
crossover twisted-pair for MDI-to-MDI or MDIX-to-MDIX connections.
MIB
Management Information Base

A database of network performance information that is stored on a network
agent for access by a network management station.
MII
Media Independent Interface
MLT
Mechanized Loop Test
MMF
Multimode Fiber
An optical fiber with a core diameter from 50 to 100 microns. Most
commonly used in short distance LANs. The larger core diameter allows
broader light sources such as LEDs. Modal dispersion is a problem over
longer distances.
MoCA
Multimedia over Coax Alliance
MOS
Mean Opinion Scores
MPI
Message Passing Interface
MPOE
Minimum Point of Entry
MTTR
Mean Time To Repair
NAT
Network Address Translation
NB
Narrow Band
NE
Network Element
Hardware or combined hardware-software that is designed to perform within
a telecommunications system.

GL-11
Glossary
NEBS
Network Equipment Building Standards

Performance, quality, environmental, and safety standards set by Bellcore
for telecommunications equipment.
NEC
U.S. National Electrical Code
Nm
One billionth (10-9) of a meter
NNI
Network-to-Node Interface
NR
Normal
NSP
Network Service Provider
NT
Network Termination
A card that provides a link to an Ethernet-based network. The
7342 ISAM FTTU uses the EHNT-A.
NTP
Non-Trouble Procedure
NTP
Network Time Protocol or Network Timing Reference
OAM
Operations, Administration, and Maintenance

Broad categories of functions found in a communications network and/or the
business processes found in network service provider companies.
OATD
Optical Access Termination Daughterboard
OBC
On-Board Controller
OFDF
Optical Fiber Distribution Frame

The interface between optical fiber and the optical transmission equipment.
OLT
Optical Line Termination
OLTS
Optical Line Termination Shelf

The FTTU shelf (also called FTTU Line Termination Shelf) that provides
mounting locations and slide-in rails for unit insertion into
backplane-mounted connectors.
OLTS-K
Optical Line Termination Shelf, version K

backplane-mounted connectors. The OLTS-K is only used in the ANSI
market.
OLTS-L
Optical Line Termination Shelf, version L

backplane-mounted connectors. The OLTS-L is only used in the ANSI
market.
GL-12

Glossary
OLTS-M
Optical Line Termination Shelf, version M

backplane-mounted connectors. The OLTS-M is only used in the ETSI
market.
OMCI
ONT Management Control Interface
ONT
Optical Network Terminal

Equipment that provides voice, data, and video services and terminates the
7342 ISAM FTTU network at a subscriber location. ONTs provide services
to a single family home, a business location, or a multidwelling residence,
such as an apartment complex or condominium. Services can include POTS,
high-speed Ethernet, IPTV, and RF video.
OOS
Out Of Service
The status of a primary rate link when it is out of service.
OOS-MA
Out of ServiceMaintenance
OS
Operations System
Standalone software system that supports network-related operations
functions.
OSI
Open Systems Interconnection

The only internationally accepted framework of standards for
communication between different systems made by various vendors.
OSMINE
Operation Systems Modification for the Integration of Network Elements
OSP
Outside Plant
OSPF
Open Shortest Path First

Dynamic routing protocol that responds quickly to network topology
changes. As a successor to RIP, it uses an algorithm that builds and
calculates the shortest path to all known destinations.
OSS
Operations Support System
OSWP
Overall Software Package
PADI
PPPoE Active Discovery Initiation
PBA
Printed Board Assembly
PC
Personal Computer
PCI
Peripheral Component Interconnect

GL-13
Glossary
PCM
Pulse Code Modulation

A form or modulation used to sample a voice signal and convert the sample
into a digital code. A digital modulation method that converts a pulse
amplitude modulated signal into a digital signal.
PCR
Peak Cell Rate

The Peak Cell Rate in cells/sec; the cell rate that the source may never
exceed.
PDF
Power Distribution Frame
PE
Protective Earth
PHY
Physical (Medium independent)
PID
Protocol Identifier
A part of the SNAP header that identifies the protocol to be encapsulated.
PLID
Physical Location Identification
PLOAM
Physical Layer Operation Administration and Maintenance
PM
Performance Monitoring
A type of transport measurement that provides the continuous collection of
performance data.
PoE
Power over Ethernet

A technology that enables the transmission of electrical power, along with
data, to remote devices over unshielded twisted-pair wiring in an Ethernet
network.
P-OLT
Packet Optical Line Termination

The fully assembled shelf in the 7342 ISAM FTTU system. The P-OLT
consists of two NT cards (for redundancy), one AACU card, and 18 LT
cards.
PON
Passive Optical Network

A fiber-based network that uses passive splitters to deliver signals to
multiple users.
POTS
Plain Old Telephone Service

Term used to describe narrowband, voice-only telephone service.
PPP
Point-to-Point Protocol
A protocol that allows a computer to use TCP/IP with a standard telephone
line and a high-speed modem to establish a link between two terminal
installations
GL-14

Glossary
PPPoE
Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet

A specification for connecting multiple computer users on an Ethernet local
area network to a remote site through common customer premises
equipment. PPPoE allows users to share a common xDSL, cable modem, or
wireless connection to the Internet. PPPoE combines the PPP protocol,
commonly used in dialup connections, with the Ethernet protocol, which
supports multiple users in a local area network. The PPP protocol
information is encapsulated within an Ethernet frame.
PRI
Primary Rate Interface

One type of interface for the ISDN product. The equivalent of a T-1 circuit.
The PRI delivered to the customer premises provides a 23B+D channel
running at 1.544 Mbit/s.
PST
Primary State; PON Section Trace
PSTN
Public Switched Telephone Network

Telephone network based on normal telephone signaling and ordinary
switched long distance telephone circuits.
PVC
Permanent Virtual Circuit

A connection set up by service order instead of on-demand signaling.
PW
pseudo-wire
QoS
Quality of Service
Measure of the quality of a data communications link provided to a
subscriber.
RADIUS
Remote Authentication Dial in User Service

A standardized method of information exchange between a device that
provides network access to users (RADIUS client) and a device that contains
authentication and profile information for the users (RADIUS server).
RAL
Restricted Access Location
RAM
Remote Access Multiplexer
RDI
Remote Defect Indication
RDM
Relay Detection Mechanism
RED
Random Early Detection
RF
Radio Frequency
RG
Routing Gateway
RGW
Residential Gateway
RH
Relative Humidity

GL-15
Glossary
RIP
Routing Information Protocol

An interior gateway protocol defined by the IETF (RIPv1 - RFC 1058 and
RIPv2 - 2453) that specifies how routers exchange routing table information.
RIP is a routing protocol based on the distance vector algorithm. With RIP,
routers periodically exchange entire tables.
RJ-45
The RJ-45 is a single-line jack for digital transmission over ordinary phone
wire, either untwisted or twisted. It is the interface for Ethernet standards
10Base-T and 100Base-T.
RMON
Remote Monitoring
RSTP
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol

RSTP is specified in IEEE802.1w. It replaces the spanning tree protocol
specified by IEEE 802.1d. RSTP is targeted at switched networks with
point-to-point interconnections, and allows for much quicker
reconfiguration time (approximately 1 s) by allowing a rapid change in port
roles.
RT
Real Time
RTCP
Real-Time Control Protocol
RTL
Routine Task List
RTP
Real-time Transport Protocol
RTU
Remote Test Unit
RU
Rack Unit
A rack unit is a unit of vertical space in a standard 19-inch equipment rack.
One RU is 1.75 in.
Rx
Receive (Rx) is the downstream direction on the ONT side. Receive (Rx) is
the upstream direction on the LT side.
SCR
Sustainable Cell Rate
SDH
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SEC
Secondary
SELV
Safety Extra Low Voltage

A circuit which has no direct connection to a primary power source, but
derives its power from either a transformer, converter or equivalent isolation
device, or from a battery. It is designed and protected so that under normal
and single fault conditions, its voltages do not exceed a safe value.
SES
Severely Errored Second
SFF
Small Form Factor

A physically compact connector design that has been developed for use in
fiber optic systems. These connectors are about half the size of conventional
connectors.
GL-16

Glossary
SFP
Small Form-factor Pluggable

SFP is a specification for a new generation of optical modular transceivers.
The devices are designed for use with small form factor connectors, and
offer high speed and physical compactness. They are hot-swappable.
SHub
Service Hub
SID
System Identifier
A string up to 20 characters in length specifies a unique name for each NE
in a system.
SIP
Session Initiation Protocol

SIP is an application-layer control (signaling) protocol for creating,
modifying, and terminating sessions with one or more participants. These
sessions include Internet telephone calls, multimedia distribution and
multimedia conferences.
SLIC
Subscribers Line Interface Circuit

A component in the optical network terminal (ONT) that confers operating
states and other functionality.
SLID
Subscriber Location Identification

A 10-character string set in the network element manager on a GSFU to
allow Enhanced Automated Service Turn-Up.
SMF
Single Mode Fiber

Optical fiber with a core diameter of less than 10 microns that is used for
high-bandwidth transmission over long distances.
SMII
Serial Media Independent Interface
SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol

Protocol used by network management to retrieve information about
connection status, configuration, and performance.
SNR
Signal-to-Noise Ratio
The ratio of the value of the signal to that of the noise; often expressed in
decibels (dB).
SNTP
Simple Network Time Protocol

A method of synchronizing network nodes. An SNTP server can be used by
multiple nodes to synchronize themselves.
SoC
System-on-a-Chip
SOHO
Small Office Home Office
SP
Strict Priority
SPI
Serial Peripheral Interface

GL-17
Glossary
SSH
Secure Shell
STB
Set-Top Box
The electronic box connected to a television set. This STB receives the
incoming CATV signal and is connected to the televisions coaxial cable.
STP
Spanning Tree Protocol

STP is a technique based on an IEEE 802.1d standard that detects and
eliminates forwarding loops in a bridged network. When multiple paths
exist, STP selects the most efficient path for the bridge to use. If that path
fails, STP automatically reconfigures the network to activate another path.
This protocol is used mostly by local bridges.
S-VLAN
Service VLAN
SWRD

A unit that provides the ONTs with an Ethernet connection for upstream
connectivity. The SWRD unit functions as a data conversion device with two
10/100 Ethernet ports and 2 RF ports.
TAP
Test Access Port

or
Trouble Analysis Procedure
TB
Terminal Block
T-CONT
Transmission Container, Traffic Container
TCP
Transmission Control Protocol

Protocol for establishing a duplex connection between end systems for the
reliable delivery of data.
TCP/IP
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol

A networking protocol that provides communication across interconnected
networks, between computers with different hardware architectures and
various operating companies
TDM
Time Division Multiplex

A transmission technique used to transmit several signals across a single
channel or bus by interleaving the signals in successive time slots. A specific
time slot or interval is assigned to each signal source
TFTP
Trivial File Transfer Protocol
TIA
Telecommunications Industries Association

The group responsible for setting telecommunications standards in the
United States.
GL-18

Glossary
TID
Target Identifier
The parameter in a TL1 command that identifies the NE which is the target
for the execution of the command.
TL1
Transaction Language 1
Human-machine language standard for controlling network elements.
TLS
Transport Layer Security
TNG
Training Document
TNV
Telecom Network Voltage
TRU
Top Rack Unit
TWP
Twisted Pair
Tx
Transmit
Tx is in the upstream direction on the optical network terminal (ONT) side
and in the downstream direction on the line termination (LT) side.
UAI
User-to-Access Interface
The link between the subscriber and the FTTU.
UART
Universal Synchronous Receiver Transmitter
UAS
UAS is expanded in two ways:
Unavailable seconds
A calculation derived by counting the number of seconds that the
interface is unavailable.
Universal Access Server
UDP
User Datagram Protocol
UDS
Unit data sheet
UID
User Identifier
UL
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
UNI
User-to-Network Interface
UPC
Usage Parameter Control
UPS
Uninterruptible Power Supply

An FTTU component that provides emergency backup power for lifeline
POTS at a subscribers location.
upstream
Transmission from the customer location to the network. On the network

termination (NT) side, transmit (Tx) indicates the upstream direction of the
transmission to the network. On the line termination (LT) side, receive (Rx)
indicates the upstream direction of the transmission to the OLT.

GL-19
Glossary
UTC
Coordinated Universal Time

A time scale that couples Greenwich Mean Time, which is based solely on
the Earth's inconsistent rotation rate, with highly accurate atomic time.
V ac
Volts alternating current
VCL
Virtual Channel Link
VCSL
Video Coupler Shelf, LGX compatible
VCW2
Video Coupler WDM Cassette, 2 PON

A unit that is installed into the Video Coupler Shelf-LGX (VCSL) of an
FTTU system. Each VCW2 contains two WDM units, which allows each
line termination (LT) card installed in the packet optical line termination
(P-OLT) to connect to a single VCW2.
V dc
Volts direct current
VDSL
Very-high-bit-rate Digital Subscriber Line

A technology that enables very high speed asymmetric data transmission
rates over a single twisted-pair copper telephone wire, but at shorter ranges
than other xDSL types. VDSL consists of two versions: VDSL1, which is the
original VDSL, and VDSL2. The 7342 ISAM FTTU supports VDSL2.
VDSL1 is converted to VDSL2 on migration to release FGU 04.05.05 and
higher.
VLAN
Virtual Local Area Network

A VLAN divides a physical LAN into multiple virtual LANs whose
members are not necessarily based on location. VLAN specifications are
contained in IEEE 802.1Q.
VOD
Video On Demand
A service that allows many users to request the same videos at the same time.
Requires a high-end video server with hundreds of gigabytes of storage.
VoIP
Voice over IP
VoIP carries voice transmissions in packets and uses Internet Protocols (IP)
instead of using legacy public switched telephone network (PSTN)
circuit-switched technologies and protocols. VoIP avoids the tolls charged
for POTS.
V-OLT
Video Optical Line Termination
VP/VC
Virtual Path/Virtual Channel
VRF
Virtual Routing and Forwarding

A logical or virtual routing function with associated routing table that can be
instantiated in a router capable of supporting IP VPN services.
GL-20
Watt

Glossary
WAN
Wide Area Network

A type of network that sends and receives communications over a national
area.
WDM
Wavelength Division Multiplexing

A means of increasing the data-carrying capacity of an optical fiber by
simultaneously operating at more than one wavelength.
WRR
Weighted Round Robin
XAUI
10 GE Attachment Unit Interface

A standard for connecting 10 Gigabit Ethernet ports to each other and to
other electronic devices on a printed circuit board.
xDSL
x Digital Subscriber Line

A general term that is used to refer to more than one type of unspecified DSL
(for example, ADSL, ADSL2, READSL, SHDSL, VDSL2).
XFP
10-gigabit Ethernet (GE) small form-factor pluggable

GL-21
Glossary
GL-22

Index
Numbers
7342 ISAM FTTU
ANSI electrical guidelines, x
ANSI laser safety guidelines, xi
ANSI safety standards, ix
electrical cabling, xi, xx
environmental requirements, xiv, xxiv
ETSI electrical guidelines, xx
ETSI laser safety guidelines, xxi
ETSI safety standards, xix
laser classification, xiii, xxi
laser output level, xiv, xxiii
protective earth, xi, xx
safety guidelines, vii, xv
unit data sheet, 12-2
802.1x authentication, 3-7
assumptions, 3-8
port-based, 3-8
re-authentication, 3-9
user session disconnection by system, 3-9
A
AES, 3-4
anti-spoofing
gratuitous ARP anti-spoofing, 3-10
source address anti-spoofing, 3-10, 3-12
application notes, 2-1

ONT 04.04.xx, 2-2
ONT 2.0, 2-3
ONT 4.3.5, 2-2
B
B-0404-A Business ONT
dimensions, 10-9
features and application notes, 14-2
general description, 14-3
identification, 14-2
Business ONT
Hardware and software features, 14-3
business ONT
features, 1-9
LEDs, 9-26
physical description, 10-9
power, 10-30
C
cables
electrical guidelines, xi, xx
optical cable restraints, xiv, xxiii
Capacity
technical specifications, 10-14
CES DS1/E1 subsystems
SoC based, 4-10

IN-1
Index
counters MDU ONT
counters, 11-4
restrictions, 11-4
D
data subsystems
SoC based over Ethernet, 4-5
SoC based over MoCA, 4-6
with additional 10/100/100Base-T
hardware, 4-9
diagnostic data, 11-12
E
electrical
cabling, xi, xx
safety guidelines, x, xx
electrostatic discharge, xi, xx
EMC/EMI compliance, x, xix
environmental standards compliance, x, xix
equipment safety standard compliance, x, xix
Ethernet
layer 1 performance monitoring, 11-10
layer 2 performance monitoring, 11-10
F
FEC, 3-3
fragmentation, 3-4
functional description
modular ONT functional blocks, 6-15
connections, 6-19
control and management functions,
6-17
local switching, 6-15
network synchronization, 6-19
plug-in service units, 6-17
G
GPON transmission, 3-3
gratuitous ARP requests
anti-spoofing, 3-10
IN-2
I-010G-A ONT
dimensions, 10-4
I-020G-G ONT
I-211M-G ONT
indoor ONT
dimensions, 10-5, 10-5, 10-5, 10-6
features, 1-4
I-010G-A dimensions, 10-4
I-020E-B dimensions, 10-5, 10-5, 10-5,
10-6
installation options, 19-4, 26-4
indoor ONTs
LEDs, 9-12
L
laser
ANSI standards compliance, x
classification, xiii, xxi
ETSI standards compliance, xix
output level, xiv, xxiii
safe operation, xiv, xxiii
safety guidelines, xi, xxi
LEDs
business ONTs, 9-26
indoor ONTs, 9-12
modular ONTs, 9-24
ONTs, 8-1, 9-1
outdoor ONTs, 9-4
service unit ONTs, 9-24
UPS, 8-3
LP MDU ONT
functional blocks, 6-2
RF video service, 6-9
M
MDU ONT
functional blocks, 6-10

Index
MoCA outdoor ONT
MoCA
performance monitoring, 11-10
MoCA subsystem
SoC based, 4-6
Modular ONT
TCA, 11-10
VDSL performance monitoring, 11-10
modular ONT
features, 1-8
local switching, 6-18
power, 10-31
voice subsystem, 6-18
modular ONTs
LEDs, 9-24
N
NTP server authentication, 3-5
O
O-821M-E connections, 7-48
ONT
performance reporting, 11-9
RF video, 10-18
ONT 04.04.xx release
ONT 2.0 release
ONT 4.3.5 release
ONT activation methods, 3-4
ONT equipment
ANSI safety guidelines, vii
ANSI safety labels, viii
electrostatic discharge, xi, xx
Ethernet layer 1 monitoring, 11-10
Ethernet layer 2 monitoring, 11-10
ETSI safety guidelines, xv
ETSI safety labels, xvi

laser classification, xiii, xxi
laser output level, xiv, xxiii
MoCA performance monitoring, 11-10
performance monitoring, 11-10, 11-10
VDSL performance monitoring, 11-10
ONT functions, 1-2
ONT overview
business ONT, 1-9
indoor ONT, 1-4
modular ONT, 1-8
ONT functional description, 1-2
ONT product identification, 1-11
outdoor ONT, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7
ONT product identification, 1-11
ONT software and security
802.1x authentication, 3-7
AES, 3-4
FEC, 3-3
fragmentation, 3-4
GPON transmission, 3-3
NTP server authentication, 3-5
ONT activation methods, 3-4
physical ONT security, 3-5
rogue ONT defence, 3-5
software architecture levels, 3-2
outdoor ONT
features, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7
features and application notes, 13-2, 15-2,
16-2, 17-2, 18-2, 19-2, 20-3, 21-3, 22-3,
23-2, 24-2, 25-3, 26-3, 27-2, 28-3, 29-3,
30-2, 31-2, 32-3, 33-2, 34-3, 35-5, 36-5,
37-2, 38-2
general description, 13-2, 15-2, 16-2, 17-2,
18-2, 19-2, 20-2, 21-2, 22-2, 23-2, 24-2,
25-2, 26-2, 27-2, 28-2, 29-2, 30-2, 31-2,
32-2, 33-2, 34-2, 35-4, 36-4, 37-2, 38-2
identification, 13-2, 16-2, 17-2, 19-2, 20-2,
21-2, 23-2, 24-2, 25-2, 26-2, 27-2, 28-2,
29-2, 30-2, 31-2, 32-2, 33-2, 34-2, 35-2,
36-2, 37-2, 38-2
physical description, 10-4, 10-6
power, 10-28

IN-3
Index
outdoor ONTs SoC based ONT
outdoor ONTs
LEDs, 9-4
P
performance monitoring, 11-2
Ethernet layer 1, 11-10
Ethernet layer 2, 11-10
functions, 11-2
MoCA, 11-10
ONT, 11-10, 11-10
statistics, 11-3
TC-layer, 11-10
VDSL, 11-10, 11-10
performance reporting, 11-9
ONT, 11-9
physical ONT security, 3-5
planning
business ONT connections, 7-43, 7-45
connections, 7-2
environmental requirements, 10-10
equipment options, 7-2
I-010G-A indoor ONT connections, 7-4
I-020E-B indoor ONT connections, 7-5,
7-9
indoor ONT connections, 7-6
location options, 7-53
modular ONT connections, 7-35
O-821M-E ONT connections, 7-48
outdoor ONT connections, 7-17, 7-28,
7-30, 7-32
R
Raman reduction, 6-19
RF video
coaxial, 10-18
configuration recommendations, 10-20
Raman reduction, 6-19
RF video subsystems
SoC based, 4-6
rogue ONT defence, 3-5
duplicate serial numbers, 3-7
laser stuck on, 3-6, 3-7
IN-4
Safety guidelines
ANSI, viii
ANSI EMC/EMI compliance, x
ANSI environmental standards
compliance, x
ANSI equipment safety standard, x
ANSI laser product standards, x
ANSI safety instructions, vii
ESD safety guidelines, xi, xx
ETSI EMC/EMI compliance, xix
ETSI environmental standards compliance,
xix
ETSI equipment safety standard, xix
ETSI laser product standards, xix
ETSI safety instructions, xv
ETSI safety labels, xvi
laser operation, xiv, xxiii
symbols, vii, xv
telecommunication equipment resistibility,
x, xx
warnings, vii, xv
safety labels, viii, xvi
security
anti-spoofing, 3-10
service capacity specifications, 10-14
service unit ONTs
LEDs, 9-24
SLID entry
via craft terminal, 3-4
via Ethernet port, 3-5
via first POTS port, 3-5
SoC based ONT
SoC functional blocks, 4-4, 5-3
SoC technology, 4-2, 5-2
with CES DS1/E1 hardware, 4-10

Index
SoC based ONT (continued) warnings
with MoCA hardware, 4-6

with RF video hardware, 4-6, 4-9, 4-9
software architecture levels, 3-2
SOHO outdoor ONT
power, 10-29
source address anti-spoofing, 3-10, 3-12
statistics, 11-3
15-min counters, 11-3
performance monitoring counters, 11-3
restrictions, 11-4
rolling counters, 11-3
status reports, 11-11
status reports, 11-11
symbols, vii, xv
W
warnings, vii, xv
T
TCA, 11-10
Technical specifications
capacity specifications, 10-14
distance and performance, 10-15
PON bandwidth, 10-15
service capacity specifications, 10-14
telecommunication equipment resistibility, x,
xx
time calibration
SoC based, 4-6
U
unit data sheet
overview, 12-2
UPS
LEDs, 8-3
V
VDSL
performance monitoring, 11-10, 11-10
visual indicators, 8-1, 9-1
voice subsystem
SoC based, 4-4
voice subsystems
with additional POTS hardware, 4-9

IN-5
Index
IN-6

Customer documentation and product support
Customer documentation
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/myaccess
Product manuals and documentation updates are available at
alcatel-lucent.com. If you are a new user and require access to this
service, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.
Technical Support
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support
Documentation feedback
documentation.feedback@alcatel-lucent.com
2009 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.

3FE 52582 AAAA TCZZA Edition 01

ONT Product Information Manual R04.06.04

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ONT Product Information Manual R04.06.04

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Alcatel-Lucent 7342

INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE USER

3FE 52582 AAAA TCZZA Edition 01

When printed by Alcatel-Lucent, this document is printed on recycled paper.

Acronyms and initialisms

Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.06.04 May 2009

Assistance and ordering phone numbers

Alcatel-Lucent quality processes

may result in serious personal injury or death; for example, high

may, or will, cause equipment damage or serious performance

Note A note provides information that is, or may be, of special

May 2009 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.06.04

Procedures with options or substeps

Procedure 1 Example of options in a procedure

This is one option.

This is another option.

You must perform this step.

Procedure 2 Example of required substeps in a procedure

This is the first substep.

This is the second substep.

This is the third substep.

You must perform this step.

Multiple PDF document search

Procedure 3 To search multiple PDF files for a common term

Open Adobe Acrobat Reader.

Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.06.04 May 2009

Enter the search criteria.

Click on the All PDF Documents In radio button.

Select the folder in which to search using the drop-down menu.

Click on the Search button.

May 2009 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.06.04

ANSI ONT safety guidelines

Safety instruction boxes

Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.06.04 May 2009

ANSI ONT safety guidelines

Warning 1 Possibility of equipment damage.

Communication service equipment US listed. Type 3R enclosure Rainproof.

Type 3R enclosure - Rainproof.

Caution: This assembly contains electrostatic sensitive device.

May 2009 Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.06.04

ANSI ONT safety guidelines

Class 1 laser product

Laser product compliance

This laser product conforms to all applicable standards of 21 CFR

Laser product compliance

Complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 except for deviations

FCC standards compliance

Tested to comply with FCC standards for home or office use.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

There are various CE symbols for CE compliance.

Figure 1 shows a sample safety label on the ONT equipment.

COMMUNICATION SERVICE EQUIPMENT

Safety standards compliance

Alcatel-Lucent 7342 ISAM FTTU ONT R04.06.04 May 2009

ANSI ONT safety guidelines

EMC, EMI, and ESD standards compliance

GR-1089-CORE requirements, including:

Equipment safety standard compliance

Environmental standards compliance

GR-63-CORE (NEBS): requirements related to operating, storage, humidity,

altitude, earthquake, office vibration, transportation and handling, fire resistance

Laser product standards compliance